TW201800263A - Decorative film, image display device, touch panel, and method of producing decorative film - Google Patents

Decorative film, image display device, touch panel, and method of producing decorative film

Info

Publication number
TW201800263A
TW201800263A TW106105195A TW106105195A TW201800263A TW 201800263 A TW201800263 A TW 201800263A TW 106105195 A TW106105195 A TW 106105195A TW 106105195 A TW106105195 A TW 106105195A TW 201800263 A TW201800263 A TW 201800263A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
film
decorative
polyester film
layer
polyester
Prior art date
Application number
TW106105195A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI746514B (en
Inventor
中居真一
植木啓吾
吉田昌史
Original Assignee
富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW201800263A publication Critical patent/TW201800263A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI746514B publication Critical patent/TWI746514B/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C55/00Shaping by stretching, e.g. drawing through a die; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C55/02Shaping by stretching, e.g. drawing through a die; Apparatus therefor of plates or sheets
    • B29C55/04Shaping by stretching, e.g. drawing through a die; Apparatus therefor of plates or sheets uniaxial, e.g. oblique
    • B29C55/08Shaping by stretching, e.g. drawing through a die; Apparatus therefor of plates or sheets uniaxial, e.g. oblique transverse to the direction of feed
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/36Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyesters
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B37/00Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding
    • B32B37/06Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding characterised by the heating method
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/14Protective coatings, e.g. hard coatings
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B38/00Ancillary operations in connection with laminating processes
    • B32B38/0012Mechanical treatment, e.g. roughening, deforming, stretching
    • B32B2038/0028Stretching, elongating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/50Properties of the layers or laminate having particular mechanical properties
    • B32B2307/514Oriented
    • B32B2307/516Oriented mono-axially
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2309/00Parameters for the laminating or treatment process; Apparatus details
    • B32B2309/02Temperature
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2309/00Parameters for the laminating or treatment process; Apparatus details
    • B32B2309/04Time
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2309/00Parameters for the laminating or treatment process; Apparatus details
    • B32B2309/14Velocity, e.g. feed speeds
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2405/00Adhesive articles, e.g. adhesive tapes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2457/00Electrical equipment
    • B32B2457/20Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
    • B32B2457/208Touch screens

Abstract

A decorative film, applications for same and a manufacturing method for same, the decorative film comprising a polyester film, a decorative layer, and a hard coating layer, wherein the curl value of the decorative film generated when heat history is applied at a temperature of 150 DEG C for 30 minutes to a decorative film piece that is 50mm long and 50mm wide is not more than 5mm.

Description

裝飾膜、圖像顯示裝置、觸控面板及裝飾膜的製造方法Decorative film, image display device, touch panel, and method for manufacturing decorative film

本揭示是有關於一種裝飾膜、圖像顯示裝置、觸控面板及裝飾膜的製造方法。The present disclosure relates to a method for manufacturing a decorative film, an image display device, a touch panel, and a decorative film.

陰極管顯示裝置、電漿顯示器(plasma display)、電致發光顯示器(electroluminescence display)、螢光顯示顯示器、場發射顯示器(field emission display)及液晶顯示裝置(液晶顯示器(Liquid Crystal Display;LCD))等圖像顯示裝置或搭載有觸控面板(touch panel)的智慧型電話(smartphone)及平板(tablet)終端等小型終端的各種顯示器中,有於包含樹脂作為主成分的支撐體上設置硬塗層與具有裝飾層的積層膜的情況。 硬塗層通常出於防止對圖像顯示面的損壞的目的而設置。具有裝飾層的積層膜出於在圖像顯示面中將裝置本體中所配置的配線隱藏等來施加各種設計的目的而配置。 尤其,在搭載有觸控面板的小型終端中,會用手指直接觸碰或使用觸控筆觸碰畫面,故為了有效地防止膜的損壞而要求圖像顯示面的耐摩耗性良好。Cathode tube display device, plasma display, electroluminescence display, fluorescent display display, field emission display, and liquid crystal display device (Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)) In various displays such as image display devices or small terminals such as smartphones and tablet terminals equipped with a touch panel, a hard coating is provided on a support containing resin as a main component. In the case of a layer and a laminated film having a decorative layer. The hard coat layer is usually provided for the purpose of preventing damage to the image display surface. The laminated film having a decorative layer is configured for the purpose of applying various designs by hiding wirings arranged in the device body on the image display surface and the like. In particular, in a small terminal equipped with a touch panel, a finger is used to directly touch the screen or a touch pen is used to touch the screen. Therefore, in order to effectively prevent the damage of the film, the wear resistance of the image display surface is required to be good.

於使硬塗層的硬度提高而製成硬質的膜的情況下,在對具備硬塗層與裝飾層的裝飾膜進行加工而於顯示器上固定化時,藉由衝壓加工來對裝飾膜的尺寸進行調整。聚酯膜基材、硬質的硬塗層及物性與硬塗層不同的含有裝飾用的著色劑的裝飾層各自的機械強度、延伸性等不同,因此於衝壓加工時,有時會產生層間剝離或者於硬質的硬塗層中產生碎裂。In the case where the hardness of the hard coating layer is increased to produce a hard film, when a decorative film having a hard coating layer and a decorative layer is processed and fixed on a display, the size of the decorative film is determined by pressing. Make adjustments. The polyester film substrate, the hard hard coating layer, and the decorative layer containing a decorative colorant having different physical properties from the hard coating layer have different mechanical strengths and extensibility. Therefore, during the stamping process, interlayer peeling may occur. Or cracks can occur in hard hard coatings.

例如,作為具有適度的表面硬度且可與裝飾層併用的圖像顯示面用的硬塗膜,提出有具有丙烯酸樹脂基材且具有特定的物性值的硬塗膜(例如,參照日本專利特開2014-109712號公報)。 另外,提出有如下的圖像顯示面用的覆蓋膜(cover film):其於聚碳酸酯基材、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯基材等樹脂基材表面具有裝飾層,未設置裝飾層的區域經硬塗層遮蓋,其可廉價地製造且可形成為薄層(例如,參照日本專利特開2014-35493號公報)。 提出有樹脂層含有粒子且為特定的霧度值與馬氏硬度(Martens hardness)的框體用的表面被覆材,且記載了對表面賦予良好的觸感(例如,參照日本專利特開2013-244624號公報)。For example, as a hard coating film for an image display surface that has a moderate surface hardness and can be used in combination with a decorative layer, a hard coating film having an acrylic resin base material and having specific physical property values has been proposed (for example, refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication 2014-109712). In addition, a cover film for an image display surface has been proposed. The cover film has a decorative layer on the surface of a resin substrate such as a polycarbonate substrate and a polyethylene terephthalate substrate, and no decorative layer is provided. The area is covered by a hard coat layer, which can be manufactured inexpensively and can be formed as a thin layer (for example, refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-35493). A surface coating material for a frame containing a resin layer containing particles and having a specific haze value and Martens hardness is proposed, and it is described that a good feel is provided to the surface (for example, refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013- 244624).

[發明所欲解決之課題] 然而,根據本發明者等人的研究可知,於具有樹脂基材、裝飾層及硬塗層的裝飾膜中,各構成要素的物性大不相同,因此會產生各種問題。 例如,於日本專利特開2014-109712號公報所記載的膜中,若提高硬塗層的表面硬度,則僅硬塗層成為硬質,與鄰接的裝飾層、樹脂基材的密接性有時會降低。進而,由於經受了熱歷程的情況下的物性,於將裝飾膜衝壓加工為適當的形狀時,有時會產生硬塗層與樹脂基材或裝飾層的層間剝離,或者於衝壓加工時產生裂縫或碎裂。再者,於日本專利特開2014-109712號公報中,作為比較例而揭示了使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯基材來代替丙烯酸樹脂基材的態樣,但記載了於圖像顯示時會產生彩虹狀不均勻、由入射光的相位差引起的變黑(blackout)。即,認為使用了聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯基材的硬塗膜於光學特性上存在問題,從而於日本專利特開2014-109712號公報所記載的技術中,未設想將聚酯膜用於基材。[Problems to be Solved by the Invention] However, according to research by the present inventors, it is known that, in a decorative film having a resin substrate, a decorative layer, and a hard coat layer, the physical properties of each constituent element are greatly different, and thus various kinds of components are produced. problem. For example, in the film described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-109712, if the surface hardness of the hard coat layer is increased, only the hard coat layer becomes hard, and the adhesiveness with the adjoining decorative layer and the resin substrate may be deteriorated. reduce. Furthermore, due to the physical properties when subjected to a thermal history, when the decorative film is stamped into an appropriate shape, peeling between the hard coat layer and the resin substrate or the decorative layer may occur, or cracks may occur during the stamping process. Or shattered. In addition, in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-109712, as a comparative example, the use of a polyethylene terephthalate substrate instead of an acrylic resin substrate is disclosed, but it is described at the time of image display Rainbow-like unevenness and blackout caused by the phase difference of incident light are generated. That is, it is considered that a hard coating film using a polyethylene terephthalate substrate has a problem in optical characteristics. Therefore, in the technology described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-109712, the use of a polyester film is not envisaged. On the substrate.

另外,日本專利特開2014-35493號公報所記載的覆蓋膜中,不具有裝飾層的區域經硬塗層遮蓋,因此硬塗層與裝飾層的密接性得到改良。然而,與已敘述的日本專利特開2014-109712號公報所記載的膜同樣地,日本專利特開2014-35493號公報所記載的覆蓋膜中,由於樹脂基材與硬塗層的經受了熱歷程的情況下的物性,有時會產生硬塗層與樹脂基材的層間剝離,或者於衝壓加工時產生裂縫或碎裂。In addition, in the cover film described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-35493, a region having no decorative layer is covered with a hard coating layer, so the adhesion between the hard coating layer and the decorative layer is improved. However, like the film described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-109712, the cover film described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-35493 is subject to heat from the resin substrate and the hard coat layer. In the case of physical processes, peeling between the hard coat layer and the resin substrate may occur, or cracks or chipping may occur during press processing.

日本專利特開2013-244624號公報所記載的框體用被覆材於被覆框體的表面時是以線內塗佈(inline coating)為前提,故未設想在裝設於框體時進行用以使尺寸一致的衝壓加工等。日本專利特開2013-244624號公報所記載的被覆材具有包含粒子的樹脂層,因此,於用手指觸碰時的觸感柔軟。然而,如上所述般未設想進行衝壓加工等,但即便進行衝壓加工,亦因樹脂層包含粒子而衝壓加工適應性低,有衝壓加工時產生裂縫之虞。Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-244624 discloses that the covering material for a frame is coated on the surface of the frame with inline coating as a premise. Therefore, it is not envisaged to use the coating material when mounting on the frame. Press processing to make the size uniform. Since the coating material described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-244624 has a resin layer containing particles, it has a soft touch when it is touched with a finger. However, as described above, stamping and the like are not envisaged. However, even when stamping is performed, the resin layer contains particles and the stamping adaptability is low, which may cause cracks during stamping.

本發明的一實施形態的課題在於提供一種衝壓加工時的裂縫及碎裂的產生得到抑制且耐擦傷性優異的裝飾膜、具備裝飾膜的圖像顯示裝置及觸控面板。 另外,本發明的另一實施形態的課題在於提供一種裝飾膜的製造方法,其可製造衝壓加工時的碎裂的產生得到抑制且耐擦傷性優異的裝飾膜。 [解決課題之手段]An object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a decorative film having suppressed cracks and chipping during press processing and excellent in abrasion resistance, an image display device including the decorative film, and a touch panel. Another object of another embodiment of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a decorative film, which can produce a decorative film in which occurrence of chipping during press processing is suppressed and which is excellent in abrasion resistance. [Means for solving problems]

本揭示包含以下實施形態。 <1> 一種裝飾膜,其具有聚酯膜、裝飾層及硬塗層,在對裝飾膜的長度50 mm、寬度50 mm的膜片賦予溫度150℃、30分鐘的熱歷程時所產生的裝飾膜的捲曲值為5 mm以下。This disclosure includes the following embodiments. <1> A decorative film comprising a polyester film, a decorative layer, and a hard coat layer. The decorative film is produced by applying a thermal history of 150 ° C and 30 minutes to a film with a length of 50 mm and a width of 50 mm. The curl value of the film is 5 mm or less.

<2> 如<1>所述的裝飾膜,其中相對於裝飾膜的俯視時的整個區域而於至少一部分具有裝飾層。 <3> 如<1>或<2>所述的裝飾膜,其中聚酯膜於測定波長589 nm下的面內延遲Re處於3000 nm~50000 nm的範圍內。<2> The decorative film according to <1>, wherein the decorative film has a decorative layer in at least a part of the entire area of the decorative film in a plan view. <3> The decorative film according to <1> or <2>, wherein the in-plane retardation Re of the polyester film at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm is in a range of 3000 nm to 50000 nm.

<4> 一種裝飾膜,其具有聚酯膜、裝飾層及硬塗層,在對聚酯膜賦予溫度150℃、30分鐘的熱歷程時,聚酯膜的面內的一方向以及與一方向在面內正交的方向中的熱收縮率均為3.0%以下。 <5> 如<4>所述的裝飾膜,其中聚酯膜為單軸配向聚酯膜。<4> A decorative film comprising a polyester film, a decorative layer, and a hard coat layer. When the polyester film is given a thermal history of 150 ° C and 30 minutes, one direction and one direction in the plane of the polyester film The thermal shrinkage ratios in all directions orthogonal to each other in the plane were 3.0% or less. <5> The decorative film according to <4>, wherein the polyester film is a uniaxially oriented polyester film.

<6> 如<4>或<5>所述的裝飾膜,其中裝飾層配置於聚酯膜的其中一個面,硬塗層配置於聚酯膜的與配置有裝飾層的面為相反側的面。 <7> 如<4>至<6>中任一項所述的裝飾膜,其中相對於裝飾膜的俯視時的整個區域而於至少一部分具有裝飾層。 <8> 如<4>至<7>中任一項所述的裝飾膜,其中聚酯膜的厚度為40 μm~500 μm。<6> The decorative film according to <4> or <5>, wherein the decorative layer is disposed on one side of the polyester film, and the hard coat layer is disposed on the polyester film on the side opposite to the surface on which the decorative layer is disposed surface. <7> The decorative film according to any one of <4> to <6>, which has a decorative layer in at least a part of the entire area of the decorative film in a plan view. <8> The decorative film according to any one of <4> to <7>, wherein the thickness of the polyester film is 40 μm to 500 μm.

<9> 如<4>至<8>中任一項所述的裝飾膜,其中聚酯膜於測定波長589 nm下的面內延遲Re處於3000 nm~50000 nm的範圍內。 <10> 如<4>至<9>中任一項所述的裝飾膜,其中聚酯膜於測定波長589 nm下的面內延遲Re相對於聚酯膜於測定波長589 nm下的厚度方向的延遲Rth的比處於0.6~1.2的範圍內。 <11> 如<4>至<10>中任一項所述的裝飾膜,其於聚酯膜的至少一個面上具有易接著層。<9> The decorative film according to any one of <4> to <8>, wherein the in-plane retardation Re of the polyester film at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm is in a range of 3000 nm to 50000 nm. <10> The decorative film according to any one of <4> to <9>, wherein the in-plane retardation Re of the polyester film at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm is relative to the thickness direction of the polyester film at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm The ratio of the retardation Rth is in the range of 0.6 to 1.2. <11> The decorative film according to any one of <4> to <10>, which has an easy-adhesive layer on at least one surface of the polyester film.

<12> 如<4>至<11>中任一項所述的裝飾膜,其中硬塗層的鉛筆硬度為H以上。 <13> 如<4>至<12>中任一項所述的裝飾膜,其中硬塗層的厚度為5 μm以上。 <14> 如<4>至<13>中任一項所述的裝飾膜,其中硬塗層至少包含源自下述a)的結構、源自下述b)的結構、下述c)及下述d),且相對於硬塗層的總固體成分,包含15質量%~70質量%的源自下述a)的結構、25質量%~80質量%的源自下述b)的結構、0.1質量%~10質量%的下述c)、0.1質量%~10質量%的下述d); a)於分子內具有一個脂環式環氧基與一個包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基,且分子量為300以下的化合物 b)於分子內具有三個以上包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基的化合物 c)自由基聚合起始劑 d)陽離子聚合起始劑。<12> The decorative film according to any one of <4> to <11>, wherein the hard coat has a pencil hardness of H or more. <13> The decorative film according to any one of <4> to <12>, wherein the thickness of the hard coat layer is 5 μm or more. <14> The decorative film according to any one of <4> to <13>, wherein the hard coat layer includes at least a structure derived from a) below, a structure derived from b) below, c) below, and The following d) includes a structure derived from the following a) and a structure derived from the following b) of 15% to 70% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the hard coat layer. 0.1 to 10% by mass of the following c), 0.1 to 10% by mass of the following d); a) having an alicyclic epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the molecule A compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less, b) a compound having three or more groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the molecule, c) a radical polymerization initiator, and d) a cationic polymerization initiator.

<15> 一種圖像顯示裝置,其包括圖像顯示元件及如<1>至<14>中任一項所述的裝飾膜,且於最表面具備裝飾膜。 <16> 一種觸控面板,其包括如<1>至<14>中任一項所述的裝飾膜,且於最表面具備裝飾膜。<15> An image display device including an image display element and the decorative film according to any one of <1> to <14>, and having a decorative film on an outermost surface. <16> A touch panel including the decorative film according to any one of <1> to <14>, and having a decorative film on an outermost surface.

<17> 一種裝飾膜的製造方法,其包括:聚酯膜形成步驟;裝飾層形成步驟,於聚酯膜的其中一個面上的至少一部分形成裝飾層;以及硬塗層形成步驟,於聚酯膜的至少一個面上形成硬塗層,所述聚酯膜形成步驟包括:橫向延伸步驟,使用具備分別沿著設置於膜搬送道路的兩側的一對軌道移動的多個夾具的拉幅機式延伸裝置,於利用夾具夾持未延伸的聚酯膜的狀態下,在相對於膜搬送道路而正交的方向上進行延伸;熱固定步驟,藉由對橫向延伸後的聚酯膜進行加熱而進行熱固定;以及熱緩和步驟,對熱固定步驟後的聚酯膜進行加熱,且縮小聚酯膜的膜搬送方向及相對於膜搬送方向而正交的方向的長度,且於熱緩和步驟中,將熱固定步驟後的聚酯膜的膜搬送方向上的緩和率設為0.1%~7%,且將相對於膜搬送方向而正交的方向上的緩和率設為0.1%~7%,以形成膜搬送方向及相對於膜搬送方向而正交的方向上的在賦予溫度150℃、30分鐘的熱歷程時的熱收縮率均為3.0%以下的聚酯膜。<17> A method for producing a decorative film, comprising: a polyester film forming step; a decorative layer forming step for forming a decorative layer on at least a part of one surface of the polyester film; and a hard coat layer forming step for polyester A hard coat layer is formed on at least one side of the film, and the polyester film forming step includes a lateral stretching step using a tenter having a plurality of clamps that move along a pair of rails provided on both sides of the film conveying road, respectively. Type stretching device, in a state where the unstretched polyester film is held by a clamp, the stretching is performed in a direction orthogonal to the film conveying road; the heat-fixing step is performed by heating the polyester film after the transverse stretching Heat fixing; and a heat relaxation step, which heats the polyester film after the heat fixing step, and reduces the length of the polyester film in the film transport direction and the direction orthogonal to the film transport direction, and in the heat relaxation step The relaxation rate in the film transport direction of the polyester film after the heat fixing step is set to 0.1% to 7%, and the relaxation rate in a direction orthogonal to the film transport direction is set to 0.1% to 7%. To And forming the conveyance direction with respect to a direction perpendicular to the film conveying direction and imparting at temperature 150 ℃, thermal shrinkage of the thermal history of the polyester film were 30 minutes of 3.0% or less.

<18> 如<17>所述的裝飾膜的製造方法,其中,熱緩和步驟中的縮小聚酯膜的相對於膜搬送方向而正交的方向的長度包括縮小設置於膜搬送道路的兩側的一對軌道的間隔,熱緩和步驟中的縮小聚酯膜的膜搬送方向的長度包括縮小移動的多個夾具的間隔。 <19> 如<17>或<18>所述的裝飾膜的製造方法,其中熱緩和步驟中的縮小聚酯膜的膜搬送方向的長度包括在聚酯膜的膜搬送方向上施加張力而於加溫條件下一面進行搬送一面縮小長度。<18> The method for producing a decorative film according to <17>, wherein the length of the shrinking polyester film in the heat-relief step in a direction orthogonal to the film transport direction includes reducing the length of the polyester film provided on both sides of the film transport road The distance between the pair of rails in the heat-relieving step is to reduce the length in the film transport direction of the polyester film by reducing the interval between the plurality of clamps that are moved. <19> The method for producing a decorative film according to <17> or <18>, wherein reducing the length in the film conveying direction of the polyester film in the heat relaxation step includes applying tension to the film conveying direction of the polyester film and Reduce the length while conveying while heating.

<20> 如<17>至<19>中任一項所述的裝飾膜的製造方法,其中熱緩和步驟中的聚酯膜的搬送張力為10 N/m寬度~80 N/m寬度,聚酯膜的加熱時的膜面溫度為110℃~190℃,且熱處理時間為10秒~600秒,於縮小了聚酯膜的長度後的冷卻時,聚酯膜的膜面溫度為70℃±20℃的範圍時的冷卻速度為100℃/min~2000℃/min。 [發明的效果]<20> The method for producing a decorative film according to any one of <17> to <19>, wherein the conveying tension of the polyester film in the heat-relaxing step is 10 N / m width to 80 N / m width. The film surface temperature of the ester film during heating is 110 ° C to 190 ° C, and the heat treatment time is 10 seconds to 600 seconds. When the polyester film is cooled after reducing the length of the polyester film, the film surface temperature of the polyester film is 70 ° C ± The cooling rate in the range of 20 ° C is 100 ° C / min to 2000 ° C / min. [Effect of the invention]

根據本發明的一實施形態,可提供一種衝壓加工時的碎裂的產生得到抑制且耐擦傷性優異的裝飾膜、具備裝飾膜的圖像顯示裝置及觸控面板。 另外,根據本發明的另一實施形態,可提供一種裝飾膜的製造方法,其可製造衝壓加工時的碎裂的產生得到抑制且耐擦傷性優異的裝飾膜。According to one embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to provide a decorative film with suppressed occurrence of chipping during press processing and excellent scratch resistance, an image display device including the decorative film, and a touch panel. Moreover, according to another embodiment of this invention, the manufacturing method of the decorative film which can suppress the occurrence of chipping at the time of a press process, and can provide the decorative film excellent in abrasion resistance can be manufactured.

以下,對本發明進行詳細說明。以下所記載的構成要件的說明有時基於具有代表性的實施形態或具體例來進行,但本發明並不限定於此種實施形態。 於本說明書中,使用「~」來表示的數值範圍是指包含「~」的前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值的範圍。另外,於對「~」的前後所記載的數值的其中一者附加單位的情況下,表示該數值範圍整體中為相同的單位。 於本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」是指「丙烯醯基」及「甲基丙烯醯基」的任一者或兩者,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」是指「丙烯酸酯」及「甲基丙烯酸酯」的任一者或兩者,「(甲基)丙烯酸基」是指「丙烯酸基」及「甲基丙烯酸基」的任一者或兩者。 於本說明書中,只要無特別限定,則室溫是指25℃。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. The description of the constituent elements described below may be performed based on a representative embodiment or a specific example, but the present invention is not limited to such an embodiment. In this specification, a numerical range expressed using "~" means a range including numerical values described before and after "~" as a lower limit value and an upper limit value. In addition, when a unit is added to one of the numerical values described before and after "~", it means that the entire numerical range is the same unit. In this specification, "(meth) acrylfluorenyl" means either or both of "acrylfluorenyl" and "methacrylfluorenyl", and "(meth) acrylate" means "acrylate "And" methacrylate ", and" (meth) acryl "refers to either or both of" acryl "and" methacryl ". In this specification, the room temperature means 25 ° C unless otherwise specified.

[裝飾膜] 本發明的第1實施形態的裝飾膜為具有聚酯膜、裝飾層及硬塗層的裝飾膜,在對裝飾膜的長度50 mm、寬度50 mm的膜片長賦予溫度150℃、30分鐘的熱歷程時所產生的裝飾膜的捲曲值為5 mm以下。 再者,所謂「賦予溫度150℃、30分鐘的熱歷程」,是指將裝飾膜於150℃的溫度環境下靜置30分鐘而進行加熱。[Decorative film] The decorative film according to the first embodiment of the present invention is a decorative film having a polyester film, a decorative layer, and a hard coat layer, and a temperature of 150 ° C is applied to the film length of the decorative film having a length of 50 mm and a width of 50 mm. The curl value of the decorative film generated during a 30-minute thermal history is 5 mm or less. In addition, "the thermal history provided at 150 degreeC for 30 minutes" means that the decorative film is left to stand in a temperature environment of 150 degreeC for 30 minutes, and is heated.

參照圖1對裝飾膜的捲曲值的測定方法進行說明。 首先,將裝飾膜切出長度50 mm、寬度50 mm以製作作為試驗用樣片的裝飾膜的長度50 mm、寬度50 mm的膜片(以下有時稱為裝飾膜片)10。圖1A為表示所切出的裝飾膜片10的平面圖。於裝飾膜片10的平面圖中,以●記號示意性地表示捲曲值的測定對象部位。測定對象部位設為所切出的裝飾膜片10的4處角部以及正方形的各片的4處中央部,共計8處。 將所獲得的圖1A所示的裝飾膜片10放入溫度150℃的加熱爐中30分鐘。 然後,於溫度25℃、濕度60%的環境中進行8小時調濕後,如圖1B所示,將裝飾膜片10靜置於平坦處12,並將平坦處12的表面設為測定基準面。對基準面與裝飾膜片10中的測定對象部位之間的距離(圖1B中以箭頭H表示)、即自裝飾膜片10的測定對象部位引出至基準面的垂線中的測定對象部位與基準面之間的距離進行測定以作為捲曲值。圖1B為表示將裝飾膜片10靜置於平坦處12的狀態的側視圖,圖1B中,將以箭頭H表示的距離設為捲曲值。 於裝飾膜片10在加熱後如圖1C所示相對於平坦處12而捲曲為凸狀的情況下,使裝飾膜片10翻轉而配置為凹狀、即圖1B所示的狀態以進行測定。 作為測定對象的裝飾膜片10的捲曲值設為已敘述的裝飾膜片的8處測定對象部位中所測定的捲曲值的平均值。A method for measuring the curl value of the decorative film will be described with reference to FIG. 1. First, the decorative film was cut out to a length of 50 mm and a width of 50 mm to produce a film (hereinafter referred to as a decorative film) 10 having a length of 50 mm and a width of 50 mm as a decorative film for a test piece. FIG. 1A is a plan view showing the cut-out decorative film sheet 10. In the plan view of the decorative film 10, a measurement target portion of the curl value is schematically indicated by a mark. The measurement target portion was set at four corner portions of the cut out decorative film sheet 10 and four center portions of each of the square pieces, for a total of eight. The obtained decorative film sheet 10 shown in FIG. 1A was put into a heating furnace at a temperature of 150 ° C. for 30 minutes. Then, after conditioning for 8 hours in an environment with a temperature of 25 ° C. and a humidity of 60%, as shown in FIG. 1B, the decorative film 10 is placed on a flat place 12, and the surface of the flat place 12 is used as a measurement reference surface. . The distance between the reference surface and the measurement target site in the decorative membrane 10 (indicated by an arrow H in FIG. 1B), that is, the measurement target site in the vertical line drawn from the measurement target site of the decorative membrane 10 to the reference plane and the reference The distance between the faces was measured as a curl value. FIG. 1B is a side view showing a state in which the decorative film 10 is placed on a flat place 12. In FIG. 1B, a distance indicated by an arrow H is set as a curl value. When the decorative film 10 is curled into a convex shape with respect to the flat portion 12 as shown in FIG. 1C after heating, the decorative film 10 is inverted and arranged in a concave shape, that is, in a state shown in FIG. 1B for measurement. The curl value of the decorative film sheet 10 as a measurement target is set to the average value of the curl value measured in the eight measurement target parts of the previously described decorative film sheet.

於本實施形態的裝飾膜中,經歷了已敘述的熱歷程的裝飾膜片的捲曲為5 mm以下,較佳為3 mm以下,更佳為2 mm以下。 於裝飾膜的在已敘述的上限下所測定的捲曲超過5 mm的情況下,當對裝飾膜進行衝壓加時,聚酯膜與裝飾層容易剝離而欠佳。In the decorative film of this embodiment, the curl of the decorative film having undergone the thermal history described above is 5 mm or less, preferably 3 mm or less, and more preferably 2 mm or less. In the case where the curl of the decorative film measured at the above-mentioned upper limit exceeds 5 mm, when the decorative film is press-added, the polyester film and the decorative layer are easily peeled off, which is not satisfactory.

本發明的第2實施形態的裝飾膜為具有聚酯膜、裝飾層及硬塗層的裝飾膜,在對聚酯膜賦予溫度150℃、30分鐘的熱歷程時,聚酯膜的面內的一方向以及與一方向在面內正交的方向中的熱收縮率均為3.0%以下。The decorative film according to the second embodiment of the present invention is a decorative film having a polyester film, a decorative layer, and a hard coat layer. When the polyester film is given a thermal history of 150 ° C and 30 minutes, the in-plane of the polyester film The thermal contraction rate in one direction and a direction orthogonal to the one direction in the plane are both 3.0% or less.

以下,將本揭示的實施形態的一例稱為第1實施形態的裝飾膜,將另一實施形態的一例稱為第2實施形態的裝飾膜,並依次對各實施形態的裝飾膜所具有的各構成要素進行說明。再者,於本說明書中,於指代第1實施形態及第2實施形態兩者的情況下,有時總稱為「本揭示的實施形態」。Hereinafter, an example of the embodiment of the present disclosure will be referred to as a decorative film of the first embodiment, and an example of another embodiment will be referred to as a decorative film of the second embodiment. The constituent elements will be described. In addition, in this specification, when referring to both the 1st embodiment and the 2nd embodiment, it may be collectively called "the embodiment of this indication."

[聚酯膜] 第1實施形態及第2實施形態的裝飾膜具有作為基材的聚酯膜。 作為用以達成本揭示的裝飾膜於已敘述的熱歷程中捲曲為5 mm以下的條件的方法之一,可列舉使用熱收縮率小的聚酯膜作為基材。 作為熱收縮率小的聚酯膜,可列舉以下聚酯膜:其在如已敘述的第2實施形態的裝飾膜中所使用般對聚酯膜賦予溫度150℃、30分鐘的熱歷程時,聚酯膜的面內的一方向以及與一方向在面內正交的方向中的熱收縮率均為3.0%以下。 另外,作為其他方法,可列舉增加作為基材的聚酯膜的厚度;使聚酯膜以高倍率延伸而提升用於基材的膜的彈性模數等,該些方法亦有效。[Polyester Film] The decorative films of the first and second embodiments have a polyester film as a base material. As one of the methods for achieving the condition that the decorative film disclosed by the present invention is crimped to 5 mm or less in the thermal history described above, a polyester film having a small thermal shrinkage rate can be used as a substrate. Examples of the polyester film having a small thermal shrinkage include a polyester film which, when used in the decorative film of the second embodiment described above, imparts a thermal history of 150 ° C and 30 minutes to the polyester film, The thermal shrinkage of the polyester film in one direction and a direction orthogonal to the one direction in the plane were both 3.0% or less. In addition, other methods include increasing the thickness of the polyester film as the base material; extending the polyester film at a high magnification to increase the modulus of elasticity of the film used for the base material; and these methods are also effective.

作為第1實施形態的裝飾膜中所使用的聚酯膜,較佳為在對聚酯膜賦予溫度150℃、30分鐘的熱歷程時,聚酯膜的面內的一方向以及與所述一方向在面內正交的方向中的熱收縮率均為3.0%以下的聚酯膜。 第2實施形態的裝飾膜中,作為基材而具有在對聚酯膜賦予溫度150℃、30分鐘的熱歷程時,聚酯膜的面內的一方向以及與一方向在面內正交的方向中的熱收縮率均為3.0%以下的聚酯膜。As the polyester film used in the decorative film of the first embodiment, when the polyester film is provided with a thermal history of 150 ° C. and 30 minutes, it is preferably one direction in the plane of the polyester film and the first direction of the polyester film. The polyester film has a thermal shrinkage of 3.0% or less in the directions orthogonal to each other in the plane. In the decorative film of the second embodiment, when the polyester film is provided with a thermal history of 150 ° C. and 30 minutes as a base material, one direction in the plane of the polyester film and one direction orthogonal to the direction in the plane are provided. The polyester film with a thermal shrinkage ratio in all directions of 3.0% or less.

<聚酯膜的特性> (熱收縮率) 本揭示的裝飾膜中可使用的聚酯膜較佳為於面內的一方向、例如膜搬送方向(縱向(Machine Direction),以下有時稱為「MD方向」)以及相對於一方向而正交的方向(例如於將一方向設為「MD方向」的情況下為與膜搬送方向正交的方向(橫向(Transverse Direction),以下有時稱為「TD方向」))兩方向中,在賦予了以下的熱歷程的情況下的熱收縮率為3.0%以下,第2實施形態的裝飾膜中,作為基材而具有在賦予了後述的以下熱歷程的情況下面內的一方向以及與一方向在面內正交的方向中的熱收縮率均為3.0%以下的聚酯膜。 於測定聚酯膜的熱收縮率時的熱歷程為於溫度150℃下靜置30分鐘。 以下,以作為本揭示的裝飾膜中的基材的較佳態樣的單軸延伸聚酯膜為例進行說明。 聚酯膜於膜的一方向以及與一方向正交的方向中,溫度150℃、30分鐘的熱歷程後的熱收縮率均較佳為3.0%以下,更佳為1.5%以下,進而更佳為0.5%以下。 藉由使用於已敘述的條件下所測定的熱收縮率為3.0%以下的聚酯膜,作為基材的聚酯膜的熱穩定性進一步提高,可更有效地抑制於製造裝飾膜時的褶皺的產生、於對裝飾膜進行衝壓加工時的層間剝離及碎裂的產生。<Characteristics of Polyester Film> (Heat Shrinkage Rate) The polyester film that can be used in the decorative film of the present disclosure is preferably in one direction in the plane, for example, the film conveying direction (machine direction), which is hereinafter sometimes referred to as "MD direction") and a direction orthogonal to one direction (for example, when one direction is set to "MD direction", the direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction (transverse direction), hereinafter sometimes called "TD direction")) In both directions, the heat shrinkage rate is 3.0% or less when the following thermal history is given. The decorative film of the second embodiment has the following In the case of thermal history, the polyester film has a thermal contraction rate of 3.0% or less in one of the directions below and the direction orthogonal to the direction in the plane. The thermal history at the time of measuring the thermal contraction rate of a polyester film was standing still at the temperature of 150 degreeC for 30 minutes. Hereinafter, the uniaxially stretched polyester film which is a preferable aspect as a base material in the decorative film of this disclosure is demonstrated as an example. In one direction of the polyester film and the direction orthogonal to the one direction, the thermal shrinkage of the polyester film after a thermal history at a temperature of 150 ° C for 30 minutes is preferably 3.0% or less, more preferably 1.5% or less, and even more preferably It is 0.5% or less. By using a polyester film having a thermal shrinkage of 3.0% or less measured under the conditions described, the thermal stability of the polyester film as a base material is further improved, and wrinkles during the production of a decorative film can be more effectively suppressed. And the occurrence of interlayer peeling and chipping when the decorative film is pressed.

另外,聚酯膜的於已敘述的條件下的聚酯膜面內的一方向的熱收縮率和在面內與一方向正交的方向的熱收縮率的差的絕對值較佳為0.6%以下,更佳為0.4%以下,進而更佳為0.3%以下。 藉由聚酯膜的於面內彼此正交的2個方向的熱收縮率的差小,聚酯膜的物性變得更均勻,當於聚酯膜上積層其他的層來製作裝飾膜時,可更有效地抑制於衝壓加工時或將衝壓加工後的裝飾膜於構件上加以固定化時產生裝飾膜的褶皺。The absolute value of the difference between the thermal shrinkage rate of the polyester film in one direction in the plane of the polyester film and the direction orthogonal to the one direction in the plane of the polyester film is preferably 0.6%. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 0.4% or less, and still more preferably 0.3% or less. The difference in the thermal shrinkage of the polyester film in two directions orthogonal to each other in the plane is small, and the physical properties of the polyester film become more uniform. When other layers are laminated on the polyester film to make a decorative film, It is possible to more effectively suppress the occurrence of wrinkles of the decorative film during the press processing or when the decorative film after the press processing is fixed on the member.

於本說明書中,以下有時將作為熱歷程的溫度150℃、30分鐘的條件下的熱收縮率、即於150℃下加熱30分鐘後的膜的熱收縮率稱為「熱收縮率(150℃、30分鐘)」。 對熱收縮率的測定方法進行說明。 對於在面內的一方向上裁剪成寬度30 mm、長度120 mm的聚酯膜的試樣片M,事先於長度方向上在變成100 mm的間隔的位置切入2條基準線。於無張力下將試樣片M在150℃的加熱烘箱中放置30分鐘後,進行將試樣片M冷卻至室溫為止的處理,並測定2條基準線的間隔。將所測定的處理後的間隔設為A[mm]。將根據處理前的間隔100 mm與處理後的間隔A mm並使用「100×(100-A)/100」的式子所算出的數值[%]設為試樣片M的熱收縮率(150℃、30分鐘)。 測定是於各方向上對3片試樣片分別在3個部位進行測定,將共計9處的測定結果的算術平均設為測定值。 例如,於將一方向設為MD方向的情況下,亦將MD方向的熱收縮稱為MD熱收縮,將其比例稱為MD熱收縮率。因此,製造聚酯膜時的與膜寬度方向正交的方向的熱收縮率成為膜搬送方向的收縮率,可稱為MD熱收縮率。In this specification, the thermal contraction rate under the conditions of a temperature of 150 ° C. and 30 minutes as the thermal history, that is, the thermal contraction rate of a film after heating at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes is sometimes referred to as “thermal contraction rate (150 ° C, 30 minutes) ". A method for measuring the thermal shrinkage will be described. For the test piece M cut into a polyester film with a width of 30 mm and a length of 120 mm in one direction in the plane, two reference lines were cut in advance in the longitudinal direction at positions where the distance became 100 mm. After leaving the sample piece M in a heating oven at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes under no tension, the sample piece M was cooled to room temperature, and the interval between the two reference lines was measured. The measured interval after the treatment is A [mm]. The value [%] calculated from the interval of 100 mm before the treatment and the interval of A mm after the treatment using the formula "100 × (100-A) / 100" is set as the heat shrinkage rate of the sample piece M (150 ℃, 30 minutes). In the measurement, three specimens were measured at three locations in each direction, and the arithmetic average of the measurement results at a total of nine locations was set as the measurement value. For example, when one direction is set to the MD direction, the heat shrinkage in the MD direction is also referred to as the MD heat shrinkage, and the ratio thereof is referred to as the MD heat shrinkage rate. Therefore, the thermal contraction rate in the direction orthogonal to the film width direction when the polyester film is manufactured becomes the contraction rate in the film transport direction, and can be referred to as the MD thermal contraction rate.

於本說明書中,進行150℃、30分鐘靜置後的與已敘述的一方向正交的方向的熱收縮率(150℃、30分鐘)如以下般定義。 於測定與已敘述的一方向正交的方向的熱收縮率的情況下,將在與已敘述的一方向正交的方向上裁剪成寬度30 mm、長度120 mm的聚酯樹脂膜作為試樣片M,對於試樣片M,事先於長度方向上在變成100 mm的間隔的位置切入2條基準線。於無張力下將試樣片M在150℃的加熱烘箱中靜置30分鐘後,進行將試樣片M冷卻至室溫為止的處理,並測定2條基準線的間隔。將所測定的處理後的間隔設為A[mm]。將根據處理前的間隔100 mm與處理後的間隔A mm,並使用「100×(100-A)/100」的式子所算出的數值[%]設為試樣片M的與一方向正交的方向的熱收縮率(150℃、30分鐘)。 例如,於將一方向設為MD方向的情況下,與一方向正交的方向成為TD方向,可將其熱收縮稱為TD熱收縮,將其比例稱為TD熱收縮率。In this specification, the thermal contraction rate (150 ° C, 30 minutes) in a direction orthogonal to the previously described one direction after standing at 150 ° C for 30 minutes is defined as follows. When measuring the thermal shrinkage in a direction orthogonal to the one direction described, a polyester resin film cut into a width of 30 mm and a length of 120 mm in the direction orthogonal to the one direction described was used as a sample. For the sheet M, two reference lines were cut into the sample sheet M in advance in the longitudinal direction at intervals of 100 mm. After leaving the sample piece M in a heating oven at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes under no tension, the sample piece M was cooled to room temperature, and the interval between the two reference lines was measured. The measured interval after the treatment is A [mm]. The value [%] calculated from the interval of 100 mm before the treatment and the interval of A mm after the treatment using the formula "100 × (100-A) / 100" is set to be positive in the one direction of the sample piece M. Thermal shrinkage in the direction of intersection (150 ° C, 30 minutes). For example, when one direction is set to the MD direction, the direction orthogonal to the one direction is set to the TD direction, and the thermal contraction thereof may be referred to as a TD thermal contraction, and the ratio thereof may be referred to as a TD thermal contraction rate.

已敘述的熱收縮率(150℃、30分鐘)為3.0%以下的聚酯膜較佳為單軸配向聚酯膜。 利用後述的方法對經熔融成膜或溶液成膜的未延伸的聚酯膜進行橫向延伸、熱固定及熱緩和,藉此容易獲得具有已敘述的較佳熱收縮率的聚酯膜。The polyester film having a thermal shrinkage (150 ° C, 30 minutes) of 3.0% or less as described above is preferably a uniaxially oriented polyester film. The unstretched polyester film formed by the melt-forming or solution-forming method is laterally stretched, heat-fixed, and heat-relieved by a method described later, thereby easily obtaining a polyester film having the preferable thermal shrinkage ratio as described above.

(厚度) 聚酯膜的厚度較佳為40 μm~500 μm,更佳為60 μm~400 μm,進而更佳為80 μm~300 μm。 藉由聚酯膜的厚度處於所述範圍內,裝飾膜具有充分的剛性而可適宜地用作玻璃的替代材料,且可抑制因剛性過強而造成的衝壓性的降低及操作性的降低。另外,藉由聚酯膜的厚度處於所述範圍內,裝飾膜的尺寸穩定性變得更良好。 聚酯膜的厚度例如可使用接觸式膜厚測定計來測定。 測定是於聚酯膜的一方向及與一方向正交的方向上分別取樣50點,並求出該些點的厚度的測定值的平均厚度而設為聚酯膜的厚度。(Thickness) The thickness of the polyester film is preferably 40 μm to 500 μm, more preferably 60 μm to 400 μm, and even more preferably 80 μm to 300 μm. When the thickness of the polyester film is within the above range, the decorative film has sufficient rigidity and can be suitably used as a substitute material for glass, and it is possible to suppress a decrease in punchability and a decrease in operability due to excessive rigidity. In addition, when the thickness of the polyester film is within the above range, the dimensional stability of the decorative film becomes better. The thickness of the polyester film can be measured using, for example, a contact-type film thickness meter. In the measurement, 50 points were sampled in one direction of the polyester film and the direction orthogonal to the one direction, and the average thickness of the measured values of the thicknesses at these points was determined to be the thickness of the polyester film.

-Re(膜面內的延遲)- 本揭示的裝飾膜中所使用的聚酯膜較佳為測定波長589 nm下的膜面內的延遲Re為4000 nm~50000 nm。以下,只要無特別限定,則本說明書中的膜面內的延遲Re是指測定波長589 nm下的值。 聚酯膜的Re若為3000 nm以上,則彩虹狀不均勻不易被視認,若為50000 nm以下,則必需的膜厚不會變得過厚,可抑制剛性過強,操作變得容易。 就所述觀點而言,聚酯膜的Re更佳為5000 nm~40000 nm,進而更佳為7000 nm~33000 nm。-Re (retardation in the film plane)-The polyester film used in the decorative film of the present disclosure preferably has a retardation Re in the film plane at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm, which is 4000 nm to 50000 nm. Hereinafter, as long as there is no particular limitation, the retardation Re in the film plane in this specification means a value at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm. If the Re of the polyester film is 3,000 nm or more, rainbow-like unevenness is not easily recognized. If it is 50,000 nm or less, the required film thickness does not become excessively thick, rigidity can be suppressed to be excessive, and handling becomes easy. From the viewpoint, the Re of the polyester film is more preferably 5000 nm to 40,000 nm, and even more preferably 7000 nm to 33000 nm.

-Re/Rth- 另外,聚酯膜較佳為測定波長589 nm下的膜面內的延遲Re相對於測定波長589 nm下的膜厚度方向的延遲Rth的比(Re/Rth)為0.6~1.2。 聚酯膜的Re/Rth若為0.6以上,則彩虹狀不均勻不易被視認,若為1.2以下,則膜不易變脆。以下,只要無特別說明,則本說明書中的膜厚度方向的延遲Rth是指測定波長589 nm下的值。 就所述觀點而言,聚酯膜的Re/Rth更佳為0.7~1.15,進而更佳為0.8~1.1。-Re / Rth- In addition, it is preferable that the polyester film has a ratio (Re / Rth) of retardation in the film plane at the measurement wavelength of 589 nm to retardation Rth in the thickness direction of the film at the measurement wavelength of 589 nm from 0.6 to 1.2. . If the Re / Rth of the polyester film is 0.6 or more, rainbow-like unevenness is not easily recognized, and if it is 1.2 or less, the film is not easily brittle. Hereinafter, unless otherwise specified, the retardation Rth in the film thickness direction in this specification means a value at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm. From such a viewpoint, the Re / Rth of the polyester film is more preferably 0.7 to 1.15, and even more preferably 0.8 to 1.1.

聚酯膜的厚度方向的延遲Rth較佳為3000 nm~80000 nm,更佳為4000 nm~60000 nm,進而更佳為6000 nm~40000 nm。 聚酯膜的Rth若為3000 nm以上,則容易製作膜,若為80000 nm以下,則當將使用了聚酯膜的硬塗層應用於例如圖像顯示裝置的顯示畫面時,畫面中不易產生彩虹狀不均勻而較佳。The retardation Rth in the thickness direction of the polyester film is preferably 3000 nm to 80,000 nm, more preferably 4000 nm to 60,000 nm, and even more preferably 6000 nm to 40,000 nm. If the Rth of the polyester film is 3,000 nm or more, it is easy to make a film. If the Rth of the polyester film is 80,000 nm or less, when a hard coat layer using a polyester film is applied to, for example, a display screen of an image display device, the screen is unlikely to occur. Rainbow-like unevenness is preferred.

聚酯膜的膜面內的延遲Re由下述式(1)表示。 式(1):Re=(nx-ny)×y1 式(1)中,nx為聚酯膜的面內的一方向的折射率,ny為聚酯膜的面內的與一方向正交的方向的折射率,y1 為聚酯膜的厚度。The retardation Re in the film surface of the polyester film is represented by the following formula (1). Formula (1): Re = (nx-ny) × y 1 In formula (1), nx is a refractive index in one direction of the plane of the polyester film, and ny is orthogonal to one direction in the plane of the polyester film. In the direction of the refractive index, y 1 is the thickness of the polyester film.

本實施形態的聚酯膜的厚度方向的延遲Rth由下述式(2)表示。 式(2):Rth={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×y1 式(2)中,nz為聚酯膜的厚度方向的折射率。The retardation Rth in the thickness direction of the polyester film of this embodiment is represented by the following formula (2). Formula (2): Rth = {(nx + ny) / 2-nz} × y 1 In formula (2), nz is a refractive index in the thickness direction of the polyester film.

再者,聚酯膜的Nz值由下述式(3)表示。 式(3):Nz=(nx-nz)/(nx-ny)The Nz value of the polyester film is represented by the following formula (3). Equation (3): Nz = (nx-nz) / (nx-ny)

於本說明書中,波長λ nm下的Re、Rth及Nz能夠以如下方式來測定。 使用兩片偏光板,求出聚酯膜的配向軸方向並將其設為面內的一方向。於配向軸方向所正交的位置切出4 cm×2 cm的長方形以作為測定用樣品。針對所獲得的測定用樣品,利用阿貝折射率計(愛拓(Atago)公司製造,NAR-4T,測定波長為589 nm)求出正交的雙軸的折射率(nx、ny)、及厚度方向的折射率(nz),並將雙軸的折射率差的絕對值(|nx-ny|)設為折射率的異向性(△nxy)。聚酯膜的厚度y1 (nm)是使用電測微計(Feinpruf公司製造,Miritoron1245D)來測定,將單位換算成nm。根據所測定的nx、ny、nz、y1 的值來分別算出Re、Rth、Nz。In this specification, Re, Rth, and Nz at a wavelength λ nm can be measured as follows. Using two polarizing plates, the orientation axis direction of the polyester film was determined and set as one direction in the plane. A 4 cm × 2 cm rectangle was cut out at a position orthogonal to the alignment axis direction as a measurement sample. With respect to the obtained measurement sample, an orthogonal biaxial refractive index (nx, ny) was obtained using an Abbe refractometer (NAR-4T, manufactured by Atago, measuring wavelength is 589 nm), and The refractive index (nz) in the thickness direction, and the absolute value (| nx-ny |) of the biaxial refractive index difference is set to the anisotropy (Δnxy) of the refractive index. The thickness y 1 (nm) of the polyester film was measured using an electric micrometer (manufactured by Feinpruf, Miritoron 1245D), and the unit was converted to nm. Re, Rth, and Nz were calculated from the measured values of nx, ny, nz, and y 1 , respectively.

所述測定波長589 nm下的Re及Rth可藉由膜中所使用的聚酯樹脂的種類、聚酯樹脂與添加劑的量、延遲顯現劑的添加、膜的膜厚、膜的延伸方向與延伸率等來調整。 將聚酯膜的Re及Re/Rth控制成各自的範圍的方法並無特別限制。作為控制聚酯膜的Re及Re/Rth的方法,例如可列舉延伸法。The Re and Rth at the measurement wavelength of 589 nm can be determined by the type of polyester resin used in the film, the amount of polyester resin and additives, the addition of a retarder, the film thickness of the film, and the direction and extension of the film. Rate and so on. The method of controlling the Re and Re / Rth of the polyester film to their respective ranges is not particularly limited. As a method of controlling Re and Re / Rth of a polyester film, the stretching method is mentioned, for example.

(聚酯膜的構成材料、層構成及表面處理) 本揭示的裝飾膜中所使用的聚酯膜包含聚酯樹脂。聚酯樹脂於整個聚酯膜中所佔的含有比例通常為50質量%以上,較佳為70質量%以上,更佳為90質量%以上。 聚酯膜可為將聚酯樹脂作為主成分的層的單層膜,亦可為至少具有一層將聚酯樹脂作為主成分的層的多層膜。 另外,聚酯膜亦可對膜的兩面或單面實施表面處理。表面處理可為電暈處理,皂化處理,熱處理,利用紫外線照射、電子束照射等的表面改質,亦可為利用高分子化合物、金屬等的塗佈、蒸鍍等進行的薄膜形成。(Constituent Material, Layer Structure, and Surface Treatment of Polyester Film) The polyester film used in the decorative film of the present disclosure includes a polyester resin. The content ratio of the polyester resin in the entire polyester film is usually 50% by mass or more, preferably 70% by mass or more, and more preferably 90% by mass or more. The polyester film may be a single-layer film having a layer containing a polyester resin as a main component, or a multilayer film having at least one layer containing a polyester resin as a main component. In addition, the polyester film may be surface-treated on both sides or one side of the film. The surface treatment may be corona treatment, saponification treatment, heat treatment, surface modification by ultraviolet irradiation, electron beam irradiation, or the like, or film formation by coating or vapor deposition of polymer compounds, metals, and the like.

聚酯膜亦可於至少一個面上具有易接著層。 聚酯膜中所含的易接著層的厚度較佳為30 nm~300 nm,更佳為40 nm~200 nm,進而更佳為50 nm~150 nm。 若易接著層的厚度為30 nm以上,則容易獲得易接著層所帶來的緩衝效果,可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度增大。另外,若易接著層的厚度為300 nm以下,則易接著層的緩衝效果不會過強,可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度減小。The polyester film may have an easy adhesion layer on at least one side. The thickness of the easy-adhesive layer contained in the polyester film is preferably 30 nm to 300 nm, more preferably 40 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 50 nm to 150 nm. If the thickness of the easy-adhesion layer is 30 nm or more, it is easy to obtain a cushioning effect brought by the easy-adhesion layer, and it is possible to suppress the vertical stress of the shear plane and the excessive increase of the shear stress of the shear plane. In addition, if the thickness of the easy-adhesion layer is 300 nm or less, the cushioning effect of the easy-adhesion layer will not be too strong, and the vertical stress on the shear plane and the shear stress on the shear plane can be suppressed from being excessively reduced.

更佳為易接著層含有粒子,且粒子自易接著層的表面突出的高度為易接著層的膜厚以上。 粒子自易接著層的表面突出的高度為1 mm見方的易接著層中的5點的平均值。 若易接著層中所含有的粒子的、粒子自易接著層的表面突出的高度小於易接著層(較佳為塗佈層)的膜厚,則光滑性降低而容易產生褶皺。 易接著層中可含有的粒子的種類並無特別限定,作為具體例,例如可列舉二氧化矽、碳酸鈣、碳酸鎂、碳酸鋇、硫酸鈣、磷酸鈣、磷酸鎂、高嶺土、氧化鋁、氧化鈦、氧化鋯等粒子,較佳為二氧化矽、氧化鋁、氧化鈦、氧化鋯。另外,亦可使用日本專利特公昭59-5216號公報、日本專利特開昭59-217755號公報等中所記載的耐熱性有機粒子。作為其他耐熱性有機粒子的例子,可列舉:熱硬化性脲樹脂、熱硬化性酚樹脂、熱硬化性環氧樹脂、苯并胍胺樹脂等的粒子。 關於粒徑,較佳為粒子自易接著層的表面突出的高度為易接著層的膜厚以上的粒徑。較佳為使用以一次平均粒徑進行了調整的粒子,但亦可為以結果使粒子自易接著層的表面突出的高度為易接著層的膜厚以上的方式凝聚而成的粒子。於凝聚而成的粒子的情況下,可藉由測定二次平均粒徑來確認粒子自易接著層的表面突出的高度。More preferably, the easily-adhesive layer contains particles, and the height of the particles protruding from the surface of the easily-adhesive layer is equal to or greater than the film thickness of the easily-adhesive layer. The height of the particles protruding from the surface of the easy-adhesive layer was an average of 5 points in the 1-mm square easy-adhesive layer. If the height of the particles contained in the easy-adhesive layer and the protrusion of the particles from the surface of the easy-adhesive layer is smaller than the film thickness of the easy-adhesive layer (preferably a coating layer), the smoothness is reduced and wrinkles are easily generated. The type of particles that can be contained in the easy-adhesion layer is not particularly limited. Specific examples include silicon dioxide, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, barium carbonate, calcium sulfate, calcium phosphate, magnesium phosphate, kaolin, alumina, and oxidation. Particles such as titanium and zirconia are preferably silicon dioxide, aluminum oxide, titanium oxide, and zirconia. In addition, heat-resistant organic particles described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-5216, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-217755, and the like can also be used. Examples of other heat-resistant organic particles include particles such as a thermosetting urea resin, a thermosetting phenol resin, a thermosetting epoxy resin, and a benzoguanamine resin. The particle diameter is preferably a particle diameter in which the height of the particles protruding from the surface of the easily-adhesive layer is equal to or greater than the film thickness of the easily-adhesive layer. It is preferred to use particles adjusted by the primary average particle diameter, but particles may be aggregated such that the height of the particles protruding from the surface of the easily-adhesive layer is greater than the film thickness of the easily-adhesive layer as a result. In the case of aggregated particles, the height of the particles protruding from the surface of the easily-adhesive layer can be confirmed by measuring the secondary average particle diameter.

(1-1)聚酯樹脂 作為聚酯膜中所含的聚酯樹脂,例如可較佳地使用WO2012/157662號公報的[0042]的組成的聚酯樹脂。 作為具體的聚酯樹脂,可使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(Polyethylene terephthalate,PET)、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(Polyethylene naphthalate,PEN)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(Polybutylene terephthalate,PBT)、聚對苯二甲酸環己烷二亞甲酯(Polycyclohexanedimethylene terephthalate,PCT)等,但就成本、耐熱性而言,更佳為PET及PEN,進而更佳為PET。再者,就PEN而言,Re/Rth略微容易變小。 作為聚酯樹脂,最佳為聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯。另外,亦可較佳地使用聚萘二甲酸乙二酯,例如可較佳地使用日本專利特開2008-39803號公報中所記載的聚萘二甲酸乙二酯。(1-1) Polyester resin As the polyester resin contained in the polyester film, for example, a polyester resin having a composition of [0042] in WO2012 / 157662 can be preferably used. As specific polyester resins, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), and polybutylene terephthalate, PBT), polycyclohexanedimethylene terephthalate (PCT), etc., but in terms of cost and heat resistance, PET and PEN are more preferred, and PET is more preferred. Furthermore, as far as PEN is concerned, Re / Rth becomes slightly smaller. The polyester resin is preferably polyethylene terephthalate. In addition, polyethylene naphthalate can also be preferably used, for example, polyethylene naphthalate described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-39803 can be preferably used.

聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯為具有源自作為二羧酸成分的對苯二甲酸的構成單元、及源自作為二醇成分的乙二醇的構成單元的聚酯,所有重複單元的80莫耳%以上可為對苯二甲酸乙二酯,亦可含有源自其他共聚成分的構成單元。作為其他共聚成分,可列舉:間苯二甲酸、對β-氧基乙氧基苯甲酸、4,4'-二羧基二苯基、4,4'-二羧基二苯甲酮、雙(4-羧基苯基)乙烷、己二酸、癸二酸、間苯二甲酸-5-磺酸鈉、1,4-二羧基環己烷等二羧酸成分,丙二醇、丁二醇、新戊二醇、二乙二醇、環己二醇、雙酚A的環氧乙烷加成物、聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚四亞甲基二醇等二醇成分。該些二羧酸成分或二醇成分視需要可組合2種以上來使用。另外,亦可將所述羧酸成分或二醇成分與對羥基苯甲酸等羥基羧酸併用。作為其他共聚成分,亦可使用少量的含有醯胺鍵、胺基甲酸酯鍵、醚鍵、碳酸酯鍵等的二羧酸成分及/或二醇成分。 作為聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯的製造方法,可應用:使對苯二甲酸與乙二醇、以及視需要的其他二羧酸及/或其他二醇直接進行反應的所謂的直接聚合法,使對苯二甲酸的二甲酯與乙二醇、以及視需要的其他二羧酸的二甲酯及/或其他二醇進行酯交換反應的所謂的酯交換反應法等任意的製造方法。Polyethylene terephthalate is a polyester having a structural unit derived from terephthalic acid as a dicarboxylic acid component and a structural unit derived from ethylene glycol as a diol component. Ear percentage or more may be ethylene terephthalate, and may also contain a structural unit derived from other copolymerization components. Examples of other copolymerization components include isophthalic acid, p-β-oxyethoxybenzoic acid, 4,4'-dicarboxydiphenyl, 4,4'-dicarboxybenzophenone, and bis (4 -Carboxyphenyl) dicarboxylic acid components such as ethane, adipic acid, sebacic acid, sodium isophthalate-5-sulfonate, 1,4-dicarboxycyclohexane, propylene glycol, butanediol, neopentyl Diol components such as glycol, diethylene glycol, cyclohexanediol, ethylene oxide adduct of bisphenol A, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polytetramethylene glycol. These dicarboxylic acid components or diol components can be used in combination of two or more kinds as needed. The carboxylic acid component or the diol component may be used in combination with a hydroxycarboxylic acid such as p-hydroxybenzoic acid. As other copolymerization components, a small amount of a dicarboxylic acid component and / or a diol component containing an amine bond, a urethane bond, an ether bond, a carbonate bond, or the like may be used. As a method for producing polyethylene terephthalate, a so-called direct polymerization method in which terephthalic acid reacts directly with ethylene glycol and other dicarboxylic acids and / or other diols as necessary, can be applied. Any production method such as a so-called transesterification reaction method in which a dimethyl terephthalate is subjected to a transesterification reaction with ethylene glycol, and dimethyl esters of other dicarboxylic acids and / or other diols as necessary.

(1-2)聚酯樹脂的物性 (1-2-1)固有黏度 聚酯樹脂的固有黏度IV(Intrinsic Viscosity)較佳為0.5以上、0.9以下,更佳為0.52以上、0.8以下,進而更佳為0.54以上、0.7以下。為了使IV處於已敘述的範圍內,於合成聚酯樹脂時,除後述的熔融聚合以外,亦可併用固相聚合。(1-2) Physical properties of polyester resin (1-2-1) Intrinsic viscosity IV (Intrinsic Viscosity) of polyester resin is preferably 0.5 or more and 0.9 or less, more preferably 0.52 or more and 0.8 or less, and even more It is preferably 0.54 or more and 0.7 or less. In order to keep IV in the range described above, when synthesizing the polyester resin, in addition to the melt polymerization described later, solid phase polymerization may be used in combination.

(1-2-2)乙醛含有率 聚酯樹脂的乙醛含量較佳為50 ppm以下。更佳為40 ppm以下,特佳為30 ppm以下。乙醛存在如下的情況:乙醛彼此容易產生縮合反應,並生成水作為副反應物,聚酯的水解因所生成的水而進行。乙醛含量的下限現實的是1 ppm左右。為了將乙醛含量設為所述範圍,可採用如下等方法:將製造樹脂時的熔融聚合、固相聚合等各步驟中的氧濃度保持得低;將樹脂保管時、乾燥時的氧濃度保持得低;降低於製造膜時樹脂因擠出機、熔料配管、模具等而受到的熱歷程;調整成不會因進行熔融時的擠出機的螺桿構成等而局部地受到強剪切的條件。(1-2-2) Acetaldehyde content The acetaldehyde content of the polyester resin is preferably 50 ppm or less. It is more preferably 40 ppm or less, and particularly preferably 30 ppm or less. Acetaldehyde may easily undergo a condensation reaction with each other, and generate water as a side reactant. The hydrolysis of the polyester proceeds with the generated water. The lower limit of the acetaldehyde content is practically about 1 ppm. In order to set the acetaldehyde content within the above range, methods such as: keeping the oxygen concentration in each step such as melt polymerization and solid phase polymerization during resin production low, and maintaining the oxygen concentration during resin storage and drying It is low; reduces the thermal history of the resin due to the extruder, the melt piping, the mold, etc. during the production of the film; adjusts it so that it does not locally receive strong shear due to the screw configuration of the extruder during melting condition.

(1-3)觸媒 於聚酯樹脂的聚合中使用Sb系觸媒、Ge系觸媒、Ti系觸媒及/或Al系觸媒,較佳為Sb系觸媒、Ti系觸媒及/或Al系觸媒,更佳為Al系觸媒。 即,用作聚酯膜的原料樹脂的聚酯樹脂較佳為使用鋁觸媒進行聚合而成的樹脂。 藉由使用Al系觸媒,與使用其他觸媒(例如Sb或Ti)的情況相比,Re容易顯現,且可實現PET的薄化。即,使用Al系觸媒意味著更容易進行配向。推測其理由如下。 Al系觸媒與Sb系觸媒或Ti系觸媒相比,反應性(聚合活性)低、反應和緩、難以生成副產物(二乙二醇單元:DEG(Diethylene glycol))。 其結果,PET的規則性提高,容易進行配向且容易顯現Re。(1-3) Catalysts Sb-based catalysts, Ge-based catalysts, Ti-based catalysts and / or Al-based catalysts are used in the polymerization of polyester resins, preferably Sb-based catalysts, Ti-based catalysts and The Al-based catalyst is more preferably an Al-based catalyst. That is, the polyester resin used as the raw material resin of the polyester film is preferably a resin polymerized using an aluminum catalyst. By using an Al-based catalyst, Re is more easily visualized than when using other catalysts (for example, Sb or Ti), and PET thinning can be achieved. That is, using an Al-based catalyst means that alignment is easier. The reason is speculated as follows. Compared with Sb-based catalysts or Ti-based catalysts, Al-based catalysts have lower reactivity (polymerization activity), slower reactions, and are less likely to generate by-products (diethylene glycol unit: DEG (Diethylene glycol)). As a result, regularity of PET is improved, alignment is easy, and Re is easily visualized.

(1-3-1)Al系觸媒 作為Al系觸媒,可使用WO2011/040161號公報的[0013]~[0148](US2012/0183761號公報的[0021]~[0123])中所記載的Al系觸媒,該些公報中所記載的內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 使用Al系觸媒並藉由聚合來製造聚酯樹脂的方法並無特別限制,具體而言,可依據WO2012/008488號公報的[0091]~[0094](US2013/0112271號公報的[0144]~[0153])來進行聚合,該些公報中所記載的內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 另外,Al系觸媒例如可依據日本專利特開2012-122051號公報的[0052]~[0054]、[0099]~[0104](WO2012/029725號公報的[0045]~[0047]、[0091]~[0096])進行製備,該些公報中所記載的內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。 Al系觸媒量作為相對於聚酯樹脂的質量的Al元素的量,較佳為3 ppm~80 ppm,更佳為5 ppm~60 ppm,進而更佳為5 ppm~40 ppm。(1-3-1) Al-based catalyst As the Al-based catalyst, those described in [0013] to [0148] of WO2011 / 040161 ([0021] to [0123] of US2012 / 0183761) can be used. Al-based catalyst, the contents described in these publications can be incorporated into the specification of this application. The method for producing a polyester resin by polymerization using an Al-based catalyst is not particularly limited, and specifically, it can be based on [0091] to [0094] of WO2012 / 008488 (US2013 / 0112271 [0144] ~ [0153]) to perform polymerization, and the contents described in these publications can be incorporated into the specification of this application. In addition, the Al-based catalyst can be based on, for example, [0052] to [0054], [0099] to [0104] in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-122051 ([0045] to [0047], [0047] in [WO2012 / 029725] 0091] to [0096]), and the contents described in these publications can be incorporated into the description of this application. The amount of the Al-based catalyst as the amount of the Al element relative to the mass of the polyester resin is preferably 3 ppm to 80 ppm, more preferably 5 ppm to 60 ppm, and even more preferably 5 ppm to 40 ppm.

(1-3-2)Sb系觸媒 作為Sb系觸媒,可使用日本專利特開2012-41519號公報的[0050]、[0052]~[0054]所記載的Sb系觸媒。 使用Sb系觸媒來使聚酯樹脂進行聚合的方法並無特別限制,但具體而言,可依據WO2012/157662號公報的[0086]~[0087]來進行聚合。(1-3-2) Sb-based catalyst As the Sb-based catalyst, the Sb-based catalysts described in [0050] and [0052] to [0054] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-41519 can be used. The method for polymerizing a polyester resin using an Sb-based catalyst is not particularly limited, but specifically, the polymerization can be performed in accordance with [0086] to [0087] of WO2012 / 157662.

(1-4)添加劑 向聚酯膜中添加公知的添加劑亦較佳。作為公知的添加劑的例子,可列舉:紫外線吸收劑、粒子、滑劑、抗黏連劑、熱穩定劑、抗氧化劑、抗靜電劑、耐光劑、耐衝擊性改良劑、潤滑劑、染料、顏料等。但是,聚酯膜通常需要透明性,因此較佳為將添加劑的添加量限於最小限度。(1-4) Additive It is also preferable to add a known additive to the polyester film. Examples of well-known additives include ultraviolet absorbers, particles, lubricants, antiblocking agents, heat stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, lightfasteners, impact modifiers, lubricants, dyes, and pigments. Wait. However, since polyester films generally require transparency, it is preferable to limit the amount of additives to a minimum.

(1-4-1)紫外線(Ultraviolet,UV)吸收劑 為了防止液晶顯示器的液晶等因紫外線而劣化,於聚酯膜中亦可含有紫外線吸收劑。紫外線吸收劑為具有紫外線吸收能力的化合物,只要是可承受聚酯膜的製造步驟中所附加的熱的紫外線吸收劑,則並無特別限定。 作為紫外線吸收劑,存在有機系紫外線吸收劑與無機系紫外線吸收劑,就透明性的觀點而言,較佳為有機系紫外線吸收劑。可使用WO2012/157662號公報的[0057]中所記載的紫外線吸收劑、或後述的環狀亞胺基酯系的紫外線吸收劑。(1-4-1) Ultraviolet (UV) absorbent In order to prevent the liquid crystal of liquid crystal displays from being deteriorated by ultraviolet rays, a polyester film may also contain ultraviolet absorbers. The ultraviolet absorbent is a compound having an ultraviolet absorbing ability, and is not particularly limited as long as it is an ultraviolet absorbent that can withstand the heat added in the production step of the polyester film. As the ultraviolet absorber, there are an organic ultraviolet absorber and an inorganic ultraviolet absorber. From the viewpoint of transparency, an organic ultraviolet absorber is preferred. The ultraviolet absorber described in [0057] of WO2012 / 157662 or a cyclic imide-based ultraviolet absorber described later can be used.

作為環狀亞胺基酯系的紫外線吸收劑,並不限定於下述,例如可列舉:2-甲基-3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮、2-丁基-3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮、2-苯基-3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮、2-(1-萘基或2-萘基)-3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮、2-(4-聯苯)-3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮、2-對硝基苯基-3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮、2-間硝基苯基-3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮、2-對苯甲醯基苯基-3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮、2-對甲氧基苯基-3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮、2-鄰甲氧基苯基-3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮、2-環己基-3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮、2-對(或間)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺苯基-3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮、N-苯基-4-(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮-2-基)鄰苯二甲醯亞胺、N-苯甲醯基-4-(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮-2-基)苯胺、N-苯甲醯基-N-甲基-4-(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮-2-基)苯胺、2-(對(N-甲基羰基)苯基)-3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮、2,2'-雙(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、2,2'-伸乙基雙(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、2,2'-四亞甲基雙(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、2,2'-十亞甲基雙(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、2,2'-(1,4-伸苯基)雙(4H-3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)[再者,亦稱為2,2'-對伸苯基雙(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)]、2,2'-間伸苯基雙(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、2,2'-(4,4'-二伸苯基)雙(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、2,2'-(2,6-伸萘基或1,5-伸萘基)雙(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、2,2'-(2-甲基-對伸苯基)雙(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、2,2'-(2-硝基-對伸苯基)雙(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、2,2'-(2-氯-對伸苯基)雙(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、2,2'-(1,4-伸環己基)雙(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、1,3,5-三(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮-2-基)苯、1,3,5-三(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮-2-基)萘、2,4,6-三(3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮-2-基)萘、2,8-二甲基-4H,6H-苯并(1,2-d;5,4-d')雙(1,3)-噁嗪-4,6-二酮、2,7-二甲基-4H,9H-苯并(1,2-d;4,5-d')雙(1,3)-噁嗪-4,9-二酮、2,8-二苯基-4H,8H-苯并(1,2-d;5,4-d')雙(1,3)-噁嗪-4,6-二酮、2,7-二苯基-4H,9H-苯并(1,2-d;4,5-d')雙(1,3)-噁嗪-4,6-二酮、6,6'-雙(2-甲基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,6'-雙(2-乙基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,6'-雙(2-苯基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,6'-亞甲基雙(2-甲基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,6'-亞甲基雙(2-苯基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,6'-伸乙基雙(2-甲基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,6'-伸乙基雙(2-苯基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,6'-伸丁基雙(2-甲基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,6'-伸丁基雙(2-苯基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,6'-氧基雙(2-甲基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,6'-氧基雙(2-苯基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,6'-磺醯基雙(2-甲基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,6'-磺醯基雙(2-苯基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,6'-羰基雙(2-甲基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,6'-羰基雙(2-苯基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、7,7'-亞甲基雙(2-甲基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、7,7'-亞甲基雙(2-苯基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、7,7'-雙(2-甲基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、7,7'-伸乙基雙(2-甲基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、7,7'-氧基雙(2-甲基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、7,7'-磺醯基雙(2-甲基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、7,7'-羰基雙(2-甲基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,7'-雙(2-甲基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,7'-雙(2-苯基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,7'-亞甲基雙(2-甲基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)、6,7'-亞甲基雙(2-苯基-4H,3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)等。The cyclic imide-based ultraviolet absorber is not limited to the following, and examples thereof include 2-methyl-3,1-benzoxazin-4-one, 2-butyl-3,1 -Benzoxazin-4-one, 2-phenyl-3,1-benzoxazin-4-one, 2- (1-naphthyl or 2-naphthyl) -3,1-benzoxazine 4-one, 2- (4-biphenyl) -3,1-benzoxazin-4-one, 2-p-nitrophenyl-3,1-benzoxazin-4-one, 2- M-nitrophenyl-3,1-benzoxazin-4-one, 2-p-benzylidenephenyl-3,1-benzoxazin-4-one, 2-p-methoxyphenyl -3,1-benzoxazin-4-one, 2-o-methoxyphenyl-3,1-benzoxazin-4-one, 2-cyclohexyl-3,1-benzoxazine- 4-keto, 2-p- (or m-) phthalimidinephenyl-3,1-benzoxazin-4-one, N-phenyl-4- (3,1-benzoxazine -4-keto-2-yl) phthalimide, N-benzylidene-4- (3,1-benzoxazin-4-one-2-yl) aniline, N-benzyl Fluorenyl-N-methyl-4- (3,1-benzoxazin-4-one-2-yl) aniline, 2- (p- (N-methylcarbonyl) phenyl) -3,1-benzene Benzoxazin-4-one, 2,2'-bis (3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 2,2'-ethylidenebis (3,1-benzoxazin-4-one Ketone), 2,2'-tetramethylenebis (3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 2,2'-decamethylenebis ( 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 2,2 '-(1,4-phenylene) bis (4H-3,1-benzoxazin-4-one) [Moreover, also Called 2,2'-p-phenylenebis (3,1-benzoxazin-4-one)], 2,2'-m-phenylenebis (3,1-benzoxazine-4- Ketone), 2,2 '-(4,4'-diphenylene) bis (3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 2,2'-(2,6-naphthyl or 1 , 5-naphthyl) bis (3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 2,2 '-(2-methyl-p-phenylene) bis (3,1-benzoxazine- 4-ketone), 2,2 '-(2-nitro-p-phenylene) bis (3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 2,2'-(2-chloro-p-phenylene) ) Bis (3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 2,2 '-(1,4-cyclohexyl) bis (3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 1, 3,5-tris (3,1-benzoxazin-4-one-2-yl) benzene, 1,3,5-tris (3,1-benzoxazin-4-one-2-yl) Naphthalene, 2,4,6-tris (3,1-benzoxazin-4-one-2-yl) naphthalene, 2,8-dimethyl-4H, 6H-benzo (1,2-d; 5,4-d ') bis (1,3) -oxazine-4,6-dione, 2,7-dimethyl-4H, 9H-benzo (1,2-d; 4,5-d ') Bis (1,3) -oxazine-4,9-dione, 2,8-diphenyl-4H, 8H-benzo (1,2-d; 5,4-d') bis (1 , 3) -oxazine-4,6-dione, 2,7-diphenyl-4H, 9H-benzo (1,2-d; 4,5-d ') bis (1,3) -oxa Azine-4,6-dione, 6,6'-bis (2-methyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 6,6'-bis (2-ethyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 6,6'-bis (2-phenyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 6,6'-methylenebis (2-methyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 6,6'-methylenebis (2-phenyl-4H, 3, 1-benzoxazin-4-one), 6,6'-ethenylbis (2-methyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 6,6'-ethenyl Bis (2-phenyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 6,6'-butylenebis (2-methyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazine- 4-ketone), 6,6'-butanebis (2-phenyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 6,6'-oxybis (2-methyl- 4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 6,6'-oxybis (2-phenyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 6,6 ' -Sulfofluorenylbis (2-methyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 6,6'-sulfofluorenylbis (2-phenyl-4H, 3,1-benzo Oxazin-4-one), 6,6'-carbonylbis (2-methyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 6,6'-carbonylbis (2-phenyl- 4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 7,7'-methylenebis (2-methyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 7,7 '-Methylenebis (2-phenyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 7,7'-bis (2-methyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazine -4-ketone), 7,7'-ethylidenebis (2-methyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 7,7'-oxybis (2-methyl) -4H, 3,1-benzo Oxazin-4-one), 7,7'-sulfonylbis (2-methyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 7,7'-carbonylbis (2-methyl -4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 6,7'-bis (2-methyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 6,7'- Bis (2-phenyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), 6,7'-methylenebis (2-methyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazine-4 -Ketone), 6,7'-methylenebis (2-phenyl-4H, 3,1-benzoxazin-4-one), and the like.

所述化合物之中,當考慮色調時,可適宜地使用難以帶有黃色色澤的苯并噁嗪酮系的化合物,例如,可更適宜地使用由下述式(4)所表示的化合物。Among these compounds, when considering the color tone, a benzoxazinone-based compound that is hardly yellowed can be suitably used. For example, a compound represented by the following formula (4) can be more suitably used.

式(4) [化1]

Figure TW201800263AD00001
Formula (4)
Figure TW201800263AD00001

所述式(4)中,R表示二價的芳香族烴基,X1 及X2 分別獨立地為氫原子或選自以下的官能基群組,但未必限定於該些。In the formula (4), R represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, and X 1 and X 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a functional group selected from the following, but are not necessarily limited to these.

官能基群組:烷基、芳基、雜芳基、鹵素、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、羧基、酯基、硝基。Functional group group: alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, carboxyl, ester, nitro.

於由所述式(4)所表示的化合物之中,特佳為2,2'-(1,4-伸苯基)雙(4H-3,1-苯并噁嗪-4-酮)。Among the compounds represented by the formula (4), 2,2 '-(1,4-phenylene) bis (4H-3,1-benzoxazin-4-one) is particularly preferred.

聚酯膜中可含有的紫外線吸收劑的量相對於整個膜而言通常為10.0質量%以下,較佳為0.3質量%~3.0質量%的範圍。當含有超過10.0質量%的量的紫外線吸收劑時,存在紫外線吸收劑滲出至表面、接著性降低等引起表面的功能性降低的可能性。The quantity of the ultraviolet absorber which can be contained in a polyester film is 10.0 mass% or less with respect to the whole film normally, Preferably it is the range of 0.3 mass%-3.0 mass%. When the ultraviolet absorbent is contained in an amount exceeding 10.0% by mass, there is a possibility that the functionality of the surface may be reduced due to the ultraviolet absorbent oozing out to the surface, the adhesiveness, and the like being reduced.

另外,於聚酯膜具有積層結構的情況下,較佳為至少3層構造,紫外線吸收劑較佳為調配至中間層(最外層以外的層)。藉由將紫外線吸收劑調配至中間層,可防止紫外線吸收劑朝膜表面滲出,其結果,可維持膜的接著性等特性。 紫外線吸收劑的調配中例如可利用WO2011/162198號公報的[0050]~[0051]中所記載的母料法。Moreover, when a polyester film has a laminated structure, it is preferable to have a structure of at least 3 layers, and it is preferable to mix | blend an ultraviolet absorber to an intermediate layer (layer other than an outermost layer). By blending the ultraviolet absorber in the intermediate layer, it is possible to prevent the ultraviolet absorber from oozing out to the surface of the film, and as a result, characteristics such as adhesiveness of the film can be maintained. For the preparation of the ultraviolet absorber, for example, the master batch method described in [0050] to [0051] of WO2011 / 162198 can be used.

(1-4-2)其他添加劑 於聚酯膜中,亦可使用其他添加劑,例如可使用WO2012/157662號公報的[0058]中所記載的添加劑,該公報中所記載的內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。(1-4-2) Other additives In polyester films, other additives can also be used. For example, additives described in [0058] of WO2012 / 157662 can be used, and the contents described in the bulletin can be incorporated into In this application specification.

(聚酯膜的製造) 聚酯膜較佳為藉由以下的製造方法來製造。 所述製造方法包括: 橫向延伸步驟,使用具備分別沿著設置於膜搬送道路的兩側的一對軌道移動的多個夾具的拉幅機式延伸裝置,於利用夾具夾持未延伸的聚酯膜的狀態下,在相對於膜搬送道路而正交的方向上進行延伸; 熱固定步驟,藉由對橫向延伸後的聚酯膜進行加熱而進行熱固定;以及 熱緩和步驟,對熱固定步驟後的聚酯膜進行加熱,且縮小聚酯膜的膜搬送方向及相對於膜搬送方向而正交的方向的長度,且 於熱緩和步驟中,將熱固定步驟後的聚酯膜的相對於膜搬送方向而正交的方向上的長度所縮小的比例、即相對於膜搬送方向而正交的方向上的緩和率設為0.1%~7%,且將經熱固定的聚酯膜的膜搬送方向上的緩和率設為0.1%~7%, 藉此,可製造膜搬送方向以及相對於膜搬送方向而正交的方向上的在賦予溫度150℃、30分鐘的熱歷程時的熱收縮率均為3.0%以下的、作為裝飾膜的基而適宜的聚酯膜。 此處,所謂「未延伸的聚酯膜」是指MD及TD的折射率均為1.590以下的聚酯膜,例如雖於MD上進行微量延伸等但MD及TD的折射率亦均為1.590以下的聚酯膜等亦包含於未延伸的聚酯膜中。 以下,作為聚酯膜的製造方法的較佳態樣,對在藉由熔融擠出而形成未延伸的聚酯膜後於橫向上進行延伸來製造單軸配向聚酯膜的情況進行說明。(Production of polyester film) The polyester film is preferably produced by the following production method. The manufacturing method includes a lateral stretching step of using a tenter type stretching device having a plurality of jigs that move along a pair of rails provided on both sides of a film conveying road, and clamping unstretched polyester with the jigs. In the state of the film, the film is stretched in a direction orthogonal to the film transport road; the heat-fixing step is performed by heating the polyester film stretched in the lateral direction to heat-fix; After the polyester film is heated, the length of the film transport direction of the polyester film and the direction orthogonal to the film transport direction is reduced, and in the heat relaxation step, the polyester film after the heat fixing step is The reduction ratio of the length in the film conveying direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction, that is, the relaxation rate in the direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction is set to 0.1% to 7%, and the film of the heat-fixed polyester film is set. The relaxation rate in the conveying direction is set to 0.1% to 7%, thereby making it possible to produce a film shrinking direction and a direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction at a temperature of 150 ° C. for a thermal history of 30 minutes when given a thermal history of 30 minutes. Rates are 3.0% or less polyester film suitable as a base of a decorative film. Here, the "unstretched polyester film" refers to a polyester film having a refractive index of 1.590 or less in both MD and TD. For example, although a micro-elongation is performed on MD, the refractive index of MD and TD are both 1.590 or less. Polyester film and the like are also included in the unstretched polyester film. Hereinafter, as a preferable aspect of the method for manufacturing a polyester film, a case where a uniaxially oriented polyester film is manufactured by forming an unstretched polyester film by melt extrusion and stretching in the lateral direction will be described.

<熔融混煉> 未延伸的聚酯膜較佳為對聚酯樹脂進行熔融擠出而成形為膜狀。 較佳為將聚酯樹脂、或藉由所述母料法所製造的聚酯樹脂與添加劑的母料乾燥至含水率為200 ppm以下後,導入至單軸或雙軸的擠出機中並使其熔融。為了抑制擠出機中的聚酯樹脂的分解,於氮氣中或真空中進行熔融亦較佳。詳細的條件例如可引用日本專利4962661號公報的[0051]~[0052](US2013/0100378號公報的[0085]~[0086]),並依據該些公報來實施,該些公報中所記載的內容可被編入至本申請案說明書中。進而,為了提昇熔融樹脂(熔料)的送出精度,使用齒輪泵亦較佳。另外,使用用以去除異物的孔徑3 μm~20 μm的過濾器亦較佳。<Melting and Kneading> It is preferable that the unstretched polyester film is melt-extruded into a polyester resin and formed into a film shape. Preferably, the polyester resin or the master batch of the polyester resin and additives produced by the master batch method is dried to a moisture content of 200 ppm or less, and then introduced into a uniaxial or biaxial extruder and Let it melt. In order to suppress the decomposition of the polyester resin in the extruder, it is also preferable to perform melting in nitrogen or vacuum. The detailed conditions can be referred to, for example, [0051] to [0052] of Japanese Patent No. 4962661 ([0085] to [0086] of US2013 / 0100378), and implemented in accordance with these publications. The contents can be incorporated into the specification of this application. Furthermore, in order to improve the delivery accuracy of the molten resin (melt), it is also preferable to use a gear pump. It is also preferable to use a filter having a pore diameter of 3 μm to 20 μm to remove foreign matter.

<擠出或共擠出> 較佳為將包含經熔融混煉的聚酯樹脂的熔料自模具中擠出,能夠以單層來擠出,亦能夠以多層來擠出(共擠出)。當以多層來擠出時,例如可將含有紫外線吸收劑(UV劑)的層與不含紫外線吸收劑的層積層,就抑制UV劑的滲出從而抑制由UV劑所造成的偏光元件的劣化的觀點而言,較佳為設為使UV劑位於內層的3層構成。 於UV劑滲出的情況下,膜表面的UV劑有時於膜的製造步驟中轉印至與膜接觸的輥上,增加膜與輥的摩擦係數並容易產生擦傷,從而欠佳。 當聚酯膜以多層來擠出而製造時,所獲得的聚酯膜的較佳的內層(最外層以外的層)的厚度(相對於所有層的比率)較佳為50%以上、95%以下,更佳為60%以上、90%以下,進而更佳為70%以上、85%以下。此種積層可藉由使用進料頭(feed block)模具或多歧管(multi-manifold)模具來實施。<Extrusion or co-extrusion> It is preferable to extrude a melt containing a melt-kneaded polyester resin from a die, and it can be extruded in a single layer or extruded in multiple layers (coextrusion). . When extruded in multiple layers, for example, a layer containing an ultraviolet absorbent (UV agent) and a layer not containing an ultraviolet absorbent can be laminated to suppress the bleeding of the UV agent and suppress the deterioration of the polarizing element caused by the UV agent. From a viewpoint, it is preferable to have a three-layer structure with a UV agent in the inner layer. When the UV agent oozes out, the UV agent on the surface of the film is sometimes transferred to the roller in contact with the film during the manufacturing process of the film, which increases the coefficient of friction between the film and the roller and easily causes scratches, which is not good. When the polyester film is produced by extruding in multiple layers, the thickness (ratio to all layers) of the preferable inner layer (layer other than the outermost layer) of the obtained polyester film is preferably 50% or more and 95%. % Or less, more preferably 60% or more and 90% or less, and still more preferably 70% or more and 85% or less. Such lamination can be performed by using a feed block mold or a multi-manifold mold.

<澆鑄> 作為聚酯膜的製造方法,較佳為如下方法:例如依據日本專利特開2009-269301號公報的[0059]的記載,將自模具中擠出的熔料擠出至澆鑄滾筒上,並進行冷卻固化而獲得未延伸的聚酯膜(原膜)。 於聚酯膜的製造方法中,未延伸的聚酯膜的膜搬送方向(MD方向)的折射率較佳為1.590以下,更佳為1.585以下,進而更佳為1.580以下。<Casting> As a method for producing a polyester film, a method is preferred in which, for example, according to the description of [0059] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-269301, a molten material extruded from a mold is extruded onto a casting drum. And cooled and solidified to obtain an unstretched polyester film (original film). In the method for producing a polyester film, the refractive index in the film transport direction (MD direction) of the unstretched polyester film is preferably 1.590 or less, more preferably 1.585 or less, and even more preferably 1.580 or less.

於製造聚酯膜時,未延伸的聚酯膜的結晶度較佳為5%以下,更佳為3%以下,進而更佳為1%以下。再者,此處所述的未延伸的聚酯膜的結晶度是指膜寬度方向(TD方向)的中央部的結晶度。 當調整結晶度時,可降低澆鑄滾筒的端部的溫度、或朝澆鑄滾筒上鼓風。 關於結晶度,可根據膜的密度而算出。即,可使用膜的密度X(g/cm3 )、結晶度為0%時的密度Y=1.335 g/cm3 、結晶度為100%時的密度Z=1.501 g/cm3 ,並根據下述計算式而導出結晶度(%)。 結晶度={Z×(X-Y)}/{X×(Z-Y)}×100 再者,密度的測定是依據日本工業標準(Japanese Industrial Standards,JIS)K7112進行測定。When producing a polyester film, the crystallinity of the unstretched polyester film is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, and still more preferably 1% or less. In addition, the crystallinity of the unstretched polyester film mentioned here means the crystallinity of the center part of the film width direction (TD direction). When the crystallinity is adjusted, the temperature of the end of the casting drum can be lowered, or the casting drum can be blown. The crystallinity can be calculated from the density of the film. That is, the density X (g / cm 3 ) of the film, the density Y = 1.335 g / cm 3 when the crystallinity is 0%, and the density Z = 1.501 g / cm 3 when the crystallinity is 100% can be used according to the following The crystallinity (%) is derived by describing the calculation formula. Crystallinity = {Z × (XY)} / {X × (ZY)} × 100 Furthermore, the density is measured in accordance with Japanese Industrial Standards (JIS) K7112.

<任意的聚合物層的形成> 於經熔融擠出的未延伸的聚酯膜上,可在後述的延伸之前或延伸之後藉由塗佈來形成對應於目的的任意的聚合物層。 作為任意的聚合物層,可列舉通常偏光板可具有的功能層,其中,較佳為形成易接著層。易接著層例如可藉由WO2012/157662號公報的[0062]~[0070]中所記載的方法來塗設。<Formation of an arbitrary polymer layer> On the unextended polyester film melt-extruded, an arbitrary polymer layer corresponding to the purpose can be formed by coating before or after stretching described later. As an arbitrary polymer layer, the functional layer which a polarizing plate can usually have is mentioned, Among them, it is preferable to form an easy adhesion layer. The easy-adhesive layer can be applied by, for example, the methods described in [0062] to [0070] of WO2012 / 157662.

<預熱> 圖2概略性地示出了橫向延伸步驟中使用的拉幅機延伸裝置的構成的一例。 作為橫向延伸步驟中的延伸開始之前的預熱步驟,較佳為以600℃/min以下的昇溫速度對未延伸的聚酯膜進行預熱。若橫向延伸步驟中的延伸開始之前的膜的昇溫速度為600℃/min以下,則成為於分子鏈充分開始活動的狀態下進行延伸的形式,可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度增大。 就所述觀點而言,預熱步驟中的昇溫速度更佳為500℃/min以下,進而更佳為400℃/min以下。<Preheating> FIG. 2 schematically shows an example of the configuration of a tenter stretching device used in the horizontal stretching step. As a preheating step before the start of stretching in the transverse stretching step, it is preferable to preheat the unstretched polyester film at a temperature increase rate of 600 ° C./min or less. If the temperature rising rate of the film before the start of stretching in the transverse stretching step is 600 ° C / min or less, the film will be stretched in a state where the molecular chain is sufficiently started to move, and the vertical stress on the shear plane and the yield stress on the shear plane can be suppressed. Excessive increase. From this viewpoint, the temperature rise rate in the preheating step is more preferably 500 ° C / min or less, and even more preferably 400 ° C / min or less.

<橫向延伸> 於橫向延伸步驟中,使用如圖2所示般具有沿著設置於膜搬送道路的兩側的一對軌道移動的多個夾具13的拉幅機式延伸裝置(亦稱為「拉幅機」),於利用各夾具13夾持未延伸的聚酯膜的兩邊緣的狀態下進行橫向延伸。再者,亦可自預熱步驟的階段起利用夾具來夾持未延伸的聚酯膜。<Horizontal Extension> In the lateral extension step, a tenter-type extension device (also referred to as "" Tenter "), and stretched laterally in a state where both edges of the unstretched polyester film are clamped by each clamp 13. Furthermore, it is also possible to clamp the unstretched polyester film using a jig from the stage of the preheating step.

具有沿著設置於膜搬送道路的兩側的一對軌道移動的夾具13的拉幅機延伸裝置並無特別限制。一對軌道通常使用一對環形的軌道。再者,夾具的含義與夾持構件相同。The tenter extension device including the jig 13 that moves along a pair of rails provided on both sides of the film conveying path is not particularly limited. A pair of tracks usually uses a pair of circular tracks. The meaning of the jig is the same as that of the clamping member.

對未延伸的聚酯膜進行橫向延伸。一面沿著膜搬送道路搬送未延伸的聚酯膜,一面在與膜搬送方向(MD)正交的方向(TD)上進行橫向延伸。即,橫向延伸可藉由利用夾具夾持膜的兩端,一面進行加熱一面對夾具間進行加寬來達成。The unstretched polyester film was stretched laterally. While the unstretched polyester film is being conveyed along the film conveying road, the film is stretched laterally in a direction (TD) orthogonal to the film conveying direction (MD). That is, lateral extension can be achieved by clamping both ends of the film with a clamp while heating while widening between the clamps.

藉由進行橫向延伸,可使面內方向的延遲Re顯現得大。尤其為了達成滿足Re及Re/Rth的較佳範圍的聚酯膜,較佳為至少進行橫向延伸。By performing the lateral extension, the retardation Re in the in-plane direction can be made large. In particular, in order to achieve a polyester film that satisfies the preferable ranges of Re and Re / Rth, it is preferable to extend at least laterally.

橫向延伸步驟中的延伸開始時的表面溫度較佳為80℃以上、95℃以下,更佳為82℃以上、93℃以下,進而更佳為84℃以上、92℃以下。 若橫向延伸步驟中的延伸開始時的表面溫度為80℃以上,則於延伸階段中配向及配向結晶化不會過度進行,可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度增大。另外,Rth的上昇受到抑制,Re/Rth比成為0.6以上,從而可抑制視認到彩虹狀不均勻。 若橫向延伸步驟中的延伸開始時的表面溫度為95℃以下,則由配向不足所引起的球晶的成長受到抑制,可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度減小、膜發生白濁,另外,Re容易充分上昇。The surface temperature at the start of stretching in the lateral stretching step is preferably 80 ° C or higher and 95 ° C or lower, more preferably 82 ° C or higher and 93 ° C or lower, and even more preferably 84 ° C or higher and 92 ° C or lower. If the surface temperature at the beginning of the stretching in the lateral stretching step is 80 ° C. or higher, the alignment and orientation crystallization will not proceed excessively during the stretching stage, and excessive increase in the shear plane vertical stress and shear plane relief stress can be suppressed. In addition, the increase in Rth is suppressed, and the Re / Rth ratio is 0.6 or more, so that rainbow-like unevenness can be suppressed. If the surface temperature at the beginning of the stretching in the lateral stretching step is 95 ° C or lower, the growth of spherulites caused by insufficient alignment is suppressed, and excessive reduction of the vertical stress on the shear plane and the relief stress on the shear plane, and the occurrence of a film can be suppressed. It is cloudy, and Re tends to rise sufficiently.

聚酯膜的製造方法中,橫向延伸步驟中的延伸結束時的表面溫度較佳為90℃以上、105℃以下,更佳為92℃以上、102℃以下,進而更佳為93℃以上、100℃以下。 若橫向延伸步驟中的延伸結束時的表面溫度為90℃以上,則於延伸階段中配向及配向結晶化不會過度進行,可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度增大。另外,Rth的上昇受到抑制,Re/Rth比成為0.6以上,從而可抑制視認到彩虹狀不均勻。 若橫向延伸步驟中的延伸結束時的表面溫度為105℃以下,則由配向不足所引起的球晶的成長受到抑制,可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度減小、膜發生白濁,對彩虹狀不均勻的抑制產生影響的Re容易充分上昇。In the method for producing a polyester film, the surface temperature at the end of stretching in the lateral stretching step is preferably 90 ° C or higher and 105 ° C or lower, more preferably 92 ° C or higher and 102 ° C or lower, and still more preferably 93 ° C or higher and 100 ° C. Below ℃. If the surface temperature at the end of the stretching in the lateral stretching step is 90 ° C. or higher, the orientation and orientation crystallization during the stretching stage will not proceed excessively, and excessive increase in shear plane vertical stress and shear plane relief stress can be suppressed. In addition, the increase in Rth is suppressed, and the Re / Rth ratio is 0.6 or more, so that rainbow-like unevenness can be suppressed. If the surface temperature at the end of the stretching in the lateral stretching step is 105 ° C or lower, the growth of spherulites caused by insufficient alignment is suppressed, and the vertical stress of the shear plane and the excessive reduction of the shear stress in the shear plane can be suppressed, and the film can be prevented from occurring. Re, which is cloudy and affects suppression of rainbow-like unevenness, tends to rise sufficiently.

自橫向延伸步驟中的延伸開始至延伸結束使表面溫度緩緩上昇。此處,所謂「緩緩上昇」,可為連續地上昇,亦可為階段性地上昇。 延伸結束時與延伸開始時的表面溫度的差較佳為1℃以上,更佳為3℃以上,最佳為5℃以上。 若自延伸開始至延伸結束使表面溫度緩緩上昇,則更不易形成球晶,且可抑制配向過度進行,容易於各自較佳的範圍內兼具Re及Re/Rth,彩虹狀不均勻不易被視認。The surface temperature gradually rises from the beginning to the end of the stretching in the lateral stretching step. Here, the "slow rise" may be a continuous rise or a stepwise rise. The difference in surface temperature between the end of stretching and the start of stretching is preferably 1 ° C or higher, more preferably 3 ° C or higher, and most preferably 5 ° C or higher. If the surface temperature rises slowly from the beginning to the end of the stretching, it will be more difficult to form spherulites, and the excessive alignment can be suppressed. It is easy to have both Re and Re / Rth in their respective better ranges, and the rainbow-like unevenness is not easy to be affected. Recognize.

橫向延伸步驟中的橫向延伸倍率較佳為控制為3.3倍以上、4.8倍以下的範圍,更佳為3.5倍以上、4.5倍以下,進而更佳為3.7倍以上、4.3倍以下。 若橫向延伸倍率為3.3倍以上,則可抑制膜的剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度減小,另外,對彩虹狀不均勻的抑制具有效果的Re的降低受到抑制。若橫向延伸倍率為4.8倍以下,則可抑制膜的剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度增大而變脆。The lateral extension ratio in the lateral extension step is preferably controlled in a range of 3.3 times or more and 4.8 times or less, more preferably 3.5 times or more and 4.5 times or less, and even more preferably 3.7 times or more and 4.3 times or less. When the lateral extension ratio is 3.3 times or more, excessive reduction in the shearing surface vertical stress and shearing surface undulating stress of the film can be suppressed, and the decrease in Re, which is effective in suppressing rainbow unevenness, is suppressed. If the lateral extension ratio is 4.8 times or less, it is possible to suppress the shear stress on the shear plane and the shear stress in the shear plane from excessively increasing and becoming brittle.

於橫向延伸步驟中,橫向延伸倍率為1倍~2倍以下的範圍時的膜的表面溫度較佳為80℃以上、92℃以下,更佳為82℃以上、91℃以下,進而更佳為84℃以上、91℃以下。 若橫向延伸步驟中的橫向延伸倍率為1倍~2倍以下的範圍時的膜的表面溫度為80℃以上,則於延伸階段中配向及配向結晶化不會過度進行,可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度增大。另外,Rth的上昇受到抑制,Re/Rth比成為0.6以上,從而可抑制視認到彩虹狀不均勻。 若橫向延伸步驟中的橫向延伸倍率為1倍~2倍以下的範圍時的膜的表面溫度為92℃以下,則由配向不足所引起的球晶的成長受到抑制,可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度減小、及Re未充分上昇而視認到彩虹狀不均勻。In the lateral stretching step, the surface temperature of the film when the lateral stretching ratio is in a range of 1 to 2 times is preferably 80 ° C or higher and 92 ° C or lower, more preferably 82 ° C or higher and 91 ° C or lower, and even more preferably Above 84 ° C and below 91 ° C. If the surface temperature of the film is in the range of 1 to 2 times in the transverse stretching step in the transverse stretching step, the orientation and orientation crystallization during the stretching stage will not proceed excessively, and the vertical shear plane can be suppressed. The stress and the relief stress on the shear plane are excessively increased. In addition, the increase in Rth is suppressed, and the Re / Rth ratio is 0.6 or more, so that rainbow-like unevenness can be suppressed. If the surface temperature of the film at a lateral extension ratio of 1 to 2 times in the lateral extension step is 92 ° C or lower, the growth of spherulites due to insufficient alignment is suppressed, and vertical stress on the shear plane can be suppressed. And the relief stress on the shear plane was excessively reduced, and Re did not rise sufficiently, and rainbow-like unevenness was recognized.

於橫向延伸步驟中,橫向延伸倍率為2倍~3倍以下的範圍時的膜的表面溫度較佳為85℃以上、97℃以下,更佳為86℃以上、97℃以下,進而更佳為87℃以上、96℃以下。 於橫向延伸步驟中,若橫向延伸倍率為2倍~3倍以下的範圍時的膜的表面溫度為85℃以上,則於延伸階段中配向及配向結晶化不會過度進行,可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度增大。另外,Rth的上昇受到抑制,Re/Rth比成為0.6以下,從而可抑制視認到彩虹狀不均勻。 於橫向延伸步驟中,若橫向延伸倍率為2倍~3倍以下的範圍時的膜的表面溫度為97℃以下,則由配向不足所引起的球晶的成長受到抑制,可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度減小。另外,對彩虹狀不均勻的抑制具有效果的Re充分上昇,從而可抑制視認到彩虹狀不均勻。In the lateral stretching step, the surface temperature of the film when the lateral stretching ratio is in the range of 2 to 3 times is preferably 85 ° C or higher and 97 ° C or lower, more preferably 86 ° C or higher and 97 ° C or lower, and even more preferably Above 87 ° C and below 96 ° C. In the lateral stretching step, if the surface temperature of the film at a lateral stretching ratio in the range of 2 to 3 times is 85 ° C or higher, the orientation and orientation crystallization do not proceed excessively during the stretching stage, and the shear surface can be suppressed. Excessive increase in vertical stress and shear stress in shear plane. In addition, the increase in Rth is suppressed, and the Re / Rth ratio is 0.6 or less, so that rainbow-like unevenness can be suppressed. In the lateral stretching step, if the surface temperature of the film when the lateral stretching ratio is in a range of 2 to 3 times is 97 ° C or lower, the growth of spherulites caused by insufficient alignment is suppressed, and the vertical shear plane can be suppressed. The stress and the relief stress in the shear plane are excessively reduced. In addition, Re, which has an effect on suppressing rainbow-like unevenness, is sufficiently increased, so that rainbow-like unevenness can be suppressed from being recognized.

於橫向延伸步驟中,橫向延伸倍率為3倍以上的範圍時的膜的表面溫度較佳為90℃以上、102℃以下,更佳為92℃以上、101℃以下,進而更佳為93℃以上、100℃以下。 於橫向延伸步驟中,若橫向延伸倍率為3倍以上的範圍時的膜的表面溫度為90℃以上,則於延伸階段中配向及配向結晶化不會過度進行,可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度增大。另外,Rth的上昇受到抑制,Re/Rth比成為0.6以上,從而可抑制視認到彩虹狀不均勻。 於橫向延伸步驟中,若橫向延伸倍率為3倍以上的範圍時的膜的表面溫度為102℃以下,則由配向不足所引起的球晶的成長受到抑制,可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度減小。另外,Re充分上昇,可抑制視認到彩虹狀不均勻。In the lateral stretching step, the surface temperature of the film when the lateral stretching ratio is in a range of 3 times or more is preferably 90 ° C or higher and 102 ° C or lower, more preferably 92 ° C or higher, 101 ° C or lower, and even more preferably 93 ° C or higher. , Below 100 ° C. In the lateral stretching step, if the surface temperature of the film is 90 ° C or higher when the lateral stretching ratio is in the range of 3 times or more, the orientation and orientation crystallization do not proceed excessively during the stretching stage, and the vertical stress on the shear plane and the The relief stress on the shear plane increases excessively. In addition, the increase in Rth is suppressed, and the Re / Rth ratio is 0.6 or more, so that rainbow-like unevenness can be suppressed. In the lateral stretching step, if the surface temperature of the film when the lateral stretching ratio is in the range of 3 times or more is 102 ° C or lower, the growth of spherulites caused by insufficient alignment is suppressed, and the vertical stress and shear of the shear plane can be suppressed. The tangential relief stress is excessively reduced. In addition, Re is sufficiently raised, and rainbow unevenness can be suppressed from being recognized.

再者,因自延伸開始時起至延伸結束時為止使表面溫度緩緩上昇,故於橫向延伸步驟中,橫向延伸倍率為1倍~2倍的範圍時的膜的表面溫度、橫向延伸倍率為2倍~3倍以下的範圍時的膜的表面溫度及橫向延伸倍率為3倍以上的範圍時的膜的表面溫度分別不會成為橫向延伸倍率較小的延伸時的範圍的表面溫度以下。即,橫向延伸倍率為2倍~3倍以下的範圍時的膜的表面溫度不會成為橫向延伸倍率為1倍~2倍以下的範圍時的膜的表面溫度以下,橫向延伸倍率為3倍以上的範圍時的膜的表面溫度不會成為橫向延伸倍率為2倍~3倍以下的範圍時的膜的表面溫度以下。In addition, since the surface temperature gradually rises from the beginning of stretching to the end of stretching, the surface temperature and the lateral stretching ratio of the film at the lateral stretching step in the range of 1 to 2 times in the lateral stretching step. The surface temperature of the film in the range of 2 to 3 times or less and the surface temperature of the film in the range of 3 times or more in the lateral extension ratio do not fall below the surface temperature of the range in the extension in which the lateral extension ratio is small, respectively. That is, the surface temperature of the film when the lateral stretching magnification is in the range of 2 to 3 times or less does not fall below the surface temperature of the film when the lateral stretching magnification is in the range of 1 to 2 times or less, and the lateral stretching magnification is 3 times or more. The surface temperature of the film in the range of 5% does not become the surface temperature of the film or less in the range of the lateral extension magnification of 2 to 3 times or less.

於橫向延伸步驟中,較佳為將延伸時的表面溫度的昇溫速度設為60℃/min以下,更佳為50℃/min以下,進而更佳為40℃/min以下。 於橫向延伸步驟中,若延伸時的表面溫度的昇溫速度為60℃/min以下,則可抑制於延伸過程中分子鏈急劇活動,從而可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度減小。另外,對彩虹狀不均勻的抑制具有效果的Re充分上昇,不易視認到彩虹狀不均勻。In the lateral stretching step, it is preferable that the temperature increase rate of the surface temperature during stretching is 60 ° C./min or less, more preferably 50 ° C./min or less, and even more preferably 40 ° C./min or less. In the lateral stretching step, if the temperature rise rate of the surface temperature during stretching is 60 ° C./min or less, rapid movement of the molecular chain during stretching can be suppressed, thereby suppressing excessive reduction of vertical stress on the shear plane and excessive stress on the shear plane. small. In addition, Re, which is effective in suppressing rainbow-like unevenness, rises sufficiently, and it is difficult to recognize rainbow-like unevenness.

<熱固定> 本實施形態包括熱固定步驟,所述熱固定步驟藉由將橫向延伸後的聚酯膜加熱至橫向延伸裝置內的最高溫度為止來進行熱固定。此處,所謂熱固定中的最高溫度,是指熱固定區域內的膜所到達的膜面溫度的最高點。可藉由利用放射溫度計對熱固定區域內的膜面溫度進行實測而獲得。 於進行了延伸後,為了促進結晶化而進行被稱為「熱固定」的熱處理。可藉由進行在超過延伸溫度的溫度下進行加熱的熱固定步驟而促進結晶化,並提高膜的強度。 於熱固定中,為了結晶化而聚酯膜進行體積收縮。 作為熱固定的方法,可藉由於寬度方向上平行地設置幾條朝延伸部送出熱風的狹縫。使自該狹縫中吹出的氣體的溫度高於延伸部來達成。 另外,亦可於延伸(部)出口附近設置熱源(紅外線(Infrared,IR)加熱器、鹵素加熱器等),而進行昇溫。<Heat Fixation> This embodiment includes a heat fixation step, which is performed by heating the polyester film after the horizontal stretching to the maximum temperature in the horizontal stretching device. Here, the maximum temperature in the heat fixing means the highest point of the film surface temperature reached by the film in the heat fixing region. It can be obtained by actually measuring the film surface temperature in the heat-fixed area using a radiation thermometer. After stretching, a heat treatment called "heat fixation" is performed to promote crystallization. By performing a heat-fixing step of heating at a temperature exceeding the elongation temperature, crystallization can be promoted and the strength of the film can be improved. In heat setting, the polyester film undergoes volume shrinkage for crystallization. As a method of heat fixing, a plurality of slits for sending hot air toward the extension portion can be provided in parallel in the width direction. This is achieved by making the temperature of the gas blown out from the slit higher than the extension. In addition, a heat source (infrared (IR) heater, halogen heater, etc.) may be provided near the extension (part) exit to increase the temperature.

熱固定步驟中的聚酯膜的最高到達表面溫度較佳為130℃~230℃,更佳為150℃~210℃,進而更佳為160℃~200℃。 熱固定步驟中的最高到達表面溫度若為130℃以上,則可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度減小,若為230℃以下,則可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度增大。The maximum surface temperature of the polyester film in the heat-setting step is preferably 130 ° C to 230 ° C, more preferably 150 ° C to 210 ° C, and even more preferably 160 ° C to 200 ° C. If the highest reaching surface temperature in the heat-fixing step is 130 ° C or higher, excessive reduction of the vertical stress on the shear plane and the undulating stress of the shear plane can be suppressed. If it is below 230 ° C, the vertical stress and shear on the shear plane can be suppressed. The surface relief stress is excessively increased.

自延伸步驟結束至到達熱固定步驟中的最高溫度為止的、膜的昇溫速度較佳為1000℃/min以下,更佳為800℃/min以下,進而更佳為700℃/min以下。The temperature rising rate of the film from the end of the stretching step to the maximum temperature in the heat fixing step is preferably 1000 ° C./min or less, more preferably 800 ° C./min or less, and even more preferably 700 ° C./min or less.

若自延伸步驟結束起熱固定步驟中的膜的昇溫速度為1000℃/min以下,則可抑制於結晶化之前分子的緩和急劇進行,可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度減小、或Re未充分上昇而視認到彩虹狀不均勻的情況。If the temperature rise rate of the film in the heat-fixing step since the end of the elongation step is 1000 ° C./min or less, the relaxation of molecules before crystallization can be suppressed from proceeding sharply, and the vertical stress on the shear plane and the excessive reduction of the shear stress on the shear plane can be suppressed. It may be small, or Re may not be sufficiently raised, and a rainbow-like unevenness may be recognized.

表面溫度超過130℃的時間較佳為180秒以下,更佳為120秒以下,進而更佳為60秒以下。 若表面溫度超過130℃的時間為180秒以下,則結晶化不會過度進行,可抑制剪切面垂直應力及剪切面降伏應力過度增大、或Rth過度增大而視認到彩虹狀不均勻的情況。The time for which the surface temperature exceeds 130 ° C is preferably 180 seconds or less, more preferably 120 seconds or less, and even more preferably 60 seconds or less. If the surface temperature exceeds 130 ° C for 180 seconds or less, the crystallization will not proceed excessively, and excessive increase in the shear plane vertical stress and shear plane relief stress, or excessive increase in Rth, will be recognized as rainbow-like unevenness. Case.

<熱緩和> 本實施形態較佳為包括熱緩和步驟,所述熱緩和步驟對熱固定步驟後的聚酯膜進行加熱,且縮小聚酯膜的至少膜搬送方向(MD)以及與膜搬送方向正交的方向(TD)的長度。 再者,熱緩和步驟並非嚴格地限定於在熱固定步驟之後進行的態樣,亦可同時進行熱固定步驟與熱緩和步驟。於同時進行熱固定步驟與熱緩和步驟的情況下,可將加熱至橫向延伸裝置內的最高溫度為止的時點之前作為熱固定步驟,並於不超過橫向延伸裝置內的最高溫度的溫度下繼續進行熱緩和。 較佳為於熱固定步驟後同時進行熱處理與緩和(使膜收縮),且較佳為於TD方向(與膜搬送方向正交的方向:亦稱為橫向)、MD(膜搬送方向:亦稱為縱向)兩方向上進行緩和。<Heat relaxation> This embodiment preferably includes a heat relaxation step that heats the polyester film after the heat fixing step and reduces at least the film transport direction (MD) and the film transport direction of the polyester film. The length of the orthogonal direction (TD). In addition, the heat-relaxing step is not strictly limited to the state performed after the heat-fixing step, and the heat-fixing step and the heat-releasing step may be performed simultaneously. In the case where the heat fixing step and the heat relaxation step are performed at the same time, the heat fixing step may be performed before the time point when the heating is performed to the maximum temperature in the laterally extending device, and the temperature may be continued at a temperature not exceeding the maximum temperature in the laterally extending device. Heat tempered. It is preferable to perform heat treatment and relaxation (to shrink the film) at the same time after the heat fixing step, and preferably in the TD direction (a direction orthogonal to the film conveying direction: also referred to as a lateral direction), and MD (the film conveying direction: also referred to as For portrait).

較佳為熱緩和步驟中的縮小聚酯膜的相對於膜搬送方向而正交的方向的長度包括縮小設置於膜搬送道路的兩側的一對軌道的間隔,熱緩和步驟中的縮小聚酯膜的膜搬送方向的長度包括縮小移動的多個夾具的間隔。 於MD方向,於自夾具中放開橫向延伸後的聚酯膜之前,較佳為除將橫向延伸後的聚酯膜加熱至橫向延伸裝置內的最高溫度為止的熱固定步驟以外,亦包括縮小分別沿設置於膜搬送道路的兩側的一對軌道移動的多個夾具彼此的間隔。 藉由縮小夾具彼此的間隔而進行的緩和例如可藉由在拉幅機中使用縮放儀(Pantograph)狀的夾頭,並縮小縮放儀的間隔來達成,另外,亦可藉由在電磁鐵上驅動夾具,並使驅動速度降低來達成。It is preferable that the length of the shrinking polyester film in the heat-relief step in a direction orthogonal to the film conveyance direction includes reducing a gap between a pair of rails provided on both sides of the film conveying road, and reducing the polyester in the heat-relief step. The length of the film in the film conveying direction includes the interval between the plurality of clamps that are moved to be narrowed. In the MD direction, before releasing the laterally stretched polyester film from the jig, it is preferable to include a shrinking step in addition to the heat fixing step of heating the laterally stretched polyester film to the maximum temperature in the laterally stretched device. The plurality of jigs moving along a pair of rails provided on both sides of the film conveyance road are spaced from each other. The relaxation by reducing the distance between the clamps can be achieved, for example, by using a pantograph-like chuck in a tenter and reducing the interval between the scales. Alternatively, it can be achieved by using an electromagnet. This is achieved by driving the fixture and reducing the driving speed.

熱緩和步驟中的縮小聚酯膜的膜搬送方向的長度可藉由在聚酯膜的膜搬送方向上施加張力而於加溫條件下一面進行搬送一面縮小長度來進行。 於加溫條件下,一面搬送聚酯膜一面對聚酯膜施加膜的殘留應力以下的張力,藉此可於加溫過程中縮小膜的長度。藉由對聚酯膜於加溫條件下施加張力,聚酯膜因殘留應力而於加溫過程中收縮,因此可縮小膜搬送方向的長度。再者,聚酯膜的殘留應力例如可藉由使用熱機械分析裝置(TMA-60,島津製作所製造)測定加溫時的膜的收縮力來決定。Reducing the length in the film conveying direction of the polyester film in the heat-relieving step can be performed by applying tension to the film conveying direction of the polyester film and reducing the length while conveying it under heating conditions. Under the heating condition, while the polyester film is being transported, the polyester film is applied with a tension below the residual stress of the film, thereby reducing the length of the film during the heating process. By applying tension to the polyester film under heating conditions, the polyester film shrinks during the heating process due to residual stress, so the length in the film transport direction can be reduced. The residual stress of the polyester film can be determined, for example, by measuring the shrinkage force of the film at the time of heating using a thermomechanical analysis device (TMA-60, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation).

就進一步提高聚酯膜的耐擦傷性並抑制熱收縮率的觀點而言,較佳為將經熱固定的聚酯膜的TD的長度所縮小的比例、即TD的緩和率設為0.1%~7.0%,更佳為0.5%~5.0%,進而更佳為1.0%~4.0%。藉由TD的緩和率為0.1%以上,可減小熱收縮率,藉由TD的緩和率為7%以下,於緩和處理中,於TD上難以產生鬆弛,褶皺、損傷等面狀故障的產生得到抑制,從而較佳。 於熱緩和步驟中,較佳為將經熱固定的聚酯膜的MD的長度所縮小的比例、即MD的緩和率設為0.1%~7%,更佳為0.5%~5.0%,進而更佳為1.0%~4.0%。若MD的緩和率為0.1%以上,則可減小MD的熱收縮率,從而難以產生使用聚酯膜而得的裝飾膜於衝壓加工時的裝飾層的剝落或膜的變形等。若MD的緩和率為7%以下,則於緩和處理中,於MD上難以產生鬆弛,褶皺、損傷等面狀故障的產生得到抑制,從而較佳。From the viewpoint of further improving the abrasion resistance of the polyester film and suppressing the heat shrinkage ratio, it is preferable that the TD length of the heat-fixed polyester film be reduced, that is, the relaxation rate of the TD is set to 0.1% to 7.0%, more preferably 0.5% to 5.0%, even more preferably 1.0% to 4.0%. With the relaxation rate of TD of 0.1% or more, the thermal shrinkage rate can be reduced. With the relaxation rate of TD of 7% or less, it is difficult to produce slack, wrinkles, damage and other planar faults in the TD during the relaxation process. It is suppressed, which is preferable. In the heat relaxation step, it is preferable to reduce the MD length of the heat-fixed polyester film, that is, the relaxation rate of the MD to be 0.1% to 7%, more preferably 0.5% to 5.0%, and even more It is preferably 1.0% to 4.0%. If the relaxation rate of the MD is 0.1% or more, the heat shrinkage of the MD can be reduced, and it is difficult to cause peeling of the decorative layer or deformation of the film when the decorative film obtained by using the polyester film is pressed. If the relaxation rate of the MD is 7% or less, it is preferable that the relaxation is difficult to occur in the relaxation process and the occurrence of planar faults such as wrinkles and damages is suppressed.

作為用以將聚酯膜的熱收縮率抑制為3.0%以下的熱緩和步驟中的較佳的條件,可列舉如下條件:熱緩和步驟中的聚酯膜的搬送張力為10 N/m寬度~80 N/m寬度的範圍,聚酯膜的加熱時的膜面溫度為110℃~190℃,且熱處理時間為10秒~600秒,於縮小了聚酯膜的長度後的冷卻時,聚酯膜的膜面溫度為70℃±20℃的範圍時的冷卻速度為100℃/min~2000℃/min。Preferred conditions in the heat-relaxing step for suppressing the heat shrinkage of the polyester film to 3.0% or less include the following conditions: The conveying tension of the polyester film in the heat-relieving step is 10 N / m width to A width of 80 N / m. The temperature of the polyester film during heating is 110 ° C to 190 ° C, and the heat treatment time is 10 seconds to 600 seconds. When the polyester film is cooled after the length of the polyester film is reduced, the polyester film is cooled. The cooling rate when the film surface temperature of the film is in the range of 70 ° C ± 20 ° C is 100 ° C / min to 2000 ° C / min.

熱緩和步驟中的聚酯膜的搬送張力較佳為10 N/m寬度~80 N/m寬度的範圍,更佳為15 N/m寬度~60 N/m寬度的範圍,進而更佳為20 N/m寬度~40 N/m寬度的範圍。藉由搬送張力為10 N/m寬度以上,熱緩和步驟中的膜的因與輥的磨擦而引起的損傷的產生得到抑制,藉由搬送張力為80 N/m寬度以下,可減小聚酯膜的熱收縮率,對使用聚酯膜而得的裝飾膜進行衝壓加工時的裝飾層的剝落、裝飾後的膜的變形得到抑制。The conveying tension of the polyester film in the heat relaxation step is preferably in a range of 10 N / m width to 80 N / m width, more preferably in a range of 15 N / m width to 60 N / m width, and even more preferably 20 N / m width to 40 N / m width. When the transport tension is 10 N / m or more, the occurrence of damage due to friction between the film and the roller during the heat relaxation step is suppressed, and when the transport tension is 80 N / m or less, the polyester can be reduced. The thermal shrinkage of the film suppresses peeling of the decorative layer when the decorative film obtained by using the polyester film is pressed, and deformation of the film after decoration is suppressed.

關於緩和溫度,只要可進行將延伸後的聚酯膜加熱至延伸裝置內的最高溫度為止的熱固定,則可為與熱固定相同的溫度(即,可到達橫向延伸裝置內的最高溫度),亦可低於熱固定溫度。此處,所謂熱緩和中的最高溫度,是指熱緩和區域內的膜所到達的膜面溫度的最高點。可藉由利用放射溫度計對熱緩和區域內的膜面溫度進行實測而獲得。 其中,熱緩和步驟中的熱處理時的膜的膜面溫度較佳為110℃~190℃,更佳為120℃~175℃,進而更佳為120℃~160℃。藉由膜面溫度為110℃以上,可減小聚酯膜的熱收縮率,對使用聚酯膜而得的裝飾膜進行衝壓加工時的裝飾層的剝落、裝飾後的膜的變形得到抑制。藉由膜面溫度為190℃以下,緩和步驟中的膜的褶皺產生等故障的產生得到抑制。Regarding the relaxation temperature, as long as the heat-fixing of the stretched polyester film to the maximum temperature in the stretching device can be performed, the temperature can be the same as the heat-fixing (that is, the maximum temperature in the horizontal stretching device can be reached), It can also be lower than the heat fixing temperature. Here, the maximum temperature during thermal relaxation refers to the highest point of the film surface temperature reached by the film in the thermal relaxation region. It can be obtained by actually measuring the film surface temperature in the heat relaxation region using a radiation thermometer. Among these, the film surface temperature of the film during the heat treatment in the heat relaxation step is preferably 110 ° C to 190 ° C, more preferably 120 ° C to 175 ° C, and even more preferably 120 ° C to 160 ° C. When the film surface temperature is 110 ° C. or higher, the thermal shrinkage of the polyester film can be reduced, and peeling of the decorative layer when the decorative film obtained using the polyester film is pressed and deformation of the film after decoration can be suppressed. When the film surface temperature is 190 ° C. or lower, the occurrence of troubles such as the occurrence of wrinkles of the film in the relaxation step is suppressed.

熱緩和步驟中的熱處理時間較佳為10秒~600秒,更佳為30秒~300秒,進而更佳為60秒~200秒。藉由熱處理時間為10秒以上,可減小聚酯膜的熱收縮率,對使用聚酯膜而得的裝飾膜進行衝壓加工時的裝飾層的剝落、裝飾後的膜的變形得到抑制。藉由熱處理時間為600秒以下,熱緩和步驟中的膜的褶皺等面狀故障的產生得到抑制。The heat treatment time in the heat relaxation step is preferably 10 seconds to 600 seconds, more preferably 30 seconds to 300 seconds, and even more preferably 60 seconds to 200 seconds. When the heat treatment time is 10 seconds or more, the thermal shrinkage of the polyester film can be reduced, and peeling of the decorative layer when the decorative film obtained by using the polyester film is pressed and deformation of the film after decoration can be suppressed. When the heat treatment time is 600 seconds or less, the occurrence of planar defects such as wrinkles of the film in the heat relaxation step is suppressed.

<冷卻> 本實施形態較佳為於自夾具中放開熱固定後或熱緩和後的聚酯膜之前包括對聚酯膜進行冷卻的步驟。就容易降低自夾具中放開聚酯膜時的夾具的溫度的觀點而言,較佳為熱固定後或熱緩和後的聚酯膜於自夾具中放開之前受到冷卻。 作為熱固定後或熱緩和後的聚酯膜的冷卻溫度,較佳為80℃以下,更佳為70℃以下,特佳為60℃以下。 作為對熱固定後的聚酯膜進行冷卻的方法,具體而言,可列舉將冷風吹至聚酯膜上的方法。 於熱緩和步驟後進行冷卻時,膜的膜面溫度為70℃±20℃的範圍時的膜的冷卻速度較佳為100℃/min~2000℃/min,更佳為300℃/min~1500℃/min,進而更佳為500℃/min~1000℃/min。 藉由冷卻速度為100℃/min以上,冷卻區域中的搬送距離變得適當,於裝置尺寸或成本上而言亦較佳。另外,藉由冷卻速度為2000℃/min以下,聚酯膜的冷卻時的褶皺等面狀故障的產生得到抑制。<Cooling> In this embodiment, it is preferable to include a step of cooling the polyester film before releasing the heat-fixed or heat-relaxed polyester film from the jig. From the viewpoint of easily lowering the temperature of the jig when the polyester film is released from the jig, it is preferable that the polyester film after heat-fixing or thermal relaxation is cooled before being released from the jig. The cooling temperature of the polyester film after heat fixing or heat relaxation is preferably 80 ° C. or lower, more preferably 70 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 60 ° C. or lower. Specific examples of a method for cooling the heat-fixed polyester film include a method of blowing cold air onto the polyester film. When cooling is performed after the thermal relaxation step, the cooling rate of the film when the film surface temperature of the film is in the range of 70 ° C ± 20 ° C is preferably 100 ° C / min to 2000 ° C / min, and more preferably 300 ° C / min to 1500. ° C / min, more preferably 500 ° C / min to 1000 ° C / min. With a cooling rate of 100 ° C./min or more, the transport distance in the cooling area becomes appropriate, and it is also preferable in terms of device size or cost. In addition, with a cooling rate of 2000 ° C./min or less, occurrence of planar failures such as wrinkles during cooling of the polyester film is suppressed.

再者,於製造聚酯膜時的預熱、延伸、熱固定、熱緩和及冷卻中,作為對聚酯膜進行加熱或進行冷卻的溫度控制方法,可列舉:對聚酯膜吹暖風或冷風、或使聚酯膜接觸可控制溫度的金屬板的表面、或使聚酯膜通過金屬板的附近。Furthermore, as a method of controlling the temperature of heating or cooling the polyester film during preheating, stretching, heat fixing, heat relaxation, and cooling during the production of the polyester film, there may be mentioned: blowing warm air on the polyester film or Cold air, or the polyester film is brought into contact with the surface of a metal plate whose temperature can be controlled, or the polyester film is passed near the metal plate.

藉由進行已敘述的預熱步驟、橫向延伸步驟、熱固定步驟及熱緩和步驟,將容易地達成聚酯膜的較佳的熱收縮率、Re、Rth及Re/Rth,從而容易製造可顯現出減少聚酯膜的彩虹狀不均勻、抑制使用聚酯膜而製成的裝飾膜的捲曲等效果的聚酯膜。By performing the described preheating step, lateral stretching step, heat fixing step, and heat relaxation step, the better heat shrinkage, Re, Rth, and Re / Rth of the polyester film will be easily achieved, so that it can be easily manufactured and can be displayed. A polyester film that reduces rainbow-like unevenness of the polyester film and suppresses curling of decorative films made using the polyester film is produced.

<自夾具中的膜的放開> 於經過所述步驟後,自夾具中放開聚酯膜。 較佳為於40℃~140℃的範圍內控制聚酯膜自夾具中脫離時的聚酯膜的表面溫度。聚酯膜自夾具中脫離時的聚酯膜的表面的溫度更佳為50℃以上、120℃以下,進而更佳為60℃以上、100℃以下。<Release of film from jig> After passing through the steps, release the polyester film from the jig. The surface temperature of the polyester film when the polyester film is detached from the jig is preferably controlled in a range of 40 ° C to 140 ° C. The temperature of the surface of the polyester film when the polyester film is detached from the jig is more preferably 50 ° C or higher and 120 ° C or lower, and even more preferably 60 ° C or higher and 100 ° C or lower.

於聚酯膜的製造方法中,製膜完成後(自夾具中的放開步驟後)的聚酯膜的厚度為40 μm以上、500 μm以下,更佳為60 μm以上、400 μm以下,進而更佳為80 μm以上、300 μm以下。藉由將聚酯膜的厚度設為所述範圍,具有聚酯膜作為基材的裝飾膜具有充分的剛性,且可抑制因剛性過強而造成的衝壓性、操作性的降低,尺寸穩定性變得更良好。In the method for manufacturing a polyester film, the thickness of the polyester film after the film formation is completed (after the release step from the jig) is 40 μm or more and 500 μm or less, more preferably 60 μm or more and 400 μm or less, and further It is more preferably 80 μm or more and 300 μm or less. By setting the thickness of the polyester film to the above range, the decorative film having the polyester film as a substrate has sufficient rigidity, and can suppress reduction in punchability and operability caused by excessive rigidity, and dimensional stability. Become better.

<膜的回收、切割及捲取> 自夾具中放開後,視需要對膜進行修整、切割、滾花加工,且為了回收而捲取。 於聚酯膜的製造方法中,就高效地確保膜製品寬度、且裝置尺寸不變得過大的觀點而言,較佳為自夾具中放開後的膜寬度為0.8 m~6 m,更佳為1 m~5 m,特佳為1 m~4 m。需要精度的光學用膜通常以未滿3 m來製膜,但於本實施形態中,較佳為以如上所述的寬度來製膜。 另外,可將以寬的厚度進行製膜而成的膜切割成較佳為2條以上、6條以下,更佳為2條以上、5條以下,進而更佳為3條以上、4條以下後,進行捲取。<Recycling, cutting, and winding of the film> After releasing from the jig, the film is trimmed, cut, and knurled as necessary, and rolled up for recycling. In the method for producing a polyester film, from the viewpoint of efficiently ensuring the width of the film product and not making the device size too large, it is preferable that the film width after being released from the clamp is 0.8 m to 6 m, and more preferably It is 1 m to 5 m, particularly preferably 1 m to 4 m. The optical film for which accuracy is required is usually formed with a length of less than 3 m, but in this embodiment, it is preferable to form the film with a width as described above. In addition, a film formed with a wide thickness can be cut into two or more and preferably six or less, more preferably two or more and five or less, and even more preferably three or more and four or less. After that, take up.

較佳為於切割後對兩端進行滾花加工(賦予滾紋)。 捲取較佳為於直徑為70 mm以上、600 mm以下的卷芯上纏繞1000 m以上、10000 m以下。膜的單位剖面面積的捲取張力較佳為30 N/cm2 ~300 N/cm2 ,更佳為50 N/cm2 ~250 N/cm2 ,進而更佳為70 N/cm2 ~200 N/cm2 。另外,於捲取前貼合遮蔽膜亦較佳。It is preferable to perform knurl processing (knurling) on both ends after cutting. The winding is preferably performed on a winding core having a diameter of 70 mm or more and 600 mm or less and 1000 m or more and 10,000 m or less. The winding tension per unit cross-sectional area of the film is preferably 30 N / cm 2 to 300 N / cm 2 , more preferably 50 N / cm 2 to 250 N / cm 2 , and even more preferably 70 N / cm 2 to 200 N / cm 2 . In addition, it is also preferable to apply a masking film before winding.

[硬塗層] 本揭示的裝飾膜於包含聚酯膜的基材膜的至少一個面上具有硬塗層。 硬塗層較佳為於圖像顯示裝置的最表面作為保護層來使用,藉由將硬塗層配置於最表面,耐擦傷性變得良好。就進一步提高耐擦傷性的觀點而言,硬塗層表面的鉛筆硬度較佳為H以上,更佳為3H以上的鉛筆硬度,更佳為5H以上的鉛筆硬度。[Hard Coating] The decorative film of the present disclosure has a hard coating on at least one side of a base film including a polyester film. The hard coat layer is preferably used as a protective layer on the outermost surface of the image display device. By placing the hard coat layer on the outermost surface, the abrasion resistance becomes good. From the viewpoint of further improving the abrasion resistance, the hardness of the pencil on the surface of the hard coating layer is preferably H or more, more preferably 3H or more, and even more preferably 5H or more.

<硬塗層> 以下,對本揭示的裝飾膜中的硬塗層進行說明。 硬塗層可藉由濕式塗佈法、乾式塗佈法(真空成膜)的任一種方法來形成,較佳為藉由生產性優異的濕式塗佈法來形成。 作為硬塗層,例如可使用日本專利特開2013-45045號公報、日本專利特開2013-43352號公報、日本專利特開2012-232459號公報、日本專利特開2012-128157號公報、日本專利特開2011-131409號公報、日本專利特開2011-131404號公報、日本專利特開2011-126162號公報、日本專利特開2011-75705號公報、日本專利特開2009-286981號公報、日本專利特開2009-263567號公報、日本專利特開2009-75248號公報、日本專利特開2007-164206號公報、日本專利特開2006-96811號公報、日本專利特開2004-75970號公報、日本專利特開2002-156505號公報、日本專利特開2001-272503號公報、WO12/018087、WO12/098967、WO12/086659、WO11/105594中所記載的硬塗層。<Hard Coating> Hereinafter, the hard coating in the decorative film of this disclosure is demonstrated. The hard coat layer can be formed by any of a wet coating method and a dry coating method (vacuum film formation), and is preferably formed by a wet coating method having excellent productivity. As the hard coat layer, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-45045, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-43352, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-232459, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-128157, and Japanese Patent can be used. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-131409, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-131404, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-126162, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-75705, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-286981, Japanese Patent Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-263567, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-75248, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-164206, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-96811, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-75970, Japanese Patent The hard coatings described in JP 2002-156505, JP 2001-272503, WO12 / 018087, WO12 / 098967, WO12 / 086659, and WO11 / 105594.

(硬塗層的厚度) 本揭示的裝飾膜中的硬塗層的厚度較佳為5 μm以上。若硬塗層的厚度為5 μm以上,則可獲得耐擦傷性良好的硬塗層。 就進一步提高耐擦傷性的觀點而言,硬塗層的厚度更佳為10 μm以上,進而更佳為15 μm以上。 再者,就可容易地進行衝壓加工的觀點而言,硬塗層的厚度較佳為40 μm以下,更佳為35 μm以下。(Thickness of Hard Coating Layer) The thickness of the hard coating layer in the decorative film of the present disclosure is preferably 5 μm or more. When the thickness of the hard coat layer is 5 μm or more, a hard coat layer having good scratch resistance can be obtained. From the viewpoint of further improving the scratch resistance, the thickness of the hard coat layer is more preferably 10 μm or more, and even more preferably 15 μm or more. Furthermore, from the viewpoint that the press processing can be easily performed, the thickness of the hard coat layer is preferably 40 μm or less, and more preferably 35 μm or less.

(硬塗層的構成材料) 硬塗層至少包含源自下述a)的結構、源自下述b)的結構、下述c)及下述d), 於將硬塗層的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,硬塗層較佳為包含: 15質量%~70質量%的源自下述a)的結構、 25質量%~80質量%的源自下述b)的結構、 0.1質量%~10質量%的下述c)、 0.1質量%~10質量%的下述d)。 a)於分子內具有一個脂環式環氧基與一個包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基,且分子量為300以下的化合物 b)於分子內具有三個以上包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基的化合物 c)自由基聚合起始劑 d)陽離子聚合起始劑 藉由設置此種構成的硬塗層,裝飾膜的鉛筆硬度高,平滑性優異,濕熱經時後的膜外觀變化得到抑制。(Constituent material of hard coat layer) The hard coat layer includes at least the structure derived from the following a), the structure derived from the following b), the following c) and the following d). When it is set to 100% by mass, the hard coat layer preferably includes a structure derived from the following a) from 15% by mass to 70% by mass, and a structure derived from the following b) from 25% by mass to 80% by mass. 0.1 to 10% by mass of the following c), 0.1 to 10% by mass of the following d). a) An alicyclic epoxy group and a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the molecule, and a compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less b) A group containing three or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds in the molecule Compound c) a radical polymerization initiator d) a cationic polymerization initiator By providing such a hard coat layer, the decorative film has a high pencil hardness and excellent smoothness, and the change in the appearance of the film after moist heat over time is suppressed.

(硬塗層的構成) 硬塗層較佳為藉由塗佈法而形成於已敘述的本實施形態的聚酯膜的至少一個面上的構成。 硬塗層更佳為是使包含a)、b)、c)及d)的硬塗層形成用組成物硬化而形成,於將硬塗層形成用組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,硬塗層形成用組成物包含15質量%~70質量%的a)、25質量%~80質量%的b)、0.1質量%~10質量%的c)、0.1質量%~10質量%的d)。(Configuration of Hard Coating Layer) The hard coating layer preferably has a configuration formed on at least one surface of the polyester film of the present embodiment described above by a coating method. The hard coating layer is more preferably formed by hardening a hard coating layer-forming composition containing a), b), c), and d), and the total solid content of the hard coating layer-forming composition is 100% by mass. In the case of a hard coating layer, the composition for forming a hard coat layer includes 15% to 70% by mass a), 25% to 80% by mass b), 0.1% to 10% by mass c), and 0.1% to 10% by mass Mass% d).

<硬塗層及硬塗層形成用組成物> 以下記載關於硬塗層及硬塗層形成用組成物中所含的各成分的詳情。<Hard-coat layer and composition for hard-coat layer formation> The detail of each component contained in a hard-coat layer and a hard-coat layer formation composition is described below.

-a)於分子內具有一個脂環式環氧基與一個包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基,且分子量為300以下的化合物- 於將硬塗層的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,硬塗層包含15質量%~70質量%的源自下述a)的結構。 a)於分子內具有一個脂環式環氧基與一個包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基,且分子量為300以下的化合物。 另外,較佳為硬塗層是使至少包含a)、b)、c)及d)的硬塗層形成用組成物硬化而形成,於將硬塗層形成用組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,硬塗層形成用組成物包含15質量%~70質量%的a)。-a) A compound having an alicyclic epoxy group and a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the molecule and having a molecular weight of 300 or less-When the total solid content of the hard coat layer is 100% by mass Below, the hard-coat layer contains 15 to 70% by mass of a structure derived from the following a). a) A compound having an alicyclic epoxy group and a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the molecule and having a molecular weight of 300 or less. In addition, it is preferable that the hard coat layer is formed by hardening a hard coat layer-forming composition including at least a), b), c), and d). The total solid content of the hard coat layer-forming composition is set as In the case of 100% by mass, the composition for forming a hard coat layer contains 15 to 70% by mass of a).

對硬塗層形成用組成物中所含有的a)於分子內具有一個脂環式環氧基與一個包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基,且分子量為300以下的化合物進行說明。亦將a)於分子內具有一個脂環式環氧基與一個包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基,且分子量為300以下的化合物稱為「a)成分」。The compound a) contained in the composition for forming a hard coat layer has an alicyclic epoxy group and a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond and has a molecular weight of 300 or less. A) A compound having an alicyclic epoxy group and a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the molecule and having a molecular weight of 300 or less is also referred to as "a) component".

作為包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基,可列舉(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、苯乙烯基、烯丙基等聚合性官能基,其中,較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基及-C(O)OCH=CH2 ,特佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基。藉由具有包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基,可維持更高的硬度,亦可賦予耐濕熱性。Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond include polymerizable functional groups such as (meth) acrylfluorenyl, vinyl, styryl, and allyl. Among them, (meth) acrylfluorenyl and -C (O) OCH = CH 2 , particularly preferably (meth) acrylfluorenyl. By having a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, higher hardness can be maintained, and moist heat resistance can be imparted.

分子內的環氧基與包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基的個數為1個。其原因在於:各官能基的個數為1個的情況與為2個以上的情況相比,藉由減少官能基(環氧基與包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基)的個數而分子量減少,鉛筆硬度進一步變高。The number of epoxy groups in the molecule and the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is one. The reason for this is that the molecular weight is reduced by reducing the number of functional groups (epoxy groups and groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond) when the number of each functional group is one compared with the case of two or more. Decreased, pencil hardness further increased.

a)成分的分子量為300以下,較佳為210以下,更佳為200以下。 藉由將a)成分的分子量設為300以下,環氧基及包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基以外的部位變少,可提高鉛筆硬度。 另外,就抑制形成硬塗層時的揮發的觀點而言,a)成分的分子量較佳為100以上,更佳為150以上。a) The molecular weight of the component is 300 or less, preferably 210 or less, and more preferably 200 or less. By setting the molecular weight of the component a) to 300 or less, the number of sites other than the epoxy group and the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is reduced, and pencil hardness can be improved. Moreover, from a viewpoint of suppressing volatilization at the time of forming a hard-coat layer, the molecular weight of a) component is 100 or more, More preferably, it is 150 or more.

作為a)成分,只要於分子內具有一個脂環式環氧基與一個包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基,且分子量為300以下,則並無限定,較佳為由下述式(5)所表示的化合物。The component a) is not limited as long as it has an alicyclic epoxy group and a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the molecule, and the molecular weight is 300 or less. It is preferably represented by the following formula (5) The represented compound.

式(5) [化2]

Figure TW201800263AD00002
Formula (5)
Figure TW201800263AD00002

式(5)中,R表示單環式烴或交聯烴,L表示單鍵或二價的連結基,Q表示包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基。In formula (5), R represents a monocyclic hydrocarbon or a crosslinked hydrocarbon, L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and Q represents a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond.

於式(5)中的R為單環式烴的情況下,較佳為脂環式烴,其中,更佳為碳數4~10的脂環基,進而更佳為碳數為5個~7個的脂環基,特佳為碳數為6個的脂環基。具體而言,較佳為環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基,特佳為環己基。 於式(5)中的R為交聯烴的情況下,較佳為2環系交聯(雙環系(bicyclo)環)、3環系交聯(三環系(tricyclo)環),可列舉碳數為5個~20個的交聯烴,可列舉:降冰片基、冰片基、異冰片基、三環癸基、二環戊烯基、二環戊烷基、三環戊烯基及三環戊烷基、金剛烷基、經低級烷基取代的金剛烷基等。 於L表示二價的連結基的情況下,較佳為二價的脂肪族烴基。作為二價的脂肪族烴基,碳數較佳為1~6,更佳為1~3,進而更佳為1。作為二價的脂肪族烴基,較佳為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的伸烷基,更佳為直鏈狀或分支狀的伸烷基,進而更佳為直鏈狀的伸烷基。 作為Q,可列舉(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、苯乙烯基、烯丙基等聚合性官能基,其中,較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基及-C(O)OCH=CH2 ,特佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基。In the case where R in the formula (5) is a monocyclic hydrocarbon, an alicyclic hydrocarbon is preferable, and among them, an alicyclic group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alicyclic group having 5 carbon atoms is more preferable. Seven alicyclic groups are particularly preferred as alicyclic groups having 6 carbon atoms. Specifically, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cycloheptyl are preferred, and cyclohexyl is particularly preferred. In the case where R in the formula (5) is a crosslinked hydrocarbon, 2-ring system cross-linking (bicyclo ring), 3-ring system cross-linking (tricyclo ring) are preferred, and examples thereof include: Cross-linked hydrocarbons having 5 to 20 carbon atoms include: norbornyl, norbornyl, isobornyl, tricyclodecyl, dicyclopentenyl, dicyclopentyl, tricyclopentenyl, and Tricyclopentyl, adamantyl, adamantyl substituted with lower alkyl, and the like. When L represents a divalent linking group, a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferred. As the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the number of carbons is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1. The divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group, more preferably a linear or branched alkylene group, and even more preferably a linear alkylene group. . Examples of Q include polymerizable functional groups such as (meth) acrylfluorenyl, vinyl, styryl, and allyl. Among these, (meth) acrylfluorenyl and -C (O) OCH = CH are preferred. 2 , Particularly preferred is (meth) acrylfluorenyl.

作為a)成分的具體的化合物,若為於分子內具有一個脂環式環氧基與一個包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基,且分子量為300以下的化合物,則並無特別限定,可使用日本專利特開平10-17614的段落[0015]中所記載的化合物、由下述式(1A)或式(1B)所表示的化合物、1,2-環氧基-4-乙烯基環己烷等。 其中,更佳為由下述式(1A)或式(1B)所表示的化合物,進而更佳為分子量低的由下述式(1A)所表示的化合物。再者,亦較佳為由下述式(1A)所表示的化合物的異構物。下述式(1A)的式中,L2 表示碳數1~6的二價的脂肪族烴基,更佳為碳數1~3,就改善平滑性的觀點而言,進而更佳為碳數1(即,a)成分為(甲基)丙烯酸環氧環己基甲酯)。 藉由使用該些化合物,能夠以更高的水準兼具高鉛筆硬度與優異的平滑性。The specific compound as component a) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having one alicyclic epoxy group and one group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the molecule and having a molecular weight of 300 or less, and can be used. The compound described in paragraph [0015] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-17614, a compound represented by the following formula (1A) or formula (1B), 1,2-epoxy-4-vinylcyclohexane Wait. Among them, a compound represented by the following formula (1A) or formula (1B) is more preferable, and a compound represented by the following formula (1A) having a low molecular weight is more preferable. Furthermore, an isomer of a compound represented by the following formula (1A) is also preferable. In the formula of the following formula (1A), L 2 represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and from the viewpoint of improving smoothness, still more preferably a carbon number. 1 (that is, a) is an epoxy cyclohexyl methyl (meth) acrylate). By using these compounds, it is possible to achieve high pencil hardness and excellent smoothness at a higher level.

[化3]

Figure TW201800263AD00003
[Chemical 3]
Figure TW201800263AD00003

式(1A)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,L2 表示碳數1~6的二價的脂肪族烴基。In formula (1A), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L 2 represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

[化4]

Figure TW201800263AD00004
[Chemical 4]
Figure TW201800263AD00004

式(1B)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,L2 表示碳數1~6的二價的脂肪族烴基。In the formula (1B), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L 2 represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

式(1A)及式(1B)中的L2 的二價的脂肪族烴基為碳數1~6,更佳為碳數1~3,進而更佳為碳數1。作為二價的脂肪族烴基,較佳為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的伸烷基,更佳為直鏈狀或分支狀的伸烷基,進而更佳為直鏈狀的伸烷基。The divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group of L 2 in the formula (1A) and the formula (1B) has a carbon number of 1 to 6, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 3, and even more preferably a carbon number of 1. The divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group, more preferably a linear or branched alkylene group, and even more preferably a linear alkylene group. .

於將硬塗層的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,含有15質量%~70質量%的源自a)的結構。即,於將硬塗層形成用組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,含有15質量%~70質量%的a)成分。藉由源自a)的結構或a)成分的含量相對於硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物而言為15質量%以上,可充分獲得表面的平滑性的改善效果。另一方面,藉由源自a)的結構或a)成分的含量相對於硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物而言為70質量%以下的情況,可充分提高表面硬度。 於將硬塗層的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,較佳為含有18質量%~50質量%的源自a)的結構,更佳為含有22質量%~40質量%的源自a)的結構。於將硬塗層形成用組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,較佳為含有18質量%~50質量%的a)成分,更佳為含有22質量%~40質量%的a)成分。When the total solid content of the hard coat layer is 100% by mass, a structure derived from a) is contained in an amount of 15% to 70% by mass. That is, when the total solid content of the composition for forming a hard coat layer is 100% by mass, the component a) is contained in an amount of 15% to 70% by mass. When the content of the structure derived from a) or the content of a) is 15% by mass or more with respect to the hard coat layer or the composition for forming a hard coat layer, the effect of improving the smoothness of the surface can be sufficiently obtained. On the other hand, when the structure derived from a) or the content of the a) component is 70% by mass or less with respect to the hard coat layer or the composition for forming a hard coat layer, the surface hardness can be sufficiently increased. When the total solid content of the hard coat layer is 100% by mass, a structure containing 18% to 50% by mass of a) is preferred, and a source containing 22% to 40% by mass is more preferred. Since a) the structure. In the case where the total solid content of the composition for forming a hard coat layer is 100% by mass, it is preferred that the component a) contains 18% to 50% by mass, and more preferably 22% to 40% by mass. a) ingredients.

-b)於分子內具有三個以上包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基的化合物- 於將硬塗層的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,本揭示的硬塗層包含25質量%~80質量%的源自下述b)的結構。 b)於分子內具有三個以上包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基的化合物。 另外,較佳為硬塗層是使至少包含a)、b)、c)及d)的硬塗層形成用組成物硬化而形成,於將硬塗層形成用組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,硬塗層形成用組成物包含25質量%~80質量%的b)。-b) a compound having three or more groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the molecule-when the total solid content of the hard coat layer is 100% by mass, the hard coat layer of the present disclosure contains 25% by mass ~ 80% by mass of the structure derived from the following b). b) A compound having three or more groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the molecule. In addition, it is preferable that the hard coat layer is formed by hardening a hard coat layer-forming composition including at least a), b), c), and d). The total solid content of the hard coat layer-forming composition is set as In the case of 100% by mass, the composition for forming a hard coat layer contains 25 to 80% by mass of b).

對硬塗層形成用組成物中所含有的b)於分子內具有三個以上包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基的化合物進行說明。亦將b)於分子內具有三個以上包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基的化合物稱為「b)成分」。 b)成分藉由於分子內具有三個以上包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基而可顯現出更高的硬度。 作為b)成分,可列舉:多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸的酯、乙烯基苯及其衍生物、乙烯基碸、(甲基)丙烯醯胺等。 其中,就硬度的觀點而言,較佳為具有三個以上(甲基)丙烯醯基的化合物,可列舉本業界中所廣泛使用的形成高硬度的硬化物的丙烯酸酯化合物。The compound b) contained in the composition for forming a hard coat layer having three or more groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond will be described. A compound having b) having three or more groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in its molecule is also referred to as a "b) component". b) The component can exhibit higher hardness by having three or more groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the molecule. Examples of the component b) include esters of a polyhydric alcohol and (meth) acrylic acid, vinylbenzene and its derivatives, vinylfluorene, and (meth) acrylamide. Among them, a compound having three or more (meth) acryl fluorenyl groups is preferable from the viewpoint of hardness, and an acrylate compound that forms a hardened product having a high hardness that is widely used in the industry can be cited.

作為此種化合物,可列舉作為多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸的酯的、於分子內具有三個以上包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基的化合物。例如,可列舉:(二)季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(二)季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧乙烷(ethylene oxide,EO)改質三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧丙烷(propylene oxide,PO)改質三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、EO改質磷酸三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二-三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(二)季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,2,3-環己烷四甲基丙烯酸酯、聚胺基甲酸酯聚丙烯酸酯、聚酯聚丙烯酸酯、己內酯改質三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異氰脲酸酯、三季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、三季戊四醇六-三丙烯酸酯、1,2,4-環己烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、五甘油三丙烯酸酯等。Examples of such compounds include compounds having three or more groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond as an ester of a polyhydric alcohol and (meth) acrylic acid. Examples include: (di) pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, (di) pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide, EO) modified trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, propylene oxide (PO) modified trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, EO modified tri (methyl) phosphate Acrylate, trimethylolethane tri (meth) acrylate, di-trimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, (di) pentaerythritol penta (methyl) ) Acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, 1,2,3-cyclohexanetetramethacrylate, polyurethane polyacrylate, polyester Polyacrylate, caprolactone modified tris (propyleneoxyethyl) isocyanurate, tripentaerythritol triacrylate, tripentaerythritol hexa-triacrylate, 1,2,4-cyclohexane tetrakis (methyl Base) acrylate, pentaglycerol triacrylate, and the like.

進而,具有三個以上(甲基)丙烯醯基的樹脂(寡聚物或預聚物)、具有三個以上(甲基)丙烯醯基的多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯亦較佳。 作為具有三個以上(甲基)丙烯醯基的樹脂(寡聚物或預聚物),例如亦可列舉聚酯樹脂、聚醚樹脂、丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、醇酸樹脂、螺環縮醛樹脂、聚丁二烯樹脂、聚硫醇聚烯樹脂、多元醇等多官能化合物等的寡聚物或預聚物等。 作為具有三個以上(甲基)丙烯醯基的多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯的具體例,可列舉二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate,DPHA)等日本專利特開2007-256844號公報段落0096中所示出的例示化合物等。 作為具有三個以上(甲基)丙烯醯基的多官能丙烯酸酯化合物的具體例,可列舉日本化藥(股份)製造的卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA、DPHA-2C、PET-30、TMPTA、TPA-320、TPA-330、RP-1040、T-1420、D-310、DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、GPO-303,大阪有機化學工業(股份)製造的V#400、V#36095D等多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸的酯化物。另外,亦可適宜地使用紫光UV-1400B、UV-1700B、UV-6300B、UV-7550B、UV-7600B、UV-7605B、UV-7610B、UV-7620EA、UV-7630B、UV-7640B、UV-6630B、UV-7000B、UV-7510B、UV-7461TE、UV-3000B、UV-3200B、UV-3210EA、UV-3310EA、UV-3310B、UV-3500BA、UV-3520TL、UV-3700B、UV-6100B、UV-6640B、UV-2000B、UV-2010B、UV-2250EA、UV-2750B(日本合成化學(股份)製造),UL-503LN(共榮社化學(股份)製造),尤尼迪克(Unidic)17-806、17-813、V-4030、V-4000BA(迪愛生(DIC)(股份)製造),EB-1290K、EB-220、EB-5129、EB-1830、EB-4358(大賽璐(Daicel)UCB(股份)製造),海克普(Hi-Coap)AU-2010、AU-2020(特色(Tokushiki)(股份)製造),亞羅尼斯(Aronix)M-1960(東亞合成(股份)製造),藝術樹脂(Art Resin)UN-3320HA、UN-3320HC、UN-3320HS、UN-904、HDP-4T等三官能以上的胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯化合物,亞羅尼斯(Aronix)M-8100、M-8030、M-9050(東亞合成(股份)製造),KBM-8307(大賽璐氰特(Daicel-Cytec)(股份)製造)的三官能以上的聚酯化合物等。 另外,b)成分可由單一的化合物構成,亦可組合使用多個化合物。Furthermore, a resin (oligomer or prepolymer) having three or more (meth) acrylfluorene groups, a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate having three or more (meth) acrylfluorene groups, and urethane Esters (meth) acrylates are also preferred. Examples of the resin (oligomer or prepolymer) having three or more (meth) acrylfluorene groups include polyester resin, polyether resin, acrylic resin, epoxy resin, urethane resin, Oligo- or pre-polymers of polyfunctional compounds such as alkyd resins, spiro acetal resins, polybutadiene resins, polythiol polyene resins, and polyols. Specific examples of the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate having three or more (meth) acrylfluorenyl groups include Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-256844, paragraph 0096, such as dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (DPHA). Exemplified compounds and the like shown in. Specific examples of the polyfunctional acrylate compound having three or more (meth) acrylfluorene groups include KAYARAD DPHA, DPHA-2C, PET-30, and TMPTA manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. , TPA-320, TPA-330, RP-1040, T-1420, D-310, DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, GPO-303, V # 400 manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry (Stock), V # 36095D Ester of polyhydric alcohols and (meth) acrylic acid. In addition, violet light UV-1400B, UV-1700B, UV-6300B, UV-7550B, UV-7600B, UV-7605B, UV-7610B, UV-7620EA, UV-7630B, UV-7640B, and UV- 6630B, UV-7000B, UV-7510B, UV-7461TE, UV-3000B, UV-3200B, UV-3210EA, UV-3310EA, UV-3310B, UV-3500BA, UV-3520TL, UV-3700B, UV-6100B, UV-6640B, UV-2000B, UV-2010B, UV-2250EA, UV-2750B (manufactured by Japan Synthetic Chemicals Co., Ltd.), UL-503LN (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemicals Co., Ltd.), Unidic 17 -806, 17-813, V-4030, V-4000BA (manufactured by DIC), EB-1290K, EB-220, EB-5129, EB-1830, EB-4358 (Daicel ) (Manufactured by UCB), Hi-Coap AU-2010, AU-2020 (manufactured by Tokushiki (stock)), Aronix M-1960 (manufactured by East Asia Synthesis (stock) ), Art Resin UN-3320HA, UN-3320HC, UN-3320HS, UN-904, HDP-4T and other trifunctional urethane acrylate compounds, Aronix M-8100 , M-8030, M-9050 (East Asia (Shares), Ltd.), the above KBM-8307 (Daicel Cytec (Daicel-Cytec) (shares) manufactured) trifunctional polyester compound. The component b) may be composed of a single compound, or a plurality of compounds may be used in combination.

於將硬塗層的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,含有25質量%~80質量%的源自b)的結構。 於將硬塗層形成用組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,含有25質量%~80質量%的b)成分。若源自b)的結構或b)成分的含量相對於硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物而言為25質量%以上,則可獲得充分的硬度。另一方面,於源自b)的結構或b)成分的含量相對於硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物而言為80質量%以下的情況下,因源自a)的結構或a)成分的含量減少,故平滑性充分。 於將硬塗層的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,較佳為含有40質量%~75質量%的源自b)的結構,更佳為含有60質量%~75質量%的源自b)的結構。於將硬塗層形成用組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,較佳為含有40質量%~75質量%的b)成分,更佳為含有60質量%~75質量%的b)成分。When the total solid content of the hard coat layer is 100% by mass, a structure derived from b) is contained in an amount of 25% to 80% by mass. When the total solid content of the composition for forming a hard coat layer is 100% by mass, the component b) is contained in an amount of 25% to 80% by mass. When the content of the structure derived from b) or the content of b) is 25% by mass or more with respect to the hard coat layer or the composition for forming a hard coat layer, sufficient hardness can be obtained. On the other hand, when the structure derived from b) or the content of b) components is 80% by mass or less with respect to the hard coat layer or the composition for forming a hard coat layer, the structure derived from a) or a ) The content of ingredients is reduced, so smoothness is sufficient. When the total solid content of the hard coat layer is 100% by mass, a structure derived from b) containing 40% to 75% by mass is preferred, and a source containing 60% to 75% by mass is more preferred. From b) the structure. When the total solid content of the composition for forming a hard coat layer is 100% by mass, it is preferred that the component b) contains 40% to 75% by mass, and more preferably 60% to 75% by mass. b) composition.

-其他硬化性化合物- 硬塗層形成用組成物亦可包含除a)成分及b)成分以外的其他硬化性化合物(以下,亦稱為「其他硬化性化合物」)。作為其他硬化性化合物,可使用具有可藉由硬化處理而硬化(聚合)的聚合性基的各種化合物。作為聚合性基,可列舉能夠藉由光、電子束或放射線的照射而進行聚合反應的聚合性基、能夠藉由加熱進行聚合反應的聚合性基,較佳為光聚合性基。另外,其他硬化性化合物可為單體、寡聚物、預聚物等。-Other hardenable compounds- The composition for forming a hard coat layer may contain other hardenable compounds (hereinafter, also referred to as "other hardenable compounds") in addition to components a) and b). As other curable compounds, various compounds having a polymerizable group that can be cured (polymerized) by a curing treatment can be used. Examples of the polymerizable group include a polymerizable group capable of performing a polymerization reaction by irradiation with light, an electron beam, or radiation, and a polymerizable group capable of performing a polymerization reaction by heating, and a photopolymerizable group is preferred. The other hardening compound may be a monomer, an oligomer, a prepolymer, or the like.

作為所述聚合性基的具體例,可列舉(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、苯乙烯基、烯丙基等聚合性不飽和基等,環氧基等開環聚合型的聚合性基。其中,就硬化性等觀點而言,較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基。Specific examples of the polymerizable group include polymerizable unsaturated groups such as (meth) acrylfluorenyl, vinyl, styryl, and allyl, and ring-opening polymerizable polymerizable groups such as epoxy groups. . Among these, a (meth) acrylfluorenyl group is preferable from a viewpoint of hardenability and the like.

作為所述硬塗層形成用組成物可包含的其他硬化性化合物的具體例,可例示以下化合物。 新戊二醇丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等烷二醇的(甲基)丙烯酸二酯類;三乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等聚氧伸烷基二醇的(甲基)丙烯酸二酯類;季戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等多元醇的(甲基)丙烯酸二酯類;2,2-雙{4-(丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基}丙烷、2,2-雙{4-(丙烯醯氧基聚丙氧基)苯基}丙烷等環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷加成物的(甲基)丙烯酸二酯類;胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯類;聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯類;異氰脲酸丙烯酸酯類;環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯類。As specific examples of other hardenable compounds that can be contained in the composition for forming a hard coat layer, the following compounds can be exemplified. (Meth) acrylic diesters of alkanediols such as neopentyl glycol acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol (meth) acrylate, and propylene glycol di (meth) acrylate; triethylene glycol bis (methyl) (Meth) acrylic acid esters of polyoxyalkylene glycols such as dipropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, etc. Diesters; (meth) acrylic diesters of polyhydric alcohols such as pentaerythritol di (meth) acrylate; 2,2-bis {4- (propenyloxydiethoxy) phenyl} propane, 2, (Meth) acrylic acid diesters of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide adducts such as 2-bis {4- (propenyloxypolypropoxy) phenyl} propane; urethane (methyl) Acrylates; polyester (meth) acrylates; isocyanurate acrylates; epoxy (meth) acrylates.

作為胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉使醇、多元醇及/或含羥基的丙烯酸酯等含羥基的化合物與異氰酸酯反應,或者視需要利用(甲基)丙烯酸將藉由所述反應所獲得的聚胺基甲酸酯化合物加以酯化而獲得的胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為具體例,可例示日本專利特開2007-256844號公報的段落0017中所列舉的各種市售品。Examples of the urethane (meth) acrylate include a reaction of a hydroxyl-containing compound such as an alcohol, a polyol, and / or a hydroxyl-containing acrylate with an isocyanate, or the use of (meth) acrylic acid as needed. The urethane (meth) acrylate obtained by esterifying the polyurethane compound obtained by the reaction. As specific examples, various commercial products listed in paragraph 0017 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-256844 can be exemplified.

就減少硬化收縮的觀點而言,硬塗層形成用組成物亦可包含作為聚合性基而具有環氧基的環氧系化合物作為其他硬化性化合物。作為環氧系化合物,較佳為於一分子中包含兩個以上環氧基的多官能環氧系化合物。作為具體例,可列舉日本專利特開2004-264563號公報、日本專利特開2004-264564號公報、日本專利特開2005-37737號公報、日本專利特開2005-37738號公報、日本專利特開2005-140862號公報、日本專利特開2005-140862號公報、日本專利特開2005-140863號公報、日本專利特開2002-322430號公報中所記載的環氧系化合物。另外,使用如(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯般具有環氧基與丙烯酸性的聚合性基兩者的化合物亦較佳。From the viewpoint of reducing hardening shrinkage, the composition for forming a hard coat layer may include an epoxy-based compound having an epoxy group as a polymerizable group as another hardening compound. The epoxy-based compound is preferably a polyfunctional epoxy-based compound containing two or more epoxy groups in one molecule. Specific examples include Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-264563, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-264564, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2005-37737, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2005-37738, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. The epoxy compounds described in 2005-140862, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2005-140862, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2005-140863, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-322430. It is also preferable to use a compound having both an epoxy group and an acrylic polymerizable group, such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate.

就硬塗層的硬度的觀點而言,於將硬塗層形成用組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,相對於硬塗層形成用組成物的固體成分總量而言的其他硬化性化合物含量較佳為15質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以下,進而更佳為1質量%以下,進而更佳為0.01質量%以下,特佳為實質上不包含其他硬化性化合物。From the viewpoint of the hardness of the hard coat layer, when the total solid content of the composition for forming a hard coat layer is 100% by mass, it is relative to the total solid content of the composition for forming a hard coat layer. The content of other hardening compounds is preferably 15% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, even more preferably 1% by mass or less, still more preferably 0.01% by mass or less, and particularly preferably not substantially containing other hardening compounds. .

-c)自由基聚合起始劑- 於將硬塗層的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,本揭示的硬塗層包含0.1質量%~10質量%的c)自由基聚合起始劑。 對硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物中所含有的c)自由基聚合起始劑進行說明。以下,亦將c)自由基聚合起始劑稱為「c)成分」。 具有乙烯性不飽和基的化合物的聚合可藉由在光自由基聚合起始劑或熱自由基聚合起始劑的存在下照射離子化放射線或加熱來進行。 作為光及熱聚合起始劑,可利用市售的化合物,所述市售的化合物記載於「最新UV硬化技術」(p.159,發行人:高薄一弘,發行單位:技術資訊協會(股份),1991年發行)或汽巴精化(Ciba·Specialty·Chemicals)(股份)的產品目錄中。 作為c)成分,具體而言,可使用烷基苯酮系光聚合起始劑(豔佳固(Irgacure)651、豔佳固(Irgacure)184、達羅卡(DAROCURE)1173、豔佳固(Irgacure)2959、豔佳固(Irgacure)127、達羅卡(DAROCURE)MBF、豔佳固(Irgacure)907、豔佳固(Irgacure)369、豔佳固(Irgacure)379EG)、醯基氧化膦系光聚合起始劑(豔佳固(Irgacure)819、路西林(LUCIRIN)TPO)、其他聚合起始劑(豔佳固(Irgacure)784、豔佳固(Irgacure)OXE01、豔佳固(Irgacure)OXE02、豔佳固(Irgacure)754)等。-c) radical polymerization initiator-when the total solid content of the hard coat layer is 100% by mass, the hard coat layer of the present disclosure contains 0.1 to 10% by mass c) radical polymerization initiation Agent. C) A radical polymerization initiator contained in the hard coat layer or the composition for forming a hard coat layer will be described. Hereinafter, c) the radical polymerization initiator is also referred to as "c) component". Polymerization of a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group can be performed by irradiating ionized radiation or heating in the presence of a photo radical polymerization initiator or a thermal radical polymerization initiator. As the light and thermal polymerization initiator, a commercially available compound can be used, which is described in "Latest UV Hardening Technology" (p.159, Issuer: Takahiro Hiro, Issuer: Technology Information Association (Shares ), Issued in 1991) or Ciba · Specialty · Chemicals (shares) in the product catalog. As component c), specifically, an alkyl phenone-based photopolymerization initiator (Irgacure 651, Irgacure 184, DAROCURE 1173, and Yan Jia Gu ( Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127, Darocure MBF, Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 379EG), fluorenyl phosphine oxide system Photopolymerization initiator (Irgacure 819, LUCIRIN TPO), other polymerization initiators (Irgacure 784, Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure) OXE02, Irgacure 754) and so on.

於將硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,c)成分的添加量為0.1質量%~10質量%的範圍,較佳為1質量%~5質量%,更佳為2質量%~4質量%。當於將硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下c)成分的添加量為0.1質量%以上時,聚合充分進行,可提高硬塗層的鉛筆硬度。另一方面,當於將硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下c)成分的添加量為10質量%以下時,UV光到達膜內部,可提高硬塗層的鉛筆硬度。該些c)自由基起始劑可單獨使用,亦可組合使用多種。When the total solid content of the hard coat layer or the composition for forming a hard coat layer is 100% by mass, the amount of the component c) is in the range of 0.1% to 10% by mass, preferably 1% by mass to 5 mass%, more preferably 2 mass% to 4 mass%. When the total solid content of the hard coat layer or the composition for forming a hard coat layer is 100% by mass c) When the amount of the component is 0.1% by mass or more, the polymerization proceeds sufficiently and the hard coat pencil can be improved hardness. On the other hand, when the total solid content of the hard coat layer or the composition for forming a hard coat layer is 100% by mass, c) When the amount of the component is 10% by mass or less, UV light reaches the inside of the film, and may Increase the hardness of hard-coated pencils. These c) radical initiators may be used alone or in combination.

-d)陽離子聚合起始劑- 於將硬塗層的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,本揭示的硬塗層包含0.1質量%~10質量%的d)陽離子聚合起始劑。 對硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物中所含有的d)陽離子聚合起始劑進行說明。以下,亦將d)陽離子聚合起始劑稱為「d)成分」。 作為d)成分,可列舉光陽離子聚合的光起始劑、色素類的光消色劑、光變色劑、或微型抗蝕劑(micro resist)等中所使用的公知的酸產生劑等公知的化合物及該些的混合物等。 例如,可列舉鎓化合物、有機鹵素化合物、二碸化合物。有機鹵素化合物、二碸化合物的具體例可列舉與所述產生自由基的化合物的記載相同的化合物。-d) Cationic polymerization initiator-When the total solid content of the hard coat layer is 100% by mass, the hard coat layer of the present disclosure includes d) a cationic polymerization initiator. The d) cationic polymerization initiator contained in the hard coat layer or the composition for forming a hard coat layer will be described. Hereinafter, d) the cationic polymerization initiator is also referred to as "d) component". Examples of the component d) include photo-cationic photoinitiators, pigment-based photodecolorants, photochromic agents, and well-known acid generators used in microresists. Compounds and mixtures thereof. For example, an onium compound, an organic halogen compound, and a difluorene compound are mentioned. Specific examples of the organic halogen compound and the difluorene compound include the same compounds as described above for the compound that generates a radical.

作為鎓化合物,可列舉重氮鹽、銨鹽、亞胺鹽、鏻鹽、錪鹽、鋶鹽、鉮鹽、硒鹽等,例如可列舉日本專利特開2002-29162號公報的段落號[0058]~段落號[0059]中所記載的化合物等。Examples of the onium compounds include diazonium salts, ammonium salts, imine salts, sulfonium salts, sulfonium salts, sulfonium salts, sulfonium salts, selenium salts, and the like, and for example, paragraph number [0058 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-29162] can be cited. ] To the compounds described in paragraph number [0059].

於本揭示中,作為可特別適宜地使用的陽離子聚合起始劑,可列舉鎓鹽,就光聚合起始的光感度、化合物的原材料穩定性等方面而言,較佳為重氮鹽、錪鹽、鋶鹽及亞胺鹽,其中,就耐光性的觀點而言,最佳為錪鹽。In the present disclosure, as the cationic polymerization initiator that can be particularly suitably used, an onium salt is mentioned. In terms of the photosensitivity of photopolymerization initiation and the stability of the raw materials of the compound, diazonium salts and sulfonium salts are preferred. Among sulfonium salts and sulfonium salts, sulfonium salts are most preferred from the viewpoint of light resistance.

於本揭示中,作為可適宜地使用的鎓鹽的具體例,例如可列舉日本專利特開平9-268205號公報的段落號[0035]中所記載的經醯基化的鋶鹽、日本專利特開2000-71366號公報的段落號[0010]~段落號[0011]中所記載的二芳基錪鹽或三芳基鋶鹽、日本專利特開2001-288205號公報的段落號[0017]中所記載的硫代苯甲酸S-苯基酯的鋶鹽、日本專利特開2001-133696號公報的段落號[0030]~段落號[0033]中所記載的鎓鹽等。Specific examples of the onium salt that can be suitably used in the present disclosure include, for example, the sulfonated sulfonium salts described in paragraph No. [0035] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-268205 and Japanese Patent Specialties. A diarylsulfonium salt or a triarylsulfonium salt described in paragraph numbers [0010] to paragraph number [0011] of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2000-71366, and a paragraph number [0017] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-288205 The sulfonium salts of the thiobenzoic acid S-phenyl esters described, the onium salts described in paragraphs [0030] to [0033] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-133696, and the like.

作為其他的例子,可列舉日本專利特開2002-29162號公報的段落號[0059]~段落號[0062]中所記載的有機金屬/有機鹵化物、具有鄰硝基苄基型保護基的光酸產生劑、進行光分解而產生磺酸的化合物(亞胺基磺酸鹽等)等化合物。As another example, the organic metal / organic halide described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-29162, paragraph numbers [0059] to paragraph number [0062], and light having an o-nitrobenzyl type protecting group can be mentioned. Compounds such as acid generators and compounds (such as iminosulfonates) that generate sulfonic acids by photodecomposition.

作為錪鹽系的陽離子聚合起始劑的具體的化合物,可使用B2380(東京化成製造)、BBI-102(綠化學製造)、WPI-113(和光純藥工業製造)、WPI-124(和光純藥工業製造)、WPI-169(和光純藥工業製造)、WPI-170(和光純藥工業製造)、DTBPI-PFBS(東洋合成化學製造)。As a specific compound of a sulfonium-based cationic polymerization initiator, B2380 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry), BBI-102 (manufactured by Green Chemical), WPI-113 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries), WPI-124 (wakako Pure Chemical Pharmaceutical Industry Manufacturing), WPI-169 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries Manufacturing), WPI-170 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries Manufacturing), DTBPI-PFBS (Toyo Synthetic Chemical Manufacturing).

進而,作為錪鹽系的陽離子聚合起始劑的較佳例,可列舉下述化合物FK-1及化合物FK-2。Furthermore, as a preferable example of a sulfonium-type cationic polymerization initiator, the following compounds FK-1 and FK-2 are mentioned.

光陽離子聚合起始劑(錪鹽化合物)FK-1 [化5]

Figure TW201800263AD00005
Photocationic polymerization initiator (phosphonium salt compound) FK-1 [Chem. 5]
Figure TW201800263AD00005

光陽離子聚合起始劑(錪鹽化合物)FK-2 [化6]

Figure TW201800263AD00006
Photocationic polymerization initiator (phosphonium salt compound) FK-2 [Chem. 6]
Figure TW201800263AD00006

作為d)成分,可僅使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。 於將硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,於0.1質量%~10質量%的範圍內添加d)成分,較佳為能夠以0.5質量%~3.0質量%的比例添加。添加量於所述範圍中就硬化性組成物的穩定性、聚合反應性等而言較佳。As component d), only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be used in combination. When the total solid content of the hard coat layer or the composition for forming a hard coat layer is 100% by mass, the component d) is added in the range of 0.1% to 10% by mass, preferably 0.5% by mass. It is added in a proportion of -3.0% by mass. The addition amount in the above range is preferable in terms of stability, polymerization reactivity, and the like of the curable composition.

-硬塗層的其他成分- 硬塗層中,除作為較佳的成分的a)成分~d)成分以外,亦可更包含其他成分。-Other components of the hard coat layer- The hard coat layer may contain other components in addition to components a) to d), which are preferable components.

-e)與環氧基或包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基具有反應性的無機粒子- 於硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物中,較佳為添加e)與環氧基或包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基具有反應性的無機粒子。以下,亦將e)與環氧基或包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基具有反應性的無機粒子稱為「e)成分」。 藉由添加無機粒子,可減少硬塗層(硬化層)的硬化收縮量,因此可改善平滑性。進而,藉由使用與環氧基或包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基具有反應性的無機粒子,可使鉛筆硬度提高。 作為無機粒子,例如可列舉二氧化矽粒子、二氧化鈦粒子、氧化鋯粒子、氧化鋁粒子等。其中,e)與環氧基或包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基具有反應性的無機粒子較佳為二氧化矽粒子。-e) Inorganic particles that are reactive with epoxy groups or groups containing ethylenically unsaturated double bonds-It is preferred to add e) and epoxy groups or to Reactive inorganic particles having a group of ethylenically unsaturated double bonds. Hereinafter, e) inorganic particles having reactivity with an epoxy group or a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond are also referred to as "e) component". By adding inorganic particles, the amount of hardening shrinkage of the hard coat layer (hardened layer) can be reduced, so smoothness can be improved. Furthermore, pencil hardness can be improved by using inorganic particles having reactivity with an epoxy group or a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. Examples of the inorganic particles include silicon dioxide particles, titanium dioxide particles, zirconia particles, and alumina particles. Among them, the inorganic particles having reactivity with an epoxy group or a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond are preferably silica particles.

一般而言,無機粒子與多官能乙烯基單體等有機成分的親和性低,因此,若僅進行混合,則存在形成凝聚體、或硬化後的硬塗層容易龜裂的情況。因此,於e)成分中,為了增加無機粒子與有機成分的親和性,較佳為藉由包含有機鏈段(segment)的表面修飾劑對無機粒子表面進行處理。 表面修飾劑較佳為於同一分子內具有可與無機粒子形成鍵或可吸附於無機粒子的官能基、以及與有機成分具有親和性的官能基的表面修飾劑。作為具有可鍵結或吸附於無機粒子的官能基的表面修飾劑,較佳為矽烷、鋁、鈦、鋯等的金屬烷氧化物表面修飾劑,或者具有磷酸基、硫酸基、磺酸基、羧酸基等陰離子性基的表面修飾劑。進而,作為與有機成分具有親和性的官能基,可僅為僅使親疏水性與有機成分相適合的官能基,但較佳為可與有機成分進行化學鍵結的官能基,尤其較佳為包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基或開環聚合性基。 於本揭示中,較佳的無機粒子的表面修飾劑為金屬烷氧化物、或者於同一分子內具有陰離子性基與包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基或開環聚合性基的硬化性樹脂。藉由與有機成分進行化學鍵結,硬塗層的交聯密度上昇,可提高鉛筆硬度。In general, inorganic particles have low affinity with organic components such as polyfunctional vinyl monomers. Therefore, if they are mixed only, aggregates may be formed, or hardened hard coatings may be easily cracked. Therefore, in the component e), in order to increase the affinity between the inorganic particles and the organic component, it is preferable to treat the surface of the inorganic particles with a surface modifier containing an organic segment. The surface modifier is preferably a surface modifier having a functional group capable of forming a bond with the inorganic particle or adsorbable to the inorganic particle, and a functional group having an affinity for an organic component in the same molecule. As the surface modifier having a functional group capable of bonding or adsorbing to inorganic particles, a metal alkoxide surface modifier such as silane, aluminum, titanium, zirconium, or the like, or a phosphate group, a sulfuric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, Surface modifiers for anionic groups such as carboxylic acid groups. Furthermore, the functional group having an affinity with the organic component may be only a functional group that is compatible only with the hydrophobicity and the organic component, but is preferably a functional group capable of chemically bonding with the organic component, and particularly preferably contains ethylene. A group of unsaturated double bonds or a ring-opening polymerizable group. In the present disclosure, a preferable surface modifier of the inorganic particles is a metal alkoxide, or a curable resin having an anionic group and a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond or a ring-opening polymerizable group in the same molecule. By chemically bonding with an organic component, the crosslinking density of the hard coat layer increases, and pencil hardness can be increased.

作為該些表面修飾劑的代表例,可列舉以下的含不飽和雙鍵的偶合劑、含磷酸基的有機硬化性樹脂、含硫酸基的有機硬化性樹脂、含羧酸基的有機硬化性樹脂等。 S-1 H2 C=C(X)COOC3 H6 Si(OCH3 )3 S-2 H2 C=C(X)COOC2 H4 OTi(OC2 H5 )3 S-3 H2 C=C(X)COOC2 H4 OCOC5 H10 OPO(OH)2 S-4 (H2 C=C(X)COOC2 H4 OCOC5 H10 O)2 POOH S-5 H2 C=C(X)COOC2 H4 OSO3 H S-6 H2 C=C(X)COO(C5 H10 COO)2 H S-7 H2 C=C(X)COOC5 H10 COOH S-8 CH2 CH(O)CH2 OC3 H6 Si(OCH3 )3 (X表示氫原子或CH3Representative examples of these surface modifiers include the following unsaturated double bond-containing coupling agents, organic curable resins containing a phosphoric acid group, organic curable resins containing a sulfuric acid group, and organic curable resins containing a carboxylic acid group. Wait. S-1 H 2 C = C (X) COOC 3 H 6 Si (OCH 3 ) 3 S-2 H 2 C = C (X) COOC 2 H 4 OTi (OC 2 H 5 ) 3 S-3 H 2 C = C (X) COOC 2 H 4 OCOC 5 H 10 OPO (OH) 2 S-4 (H 2 C = C (X) COOC 2 H 4 OCOC 5 H 10 O) 2 POOH S-5 H 2 C = C (X) COOC 2 H 4 OSO 3 H S-6 H 2 C = C (X) COO (C 5 H 10 COO) 2 H S-7 H 2 C = C (X) COOC 5 H 10 COOH S-8 CH 2 CH (O) CH 2 OC 3 H 6 Si (OCH 3 ) 3 (X represents a hydrogen atom or CH 3 )

該些無機粒子的表面修飾較佳為於溶液中達成。可為以下方法:當對無機粒子進行機械微細分散時,使表面修飾劑一同存在;或者於將無機粒子微細分散後添加表面修飾劑進行攪拌;或者進而於對無機粒子進行微細分散之前進行表面修飾(視需要於加溫、乾燥後進行加熱,或進行pH變更),其後進行微細分散。作為溶解表面修飾劑的溶液,較佳為極性大的有機溶劑。具體而言,可列舉醇、酮、酯等公知的溶劑。The surface modification of these inorganic particles is preferably achieved in a solution. The method may be as follows: when the inorganic particles are mechanically finely dispersed, a surface modifier is present together; or after the inorganic particles are finely dispersed, a surface modifier is added and stirred; or further, the inorganic particles are surface-modified before being finely dispersed. (If necessary, after heating, drying, or heating, or changing the pH), fine dispersion is performed thereafter. As the solution for dissolving the surface modifier, an organic solvent having a large polarity is preferred. Specific examples include known solvents such as alcohols, ketones, and esters.

考慮到塗膜的硬度與脆性的平衡,於將硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,e)成分的添加量較佳為5質量%~40質量%,更佳為10質量%~30質量%。 無機粒子的尺寸(平均1次粒徑)較佳為10 nm~100 nm,更佳為10 nm~60 nm。粒子的平均粒徑可根據電子顯微鏡照片來求出。無機粒子的粒徑若為下限值以上,則可獲得硬度的改良效果,若為上限值以下,則可抑制霧度上昇。 無機粒子的形狀為球形、非球形皆可,但就賦予硬度的觀點而言,較佳為2個~10個無機粒子連結而成的非球形。推定藉由使用數個無機粒子呈鏈狀連結而成的無機粒子來形成牢固的粒子網絡結構,從而硬度提高。 作為無機粒子的具體的例子,可列舉:宜麗客(ELECOM)V-8802(日揮(股份)製造的平均一次粒徑為12 nm的球形二氧化矽粒子)、宜麗客(ELECOM)V-8803(日揮(股份)製造的異形二氧化矽粒子)、MiBK-SD(日產化學工業(股份)製造的平均一次粒徑為10 nm~20 nm的球形二氧化矽粒子)、MEK-AC-2140Z(日產化學工業(股份)製造的平均一次粒徑為10 nm~20 nm的球形二氧化矽粒子)、MEK-AC-4130(日產化學工業(股份)製造的平均一次粒徑為40 nm~50 nm的球形二氧化矽粒子)、MiBK-SD-L(日產化學工業(股份)製造的平均一次粒徑為40 nm~50 nm的球形二氧化矽粒子)、MEK-AC-5140Z(日產化學工業(股份)製造的平均一次粒徑為70 nm~100 nm的球形二氧化矽粒子)等。其中,就賦予表面硬度的觀點而言,較佳為異形的宜麗客(ELECOM)V-8803。Considering the balance between the hardness and brittleness of the coating film, when the total solid content of the hard coat layer or the composition for forming a hard coat layer is 100% by mass, the amount of the component e) is preferably 5% by mass to 40 mass%, more preferably 10 mass% to 30 mass%. The size (average primary particle diameter) of the inorganic particles is preferably 10 nm to 100 nm, and more preferably 10 nm to 60 nm. The average particle diameter of the particles can be determined from an electron microscope photograph. When the particle diameter of the inorganic particles is greater than or equal to the lower limit, the effect of improving the hardness can be obtained, and if it is equal to or less than the upper limit, the increase in haze can be suppressed. The shape of the inorganic particles may be spherical or non-spherical, but from the viewpoint of imparting hardness, a non-spherical shape in which two to ten inorganic particles are connected is preferable. It is estimated that hardness is improved by forming a strong particle network structure by using inorganic particles in which several inorganic particles are connected in a chain shape. Specific examples of the inorganic particles include: ELECOM V-8802 (spherical silicon dioxide particles with an average primary particle diameter of 12 nm manufactured by Niwa Corporation), and ELECOM V- 8803 (Nano-shaped silicon dioxide particles manufactured by Niwa Co., Ltd.), MiBK-SD (Spherical silicon dioxide particles with an average primary particle size of 10 nm to 20 nm manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), MEK-AC-2140Z (Spherical silica particles with an average primary particle size of 10 nm to 20 nm manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), MEK-AC-4130 (average primary particle size of 40 nm to 50 manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) nm spherical silica particles), MiBK-SD-L (spherical silica particles with an average primary particle size of 40 nm to 50 nm manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), MEK-AC-5140Z (Nissan Chemical Industry (Stock) manufactured spherical silica particles with an average primary particle diameter of 70 nm to 100 nm). Among these, from the viewpoint of imparting surface hardness, ELECOM V-8803 is preferred.

-f)聚酯胺基甲酸酯- 於本揭示中的硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物中,就提高脆性的觀點而言,較佳為含有f)聚酯胺基甲酸酯。以下,亦將f)聚酯胺基甲酸酯稱為「f)成分」。 聚酯胺基甲酸酯是指於一分子中包含酯鍵以及胺基甲酸酯鍵(-O-CO-NH-)的聚合物。 f)聚酯胺基甲酸酯較佳為拉伸強度為25 MPa以上、且拉伸伸長率為200%以上的聚酯胺基甲酸酯。認為拉伸強度為25 MPa以上、且拉伸伸長率為200%以上的聚酯胺基甲酸酯可有助於硬塗層的高硬度化及賦予適度的柔軟性。推測此會有助於硬塗層的高硬度化與脆性提高。 另外,相對於硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物的固體成分總量100質量份而言的聚酯胺基甲酸酯含量若為1質量份以上,則可充分獲得藉由添加聚酯胺基甲酸酯的所述效果,若為10質量份以下,則可維持硬化層的硬度。因此,將相對於硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物的固體成分總量100質量份而言的聚酯胺基甲酸酯含量設為1質量份~10質量份的範圍。就脆性提高及抑制透明性降低的觀點而言,更佳為2質量份以上,就維持硬塗層的硬度的觀點而言,更佳為8質量份以下。-f) polyester urethane-In the hard coat layer or the composition for forming a hard coat layer in the present disclosure, from the viewpoint of improving brittleness, it is preferable to contain f) polyester urethane . Hereinafter, f) polyester urethane is also referred to as "f) component". The polyester urethane refers to a polymer containing an ester bond and a urethane bond (-O-CO-NH-) in one molecule. f) The polyester urethane is preferably a polyester urethane having a tensile strength of 25 MPa or more and a tensile elongation of 200% or more. A polyester urethane having a tensile strength of 25 MPa or more and a tensile elongation of 200% or more is thought to contribute to the increase in hardness of the hard coat layer and impart appropriate softness. This is expected to contribute to the increase in hardness and brittleness of the hard coating layer. In addition, if the polyester urethane content is 100 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the hard coat layer or the composition for forming the hard coat layer, it is possible to sufficiently obtain polyester by adding polyester When the said effect of a urethane is 10 mass parts or less, the hardness of a hardened layer can be maintained. Therefore, the polyester urethane content is set to the range of 1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the hard coat layer or the composition for forming the hard coat layer. From the viewpoint of improving the brittleness and suppressing the decrease of transparency, it is more preferably 2 parts by mass or more, and from the viewpoint of maintaining the hardness of the hard coat layer, it is more preferably 8 parts by mass or less.

作為聚酯胺基甲酸酯而使用顯示出所述拉伸強度及拉伸伸長率的聚酯胺基甲酸酯的情況藉由對硬塗層賦予適度的柔軟性而有助於達成高硬度化與脆性提高兩者。拉伸強度更佳為40 MPa以上,進而更佳為50 MPa以上。另外,就硬塗層形成用組成物中的相容穩定性的觀點而言,拉伸強度較佳為70 MPa以下。另一方面,拉伸伸長率較佳為450%以上,更佳為600%以上。另外,就確保作為膜硬度的指標之一的鉛筆硬度的觀點而言,拉伸伸長率較佳為1000%以下。關於鉛筆硬度的測定方法,將針對實施例於後敘述。聚酯胺基甲酸酯的拉伸強度及拉伸伸長率設為依據JIS K 6251、使用拉伸強度試驗機測定而得的值。When a polyester urethane exhibiting the above-mentioned tensile strength and tensile elongation is used as the polyester urethane, it contributes to achieving high hardness by imparting moderate softness to the hard coat layer. Both increase and decrease brittleness. The tensile strength is more preferably 40 MPa or more, and even more preferably 50 MPa or more. From the viewpoint of compatibility and stability in the composition for forming a hard coat layer, the tensile strength is preferably 70 MPa or less. On the other hand, the tensile elongation is preferably 450% or more, and more preferably 600% or more. From the viewpoint of ensuring pencil hardness, which is one of the indicators of film hardness, the tensile elongation is preferably 1,000% or less. A method for measuring pencil hardness will be described later with reference to Examples. The tensile strength and tensile elongation of the polyester urethane were measured according to JIS K 6251 using a tensile strength tester.

聚酯胺基甲酸酯可藉由至少包括二醇、二羧酸及二異氰酸酯的單體成分的聚合而獲得。作為已敘述的3種的單體,較佳為於具有不分支的結構的烴基的兩末端分別具有羥基(-OH)、羧基(-COOH)及異氰酸酯基(-NCO)的聚酯胺基甲酸酯。 具有不分支的結構的烴基較佳為伸烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基、伸芳基或該些的組合。 伸烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基較佳為直鏈結構。 所述烴基為伸烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基時的碳原子數較佳為1~8,更佳為2~6,進而更佳為2~4。 伸芳基可具有碳原子數1~8的烷基作為取代基。 作為伸芳基,較佳為伸苯基或伸萘基,更佳為伸苯基,進而更佳為對伸苯基。 作為所述烴基,尤其較佳為所述伸烷基、所述伸芳基或該些的組合。The polyester urethane can be obtained by polymerization of a monomer component including at least a diol, a dicarboxylic acid, and a diisocyanate. As the three types of monomers described above, a polyester amino group having a hydroxyl group (-OH), a carboxyl group (-COOH), and an isocyanate group (-NCO) at both ends of a hydrocarbon group having an unbranched structure is preferred. Acid ester. The hydrocarbon group having an unbranched structure is preferably an alkylene group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an arylene group, or a combination thereof. The alkylene, alkenyl and alkynyl groups preferably have a linear structure. When the hydrocarbon group is an alkylene group, an alkylene group, or an alkylene group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 2 to 6, and even more preferably 2 to 4. The arylene group may have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent. The arylene group is preferably a phenylene group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenylene group, and even more preferably a p-phenylene group. The hydrocarbon group is particularly preferably the alkylene group, the alkylene group, or a combination thereof.

作為用作聚酯胺基甲酸酯的單體的二醇,較佳為乙二醇、1,3-丙二醇、1,4-丁二醇、新戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、1,4-環己烷二甲醇及1,5-戊二醇。 作為二羧酸,較佳為對苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、萘二羧酸、1,4-環己烷二羧酸、丁二酸、戊二酸、己二酸、乙二酸及丙二酸。 作為二異氰酸酯,較佳為伸乙基二異氰酸酯、三亞甲基二異氰酸酯、四亞甲基二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、間二甲苯二異氰酸酯、對伸苯基二異氰酸酯、甲苯二異氰酸酯p,p'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯及1,5-萘二異氰酸酯。The diol used as a monomer of the polyester urethane is preferably ethylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, or 1,6-hexanediol. , 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol and 1,5-pentanediol. As the dicarboxylic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, oxalic acid, and Malonate. The diisocyanate is preferably ethylene diisocyanate, trimethylene diisocyanate, tetramethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, m-xylene diisocyanate, p-phenylene diisocyanate, and toluene diisocyanate p. , p'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate and 1,5-naphthalene diisocyanate.

就與無機粒子的親和性的觀點而言,聚酯胺基甲酸酯的數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為5000以上,較佳為10000以上,就與硬化性化合物的相容性的觀點而言,較佳為50000以下。From the viewpoint of affinity with inorganic particles, the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polyester urethane is preferably 5,000 or more, and more preferably 10,000 or more. From the viewpoint of compatibility with the hardening compound, In other words, it is preferably 50,000 or less.

另外,於一態樣中,聚酯胺基甲酸酯可具有反應性基。作為反應性基,較佳為聚合性不飽和基。關於具體例,如之前關於無機粒子可具有的官能基所作之記載所述。In addition, in one aspect, the polyester urethane may have a reactive group. The reactive group is preferably a polymerizable unsaturated group. Specific examples are as described in the previous description of the functional groups that the inorganic particles may have.

作為以上所說明的聚酯胺基甲酸酯,可使用藉由公知的方法合成的聚酯胺基甲酸酯,亦可使用市售品。作為市售品,可列舉維龍(Vylon)(註冊商標)系列(商品名):東洋紡(股份)製造等,可較佳地使用維龍(Vylon)UR-2300、維龍(Vylon)UR-3200、維龍(Vylon)UR-3210、維龍(Vylon)UR-3260、維龍(Vylon)UR-5537、300維龍(Vylon)UR-8300、維龍(Vylon)UR-8700等。As the polyester urethane described above, a polyester urethane synthesized by a known method may be used, or a commercially available product may be used. Examples of commercially available products include Vylon (registered trademark) series (trade name): manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., and Vylon UR-2300, Vylon UR- 3200, Vylon UR-3210, Vylon UR-3260, Vylon UR-5537, 300 Vylon UR-8300, Vylon UR-8700, etc.

-g)防污劑- 於本揭示中的硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物中含有g)防污劑的情況使指紋及污漬的附著減少,且使所附著的污漬的擦除變得簡單而較佳。另外,就藉由使表面的光滑性提高而使耐擦傷性提高的觀點而言亦較佳。以下,亦將g)防污劑稱為「g)成分」。 本揭示的硬塗層較佳為:g)防污劑含有含氟化合物,所含有的含氟化合物具有全氟聚醚基及聚合性不飽和基,且於一分子中具有多個聚合性不飽和基。 對本揭示中可使用的g)防污劑進行說明。-g) Antifouling agent-When the g) antifouling agent is contained in the hard coat layer or the composition for forming a hard coat layer in the present disclosure, the adhesion of fingerprints and stains is reduced, and the erasure of attached stains is changed. To be simple and better. It is also preferable from the viewpoint of improving the abrasion resistance by improving the smoothness of the surface. Hereinafter, g) antifouling agent is also called "g) component. The hard coating of the present disclosure is preferably: g) the antifouling agent contains a fluorine-containing compound, and the contained fluorine-containing compound has a perfluoropolyether group and a polymerizable unsaturated group, and has a plurality of polymerizable compounds in one molecule. Saturated group. The g) antifouling agent that can be used in the present disclosure will be described.

[具有聚合性不飽和基的含氟化合物] 對g)防污劑含有含氟化合物,所含有的含氟化合物為具有全氟聚醚基及聚合性不飽和基且於一分子中具有多個聚合性不飽和基的化合物(以下,亦稱為「含氟防污劑」)的情況進行說明。 含氟防污劑較佳為包含由下述式(F)所表示的結構的氟系化合物。 式(F):(Rf)-[(W)-(RA )n ]m 式中,Rf表示(全)氟烷基或(全)氟聚醚基,W表示連結基,RA 表示聚合性不飽和基。n表示1~3的整數。m表示1~3的整數。[Fluorine-containing compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group] For g) the antifouling agent contains a fluorine-containing compound, and the contained fluorine-containing compound has a perfluoropolyether group and a polymerizable unsaturated group and has a plurality of molecules in one molecule. A case of a polymerizable unsaturated compound (hereinafter, also referred to as a "fluorine-containing antifouling agent") will be described. The fluorine-containing antifouling agent is preferably a fluorine-based compound containing a structure represented by the following formula (F). Formula (F): (Rf)-[(W)-(R A ) n ] m In the formula, Rf represents a (per) fluoroalkyl or (per) fluoropolyether group, W represents a linking group, and R A represents polymerization Sexual unsaturation. n represents an integer of 1 to 3. m represents an integer of 1 to 3.

認為含氟防污劑藉由具有聚合性不飽和基而具有以下(1)~(3)的效果。 (1)於有機溶劑中的溶解性、與具有不飽和雙鍵的化合物等的相容性提高,因此認為防污劑不會形成凝聚體而可均勻地局部存在於表面。另外,可防止產生由凝聚體造成的缺陷。 (2)即便含氟防污劑局部存在於表面,含氟防污劑彼此、或與具有不飽和雙鍵的化合物亦可藉由光聚合反應而形成共價鍵,因此可防止由磨耗造成的防污劑的剝落以及防污性的劣化。 (3)可防止由防污劑滲出而析出所造成的防污性的損失及外觀的劣化。The fluorine-containing antifouling agent is considered to have the following effects (1) to (3) by having a polymerizable unsaturated group. (1) Since solubility in an organic solvent and compatibility with a compound having an unsaturated double bond and the like are improved, it is considered that the antifouling agent does not form aggregates and can be uniformly locally present on the surface. In addition, defects caused by aggregates can be prevented. (2) Even if the fluorine-containing antifouling agent exists locally on the surface, the fluorine-containing antifouling agents can form covalent bonds with each other or with compounds having unsaturated double bonds through photopolymerization, so it can prevent abrasion. Peeling of antifouling agents and deterioration of antifouling properties. (3) It is possible to prevent loss of antifouling property and deterioration of appearance due to precipitation of antifouling agent.

式(F)中,RA 表示聚合性不飽和基。聚合性不飽和基若為可藉由照射紫外線或電子束等活性能量線而引起自由基聚合反應的基,則並無特別限定,可列舉(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基、乙烯基、烯丙基等,可較佳地使用(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基以及該些基中的任意的氫原子被取代為氟原子的基。 作為聚合性不飽和基的具體例,較佳為具有以下所示的結構的基。In formula (F), R A represents a polymerizable unsaturated group. The polymerizable unsaturated group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group capable of inducing a radical polymerization reaction by irradiating an active energy ray such as ultraviolet rays or electron beams, and examples thereof include (meth) acrylfluorenyl groups and (meth) acrylfluorene As the alkoxy group, vinyl group, allyl group, etc., a (meth) acrylfluorenyl group, a (meth) acrylfluorenyloxy group, and any of these groups in which any hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom can be preferably used. base. As a specific example of a polymerizable unsaturated group, the group which has a structure shown below is preferable.

[化7]

Figure TW201800263AD00007
[Chemical 7]
Figure TW201800263AD00007

式(F)中,Rf表示(全)氟烷基或(全)氟聚醚基。 此處,(全)氟烷基表示氟烷基及全氟烷基中的至少一種,(全)氟聚醚基表示氟聚醚基及全氟聚醚基中的至少一種。就防污性的觀點而言,較佳為Rf中的含氟率高。In the formula (F), Rf represents a (per) fluoroalkyl group or a (per) fluoropolyether group. Here, the (per) fluoroalkyl group means at least one of a fluoroalkyl group and a perfluoroalkyl group, and the (per) fluoropolyether group means at least one of a fluoropolyether group and a perfluoropolyether group. From the viewpoint of antifouling properties, it is preferred that the fluorine content in Rf is high.

(全)氟烷基較佳為碳數1~20的基,更佳為碳數1~10的基。 (全)氟烷基可為直鏈(例如-CF2 CF3 、-CH2 (CF2 )4 H、-CH2 (CF2 )8 CF3 、-CH2 CH2 (CF2 )4 H等),亦可為分支結構(例如CH(CF3 )2 、CH2 CF(CF3 )2 、CH(CH3 )CF2 CF3 、CH(CH3 )(CF2 )5 CF2 H等),亦可為脂環式結構(較佳為5員環或6員環,例如全氟環己基、全氟環戊基或經該些取代的烷基等)。The (per) fluoroalkyl group is preferably a group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The (per) fluoroalkyl group may be a straight chain (for example, -CF 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 (CF 2 ) 4 H, -CH 2 (CF 2 ) 8 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 (CF 2 ) 4 H Etc.), can also be branched structures (such as CH (CF 3 ) 2 , CH 2 CF (CF 3 ) 2 , CH (CH 3 ) CF 2 CF 3 , CH (CH 3 ) (CF 2 ) 5 CF 2 H, etc. ), Can also be alicyclic structure (preferably 5-membered ring or 6-membered ring, such as perfluorocyclohexyl, perfluorocyclopentyl or these substituted alkyl groups, etc.).

(全)氟聚醚基是指(全)氟烷基具有醚鍵的情況,可為一價的基,亦可為二價以上的基。作為氟聚醚基,例如可列舉:-CH2 OCH2 CF2 CF3 、-CH2 CH2 OCH2 C4 F8 H、-CH2 CH2 OCH2 CH2 C8 F17 、-CH2 CH2 OCF2 CF2 OCF2 CF2 H、具有4個以上氟原子的碳數4~20的氟環烷基等。另外,作為全氟聚醚基,例如可列舉:-(CF2 O)p -(CF2 CF2 O)q -、-[CF(CF3 )CF2 O]p ―[CF2 (CF3 )]-、-(CF2 CF2 CF2 O)p -、-(CF2 CF2 O)p -等。 p及q的總計較佳為1~83,更佳為1~43,最佳為5~23。 就防污性優異的觀點而言,含氟防污劑特佳為具有由-(CF2 O)p -(CF2 CF2 O)q -所表示的全氟聚醚基。 所述p及q分別獨立地表示0~20的整數。其中,p+q為1以上的整數。The (per) fluoropolyether group refers to a case where the (per) fluoroalkyl group has an ether bond, and may be a monovalent group or a divalent or higher group. Examples of the fluoropolyether group include -CH 2 OCH 2 CF 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 C 4 F 8 H, -CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 C 8 F 17 , -CH 2 CH 2 OCF 2 CF 2 OCF 2 CF 2 H, a fluorocycloalkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms having 4 or more fluorine atoms, and the like. Examples of the perfluoropolyether group include-(CF 2 O) p- (CF 2 CF 2 O) q -,-[CF (CF 3 ) CF 2 O] p- [CF 2 (CF 3 )]-,-(CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) p -,-(CF 2 CF 2 O) p -and so on. The total of p and q is preferably 1 to 83, more preferably 1 to 43, and most preferably 5 to 23. From the viewpoint of excellent antifouling properties, the fluorinated antifouling agent is particularly preferably one having a perfluoropolyether group represented by-(CF 2 O) p- (CF 2 CF 2 O) q- . The p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 20. Here, p + q is an integer of 1 or more.

就可更顯著地獲得所述(1)~(3)所示的效果的觀點而言,含氟防污劑較佳為具有全氟聚醚基且於一分子中具有多個聚合性不飽和基。From the viewpoint that the effects shown in (1) to (3) can be more significantly obtained, the fluorine-containing antifouling agent preferably has a perfluoropolyether group and a plurality of polymerizable unsaturated groups in one molecule. base.

式(F)中,W表示連結基。作為W,例如可列舉伸烷基、伸芳基、伸雜烷基或該些組合而成的連結基。該些連結基進而可具有氧基、羰基、羰基氧基、羰基亞胺基、磺醯胺基等或該些組合而成的官能基。 作為W,較佳為伸乙基,更佳為與羰基亞胺基鍵結的伸乙基。In formula (F), W represents a linking group. Examples of W include an alkylene group, an alkylene group, a heteroalkylene group, or a combination thereof. These linking groups may further have a functional group such as an oxy group, a carbonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a carbonylimino group, a sulfonamido group, or the like, or a combination thereof. As W, an ethylene group is preferred, and an ethylene group bonded to a carbonylimino group is more preferred.

就可更顯著地獲得所述(1)~(3)所示的效果的觀點而言,式(F)中,n與m的積(n×m)較佳為2以上,更佳為4以上。From the viewpoint that the effects shown in the above (1) to (3) can be more significantly obtained, in the formula (F), the product of n and m (n × m) is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 4 the above.

式(F)中,關於n與m均為1的情況,可列舉下述式(F-1)~式(F-3)作為以下較佳態樣的具體例。In the formula (F), when n and m are both 1, the following formulas (F-1) to (F-3) can be cited as specific examples of the following preferable aspects.

式(F-1): Rf2 (CF2 CF2 )p R'2 CH2 CH2 R2 OCOCR1 =CH2 Formula (F-1): Rf 2 (CF 2 CF 2 ) p R ' 2 CH 2 CH 2 R 2 OCOCR 1 = CH 2

式(F-1)中,Rf2 表示氟原子或碳數1~10的氟烷基的任一者,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,R2 表示單鍵或伸烷基,R'2 表示單鍵或二價的連結基,p為表示聚合度的整數,聚合度p為k(k為3以上的整數)以上。In the formula (F-1), Rf 2 represents any of a fluorine atom or a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents a single bond or an alkylene group, and R ' 2 Represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, p is an integer representing a degree of polymerization, and the degree of polymerization p is k (k is an integer of 3 or more) or more.

於R'2 表示二價的連結基的情況下,作為二價的連結基,可列舉與W相同的連結基。When R ′ 2 represents a divalent linking group, examples of the divalent linking group include the same linking groups as W.

作為式(F-1)中的包含氟原子的調聚物型丙烯酸酯,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸的部分氟化或完全氟化烷基酯衍生物類等。Examples of the telomer-type acrylate containing a fluorine atom in the formula (F-1) include a partially fluorinated or fully fluorinated alkyl ester derivative of (meth) acrylic acid.

以下示出由式(F-1)所表示的化合物的具體例,但並不限定於該些化合物。Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (F-1) are shown below, but are not limited to these compounds.

[化8]

Figure TW201800263AD00008
[Chemical 8]
Figure TW201800263AD00008

由所述式(F-1)所表示的化合物若於合成時使用短鏈聚合,則有時包含根據短鏈聚合的條件及反應混合物的分離條件等而式(F-1)的基Rf2 (CF2 CF2 )p R'2 CH2 CH2 R2 O-的p分別為k、k+1、k+2、…等的多個含氟(甲基)丙烯酸酯。When the compound represented by the formula (F-1) is synthesized using short-chain polymerization, the compound Rf 2 of the formula (F-1) may be included depending on the conditions of the short-chain polymerization and the separation conditions of the reaction mixture. (CF 2 CF 2 ) p R ′ 2 CH 2 CH 2 R 2 O— p is a plurality of fluorine-containing (meth) acrylates each having k, k + 1, k + 2, etc.

式(F-2): F(CF2 )q -CH2 -CHX-CH2 Y 式(F-2)中,q為1~20的整數,X及Y分別獨立地為(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基或羥基的任一者,且至少一者為(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基。Formula (F-2): F (CF 2 ) q -CH 2 -CHX-CH 2 Y In formula (F-2), q is an integer of 1 to 20, and X and Y are each independently (meth) propylene. Either a fluorenyloxy group or a hydroxyl group, and at least one of which is a (meth) acrylic fluorenyloxy group.

由式(F-2)所表示的含氟(甲基)丙烯酸酯含有在末端具有三氟甲基(CF3 -)的碳數1~20的氟烷基,所述含氟(甲基)丙烯酸酯即便為少量,亦使三氟甲基於表面有效地配向。The fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate represented by the formula (F-2) contains a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms having a trifluoromethyl group (CF 3- ) at the terminal, and the fluorine-containing (methyl) group Even with a small amount of acrylate, trifluoromethyl is effectively aligned on the surface.

就防污性及製造的容易性而言,q較佳為6~20,更佳為8~10。具有碳數8~10的氟烷基的含氟(甲基)丙烯酸酯與具有其他鏈長的氟烷基的含氟(甲基)丙烯酸酯相比而顯現出優異的撥水×撥油性,因此防污性優異。In terms of antifouling properties and ease of production, q is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 8 to 10. A fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate having a fluoroalkyl group having 8 to 10 carbon atoms exhibits superior water repellency × oil repellency compared to a fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate having a fluoroalkyl group having another chain length. Therefore, it is excellent in stain resistance.

作為由式(F-2)所表示的含氟(甲基)丙烯酸酯,具體而言可列舉:1-(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基-2-羥基-4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,11,11,12,12,13,13,13-二十一氟十三烷、2-(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基-1-羥基-4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,11,11,12,12,13,13,13-二十一氟十三烷及1,2-雙(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,11,11,12,12,13,13,13-二十一氟十三烷等。於本揭示中,較佳為1-丙烯醯基氧基-2-羥基-4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,11,11,12,12,13,13,13-二十一氟十三烷。Specific examples of the fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate represented by the formula (F-2) include 1- (meth) acrylfluorenyloxy-2-hydroxy-4,4,5,5, 6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,11,11,12,12,13,13,13-Docosafluorotridecane, 2- (meth) acrylic acid Oxyoxy-1-hydroxy-4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,11,11,12,12,13,13,13- Twenty-one tridecane and 1,2-bis (meth) propenyloxy 4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,9,9,10,10, 11,11,12,12,13,13,13-twelve-fluorotridecane and the like. In the present disclosure, 1-propenyloxy-2-hydroxy-4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,11, 11,12,12,13,13,13-Ticosfluorotridecane.

式(F-3): F(CF2 )r O(CF2 CF2 O)s CF2 CH2 OCOCR3 =CH2 式(F-3)中,R3 為氫原子或甲基,s為1~20的整數,r表示1~4的整數。Formula (F-3): F (CF 2 ) r O (CF 2 CF 2 O) s CF 2 CH 2 OCOCR 3 = CH 2 In formula (F-3), R 3 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and s is An integer of 1 to 20, and r represents an integer of 1 to 4.

由所述式(F-3)所表示的含氟原子的單官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯可藉由使由下述式(FG-3)所表示的含氟原子的醇化合物與(甲基)丙烯醯鹵反應而獲得。The fluorine atom-containing monofunctional (meth) acrylate represented by the formula (F-3) can be obtained by combining a fluorine atom-containing alcohol compound represented by the following formula (FG-3) with (methyl ) Acrylic halide reaction is obtained.

式(FG-3): F(CF2 )r O(CF2 CF2 O)s CF2 CH2 OH 式(FG-3)中,s為1~20的整數,r表示1~4的整數。Formula (FG-3): F (CF 2 ) r O (CF 2 CF 2 O) s CF 2 CH 2 OH In formula (FG-3), s is an integer from 1 to 20, and r is an integer from 1 to 4. .

作為由式(FG-3)所表示的含氟原子的醇化合物的具體例,例如可列舉:1H,1H-全氟-3,6-二氧雜庚烷-1-醇、1H,1H-全氟-3,6-二氧雜辛烷-1-醇、1H,1H-全氟-3,6-二氧雜癸烷-1-醇、1H,1H-全氟-3,6,9-三氧雜癸烷-1-醇、1H,1H-全氟-3,6,9-三氧雜十一烷-1-醇、1H,1H-全氟-3,6,9-三氧雜十三烷-1-醇、1H,1H-全氟-3,6,9,12-四氧雜十三烷-1-醇、1H,1H-全氟-3,6,9,12-四氧雜十四烷-1-醇、1H,1H-全氟-3,6,9,12-四氧雜十六烷-1-醇、1H,1H-全氟-3,6,9,12,15-五氧雜十六烷-1-醇、1H,1H-全氟-3,6,9,12,15-五氧雜十七烷-1-醇、1H,1H-全氟-3,6,9,12,15-五氧雜十九烷-1-醇、1H,1H-全氟-3,6,9,12,15,18-六氧雜二十烷-1-醇、1H,1H-全氟-3,6,9,12,15,18-六氧雜二十二烷-1-醇、1H,1H-全氟-3,6,9,12,15,18,21-七氧雜二十三烷-1-醇、1H,1H-全氟-3,6,9,12,15,18,21-七氧雜二十五烷-1-醇等。 該些化合物可自市場獲得,作為其具體例,例如可列舉:1H,1H-全氟-3,6-二氧雜庚烷-1-醇(商品名「C5GOL」,伊克斯弗(Exfluor)公司製造)、1H,1H-全氟-3,6,9-三氧雜癸烷-1-醇(商品名「C7GOL」,伊克斯弗(Exfluor)公司製造)、1H,1H-全氟-3,6-二氧雜癸烷-1-醇(商品名「C8GOL」,伊克斯弗(Exfluor)公司製造)、1H,1H-全氟-3,6,9-三氧雜十三烷-1-醇(商品名「C10GOL」,伊克斯弗(Exfluor)公司製造)、1H,1H-全氟-3,6,9,12-四氧雜十六烷-1-醇(商品名「C12GOL」,伊克斯弗(Exfluor)公司製造)等。 於本揭示中,較佳為使用1H,1H-全氟-3,6,9,12-四氧雜十三烷-1-醇。Specific examples of the fluorine atom-containing alcohol compound represented by the formula (FG-3) include 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6-dioxaheptane-1-ol, 1H, 1H- Perfluoro-3,6-dioxaoctane-1-ol, 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6-dioxadecane-1-ol, 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6,9 -Trioxadecane-1-ol, 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6,9-trioxaundecane-1-ol, 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6,9-trioxane Heptadecane-1-ol, 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6,9,12-tetraoxatridecane-1-ol, 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6,9,12- Tetraoxatetradecan-1-ol, 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6,9,12-tetraoxahexadecane-1-ol, 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6,9, 12,15-pentaoxahexadec-1-ol, 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6,9,12,15-pentaoxahexadecane-1-ol, 1H, 1H-perfluoro- 3,6,9,12,15-pentahexadecane-1-ol, 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6,9,12,15,18-hexaoxaecosane-1-ol , 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6,9,12,15,18-hexaoxadocosa-1-ol, 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6,9,12,15,18 , 21-heptaoxane-1-ol, 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6,9,12,15,18,21-heptaoxapentadecan-1-ol, etc. These compounds are available on the market. As specific examples, for example, 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6-dioxaheptane-1-ol (trade name "C5GOL", Exfluor (Exfluor ), 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6,9-trioxadecane-1-ol (trade name "C7GOL", manufactured by Exfluor), 1H, 1H-full Fluoro-3,6-dioxadecane-1-ol (trade name "C8GOL", manufactured by Exfluor), 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6,9-trioxade Trialk-1-ol (trade name "C10GOL", manufactured by Exfluor), 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6,9,12-tetraoxahexadec-1-ol ( Trade name "C12GOL", manufactured by Exfluor Corporation). In the present disclosure, 1H, 1H-perfluoro-3,6,9,12-tetraoxatridecane-1-ol is preferably used.

另外,作為與由式(FG-3)所表示的含氟原子的醇化合物反應的(甲基)丙烯醯鹵,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯醯氟、(甲基)丙烯醯氯、(甲基)丙烯醯溴、(甲基)丙烯醯碘。就容易獲得等觀點而言,較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯氯。Examples of the (meth) acrylic fluorene halide that reacts with a fluorine atom-containing alcohol compound represented by the formula (FG-3) include (meth) acrylic fluorene, (meth) acrylic fluorene, and ( (Meth) acrylic acid bromide, (meth) acrylic acid iodine. From the viewpoint of easy availability and the like, (meth) acrylic acid chloride is preferred.

以下示出由式(F-3)所表示的化合物的較佳具體例,但並不限定於該些具體例。再者,由式(F-3)所表示的較佳具體例於日本專利特開2007-264221號公報中亦有記載。Preferred specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (F-3) are shown below, but are not limited to these specific examples. Further, a preferred specific example represented by the formula (F-3) is also described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-264221.

(b-1):F9 C4 OC2 F4 OC2 F4 OCF2 CH2 OCOCH=CH2 (b-2):F9 C4 OC2 F4 OC2 F4 OCF2 CH2 OCOC(CH3 )=CH2 (B-1): F 9 C 4 OC 2 F 4 OC 2 F 4 OCF 2 CH 2 OCOCH = CH 2 (b-2): F 9 C 4 OC 2 F 4 OC 2 F 4 OCF 2 CH 2 OCOC ( CH 3 ) = CH 2

進而,亦可與由式(F-3)所表示的化合物分開而較佳地使用由下述式(F-3A)所表示的化合物。Furthermore, the compound represented by the following formula (F-3A) can be preferably used separately from the compound represented by the formula (F-3).

所述化合物為式(F-3A): Rf3 -[(O)c (O=C)b (CX4 X5 )a -CX3 =CX1 X2 ] (式中,X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示H或F,X3 表示H、F、CH3 或CF3 ,X4 及X5 分別獨立地表示H、F或CH3 ,a、b及c分別獨立地表示0或1,Rf3 表示碳數18~200的包含醚鍵的含氟烷基),且為於Rf3 基中具有6個以上由式(FG-3A): -(CX6 2 CF2 CF2 O)- (式中,X6 為F或H)所表示的重複單元的含氟不飽和化合物。The compound is of formula (F-3A): Rf 3 -[(O) c (O = C) b (CX 4 X 5 ) a -CX 3 = CX 1 X 2 ] (wherein X 1 and X 2 Each independently represents H or F, X 3 represents H, F, CH 3 or CF 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent H, F or CH 3 , a, b and c each independently represent 0 or 1, Rf 3 represents a fluorine-containing alkyl group containing an ether bond having 18 to 200 carbon atoms, and has 6 or more of the Rf 3 group. Formula (FG-3A):-(CX 6 2 CF 2 CF 2 O)- A fluorine-containing unsaturated compound having a repeating unit represented by (wherein X 6 is F or H).

作為由式(F-3A)所表示的含氟聚醚化合物的例子,可列舉: (c-1) Rf3 -[(O)(O=C)b -CX3 =CX1 X2 ] (c-2) Rf3 -[(O)(O=C)-CX3 =CX1 X2 ] (c-3) Rf3 -[(O)c (O=C)-CF=CH2 ]等, 作為所述含氟聚醚化合物的聚合性不飽和基,較佳為具有以下結構的基。(c-1)~(c-3)中的各記號的定義與式(FG-3A)為相同含義。Examples of the fluorine-containing polyether compound represented by the formula (F-3A) include: (c-1) Rf 3 -[(O) (O = C) b -CX 3 = CX 1 X 2 ] ( c-2) Rf 3 -[(O) (O = C) -CX 3 = CX 1 X 2 ] (c-3) Rf 3 -[(O) c (O = C) -CF = CH 2 ] etc. As the polymerizable unsaturated group of the fluorine-containing polyether compound, a group having the following structure is preferred. The definitions of the symbols in (c-1) to (c-3) have the same meanings as in the formula (FG-3A).

[化9]

Figure TW201800263AD00009
[Chemical 9]
Figure TW201800263AD00009

另外,由式(F-3A)所表示的含氟聚醚化合物可具有多個聚合性不飽和基,可較佳地列舉以下所示的結構等結構。In addition, the fluorinated polyether compound represented by the formula (F-3A) may have a plurality of polymerizable unsaturated groups, and a structure such as the structure shown below is preferably exemplified.

[化10]

Figure TW201800263AD00010
[Chemical 10]
Figure TW201800263AD00010

於本揭示中,具有-O(C=O)CF=CH2 結構的化合物的聚合(硬化)反應性特別高,可高效地獲得硬化物,就此方面而言較佳。In the present disclosure, a compound having a structure of -O (C = O) CF = CH 2 has a particularly high polymerization (hardening) reactivity, and a cured product can be obtained efficiently, which is preferable in this respect.

於由式(F-3A)所表示的含氟聚醚化合物中,關於Rf3 基,重要的是式(FG-3A)的含氟聚醚鏈以重複單元的形式於Rf3 中包含6個以上,藉此可賦予防污性。 另外,更詳細而言,亦可為包含含氟聚醚鏈的重複單元為6個以上的化合物的混合物,但於以混合物的形式使用的情況下,較佳為設為如下混合物:於重複單元未滿6個的含氟不飽和化合物與重複單元為6個以上的含氟不飽和化合物的分佈中,聚醚鏈的重複單元為6個以上的含氟不飽和化合物的存在比率最高。 式(FG-3A)的含氟聚醚鏈的重複單元較佳為6個以上,更佳為10個以上,進而更佳為18個以上,特佳為20個以上。藉此,不僅可改善撥水性,亦可改善防污性,尤其是對包含油成分的污漬的去除性。另外,亦可更有效地賦予透氣性。另外,含氟聚醚鏈可位於Rf3 基的末端,亦可存在於鏈中的中段。In the fluorinated polyether compound represented by the formula (F-3A), as for the Rf 3 group, it is important that the fluorinated polyether chain of the formula (FG-3A) includes 6 in Rf 3 as a repeating unit. As described above, antifouling properties can be provided by this. In more detail, a mixture of 6 or more compounds containing a repeating unit containing a fluorinated polyether chain may be used. However, when used in the form of a mixture, it is preferable to use the following mixture: In the distribution of less than 6 fluorine-containing unsaturated compounds and fluorine-containing unsaturated compounds having 6 or more repeating units, the presence ratio of the fluorine-containing unsaturated compounds having 6 or more repeating units in the polyether chain is highest. The repeating unit of the fluorine-containing polyether chain of the formula (FG-3A) is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 10 or more, still more preferably 18 or more, and particularly preferably 20 or more. Thereby, not only the water repellency can be improved, but also the antifouling property can be improved, and in particular, the removability of stains containing an oil component can be improved. In addition, breathability can be provided more effectively. In addition, the fluorine-containing polyether chain may be located at the terminal of the Rf 3 group, or may be present in the middle of the chain.

具體而言,Rf3 基較佳為 式(c-4): R4 -(CX6 2 CF2 CF2 O)t -(R5 )e - (式中,X6 與式(FG-3A)相同,R4 表示氫原子、鹵素原子或選自烷基、含氟烷基、包含醚鍵的烷基及包含醚鍵的含氟烷基中的至少一種,R5 表示二價以上的有機基,t表示6~66的整數,e表示0或1)的結構。 即,Rf3 基為經由二價以上的有機基R5 而與反應性的碳-碳雙鍵鍵結,且進而於末端具有R4 的含氟有機基。 R5 只要為可使式(FG-3A)的含氟聚醚鏈與反應性的碳-碳雙鍵鍵結的有機基,則可為任意的有機基。例如可選自伸烷基、含氟伸烷基、包含醚鍵的伸烷基及包含醚鍵的含氟伸烷基中。其中,就透明性、低折射率性的方面而言,較佳為含氟伸烷基、包含醚鍵的含氟伸烷基。Specifically, the Rf 3 group is preferably the formula (c-4): R 4- (CX 6 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) t- (R 5 ) e- (where X 6 and formula (FG-3A ) Are the same, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group, an alkyl group containing an ether bond, and a fluorine-containing alkyl group containing an ether bond, and R 5 represents a divalent or more organic Base, t represents an integer from 6 to 66, and e represents a structure of 0 or 1). That is, the Rf 3 group is a fluorine-containing organic group which is bonded to a reactive carbon-carbon double bond via an organic group R 5 having a valence of two or more, and further has R 4 at the terminal. R 5 may be any organic group as long as it is an organic group capable of bonding a fluorinated polyether chain of the formula (FG-3A) to a reactive carbon-carbon double bond. For example, it may be selected from an alkylene group, a fluorine-containing alkylene group, an alkylene group containing an ether bond, and a fluorine-containing alkylene group containing an ether bond. Among these, in terms of transparency and low refractive index, a fluorine-containing alkylene group and a fluorine-containing alkylene group including an ether bond are preferred.

作為由式(F-3A)所表示的含氟聚醚化合物的具體例,可較佳地使用WO2003/022906號小冊子中所列舉的化合物等。於本揭示中,可特佳地使用CH2 =CF-COO―CH2 CF2 CF2 -(OCF2 CF2 CF2 )7 -OC3 F7As specific examples of the fluorinated polyether compound represented by the formula (F-3A), the compounds and the like listed in the pamphlet of WO2003 / 022906 can be preferably used. In this disclosure, CH 2 = CF-COO-CH 2 CF 2 CF 2- (OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) 7 -OC 3 F 7 can be particularly preferably used.

於式(F)中,關於n與m不同時為1的情況,可列舉式(F-4)及式(F-5)作為以下較佳態樣。In the formula (F), regarding the case where n and m are not both 1, the formula (F-4) and the formula (F-5) can be listed as the following preferred aspects.

式(F-4):(Rf1 )-[(W)-(RA )n ]m (式(F-4)中,Rf1 表示(全)氟烷基或(全)氟聚醚基,W表示連結基,RA 表示具有不飽和雙鍵的官能基。n表示1~3的整數,m表示1~3的整數,n與m不同時為1) 就撥水撥油性優異且撥水撥油性的持續(防污耐久性)優異的觀點而言,較佳為n為2~3、m為1~3,更佳為n為2~3、m為2~3,最佳為n為3、m為2~3。Formula (F-4): (Rf 1 )-[(W)-(R A ) n ] m (In formula (F-4), Rf 1 represents a (per) fluoroalkyl group or a (per) fluoropolyether group) , W represents a linking group, and R A represents a functional group having an unsaturated double bond. N represents an integer of 1 to 3, m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and n is not 1 when m is different. From the viewpoint of excellent water repellency (continuous antifouling durability), n is preferably 2 to 3, m is 1 to 3, more preferably n is 2 to 3, and m is 2 to 3, and most preferably n is 3 and m is 2 to 3.

Rf1 可使用一價至三價的基。於Rf1 為一價的情況下,作為末端基,較佳為(Cn F2n+1 )-、(Cn F2n+1 O)-、(XCn F2n O)-、(XCn F2n+1 )-(式中,X為氫、氯或溴,n為1~10的整數)。具體而言,可較佳地使用CF3 O(C2 F4 O)p CF2 -、C3 F7 O(CF2 CF2 CF2 O)p CF2 CF2 -、C3 F7 O(CF(CF3 )CF2 O)p CF(CF3 )-、F(CF(CF3 )CF2 O)p CF(CF3 )-等。Rf 1 may use a monovalent to trivalent radical. In the case where Rf 1 is monovalent, the terminal groups are preferably (C n F 2n + 1 )-, (C n F 2n + 1 O)-, (XC n F 2n O)-, (XC n F 2n + 1 )-(wherein X is hydrogen, chlorine or bromine, and n is an integer from 1 to 10). Specifically, CF 3 O (C 2 F 4 O) p CF 2- , C 3 F 7 O (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) p CF 2 CF 2- , C 3 F 7 O can be preferably used. (CF (CF 3 ) CF 2 O) p CF (CF 3 )-, F (CF (CF 3 ) CF 2 O) p CF (CF 3 )-, and the like.

此處,p的平均值為0~50。較佳為3~30,更佳為3~20,最佳為4~15。Here, the average value of p is 0-50. It is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 20, and most preferably 4 to 15.

於Rf1 為二價的情況下,可較佳地使用-(CF2 O)q (C2 F4 O)r CF2 -、-(CF2 )3 O(C4 F8 O)r (CF2 )3 -、-CF2 O(C2 F4 O)r CF2 -、-C2 F4 O(C3 F6 O)r C2 F4 -、-CF(CF3 )(OCF2 CF(CF3 ))s OCt F2t O(CF(CF3 )CF2 O)r CF(CF3 )-等。In the case where Rf 1 is divalent,-(CF 2 O) q (C 2 F 4 O) r CF 2 -,-(CF 2 ) 3 O (C 4 F 8 O) r ( CF 2 ) 3- , -CF 2 O (C 2 F 4 O) r CF 2- , -C 2 F 4 O (C 3 F 6 O) r C 2 F 4- , -CF (CF 3 ) (OCF 2 CF (CF 3 )) s OC t F 2t O (CF (CF 3 ) CF 2 O) r CF (CF 3 )-and so on.

此處,式中q、r、s的平均值為0~50。較佳為3~30,更佳為3~20,最佳為4~15。t為2~6的整數。 由式(F-4)所表示的化合物的較佳具體例或合成方法記載於國際公開第2005/113690號中。Here, the average value of q, r, and s in the formula is 0 to 50. It is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 20, and most preferably 4 to 15. t is an integer from 2 to 6. Preferred specific examples or synthetic methods of the compound represented by the formula (F-4) are described in International Publication No. 2005/113690.

以下,將F(CF(CF3 )CF2 O)p CF(CF3 )-中p的平均值為6~7的化合物記載為「HFPO-」,將-(CF(CF3 )CF2 O)p CF(CF3 )-中p的平均值為6~7的化合物記載為「-HFPO-」,並示出式(F-4)的具體化合物,但並不限定於該些化合物。Hereinafter, a compound having an average value of 6 in F (CF (CF 3 ) CF 2 O) p CF (CF 3 )-is described as "HFPO-", and-(CF (CF 3 ) CF 2 O ) p CF (CF 3 )-Compounds having an average value of p of 6 to 7 are described as "-HFPO-" and specific compounds of formula (F-4) are shown, but they are not limited to these compounds.

(d-1):HFPO-CONH-C-(CH2 OCOCH=CH2 )2 CH2 CH3 (d-2):HFPO-CONH-C-(CH2 OCOCH=CH2 )2 H (d-3):HFPO-CONH-C3 H6 NHCH3 與三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯的1:1邁克爾加成聚合物 (d-4):(CH2 =CHCOOCH2 )2 H-C-CONH-HFPO-CONH-C-(CH2 OCOCH=CH2 )2 H (d-5):(CH2 =CHCOOCH2 )3 -C-CONH-HFPO-CONH-C-(CH2 OCOCH=CH2 )3 (D-1): HFPO-CONH-C- (CH 2 OCOCH = CH 2 ) 2 CH 2 CH 3 (d-2): HFPO-CONH-C- (CH 2 OCOCH = CH 2 ) 2 H (d- 3): 1: 1 Michael addition polymer of HFPO-CONH-C 3 H 6 NHCH 3 and trimethylolpropane triacrylate (d-4): (CH 2 = CHCOOCH 2 ) 2 HC-CONH-HFPO -CONH-C- (CH 2 OCOCH = CH 2 ) 2 H (d-5): (CH 2 = CHCOOCH 2 ) 3 -C-CONH-HFPO-CONH-C- (CH 2 OCOCH = CH 2 ) 3

進而,作為由式(F-4)所表示的化合物,亦可使用由下述式(F-5)所表示的化合物。Furthermore, as a compound represented by a formula (F-4), the compound represented by a following formula (F-5) can also be used.

式(F-5): CH2 =CX1 -COO-CHY-CH2 -OCO-CX2 =CH2 (式中,X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,Y表示具有3個以上氟原子的碳數2~20的氟烷基或具有4個以上氟原子的碳數4~20的氟環烷基)Formula (F-5): CH 2 = CX 1 -COO-CHY-CH 2 -OCO-CX 2 = CH 2 (wherein X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Y represents 3 (Fluoroalkyl groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or more or fluorine cycloalkyl groups having 4 to 20 carbon atoms having 4 or more fluorine atoms)

於本揭示中,聚合性不飽和基為(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基的化合物可具有多個(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基。藉由含氟防污劑具有多個(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基,當進行硬化時呈三維網格結構,玻璃轉移溫度高,防污劑的轉印性低,而且可使對於污漬的反復擦除而言的耐久性提高。進而,可獲得耐熱性、耐候性等優異的硬化覆膜。In the present disclosure, a compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group as a (meth) acrylfluorenyloxy group may have a plurality of (meth) acrylfluorenyloxy groups. The fluorine-containing antifouling agent has a plurality of (meth) acryl fluorenyloxy groups, and when it is hardened, it has a three-dimensional grid structure. The glass transition temperature is high, and the antifouling agent has low transferability. Durability in terms of repeated erasing is improved. Furthermore, a cured film excellent in heat resistance and weather resistance can be obtained.

作為由式(F-5)所表示的化合物的具體例,例如可較佳地列舉二(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,2-三氟乙基乙二醇、二(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,3,3,3-五氟丙基乙二醇、二(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,3,3,4,4,4-七氟丁基乙二醇、二(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,5-九氟戊基乙二醇、二(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,6-十一氟己基乙二醇、二(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,7-十三氟庚基乙二醇、二(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,8-十五氟辛基乙二醇、二(甲基)丙烯酸-3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,8-十三氟辛基乙二醇、二(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,9-十七氟壬基乙二醇、二(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,10-十九氟癸基乙二醇、二(甲基)丙烯酸-3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,10-十七氟癸基乙二醇、二(甲基)丙烯酸-2-三氟甲基-3,3,3-三氟丙基乙二醇、二(甲基)丙烯酸-3-三氟甲基-4,4,4-三氟丁基乙二醇、二(甲基)丙烯酸-1-甲基-2,2,3,3,3-五氟丙基乙二醇、二(甲基)丙烯酸-1-甲基-2,2,3,3,4,4,4-七氟丁基乙二醇等,於使用時,可單獨或作為混合物來使用。於製備此種二(甲基)丙烯酸酯時,可藉由如日本專利特開平6-306326號公報中所列舉般的公知的方法來製造。於本揭示中,可較佳地使用二丙烯酸-2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,9-十七氟壬基乙二醇。Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (F-5) include, for example, di (meth) acrylic acid-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl glycol, and di (meth) acrylic acid- 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl ethylene glycol, di (meth) acrylic acid-2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4-heptafluorobutyl ethylene glycol, di (methyl) Based) acrylic acid-2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,5-nonafluoropentyl glycol, di (meth) acrylic acid-2,2,3,3,4,4,5 , 5,6,6,6-Undecylfluorohexyl glycol, di (meth) acrylic acid-2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 4, 5, 5, 6, 6, 7, 7, 7- Tridecafluoroheptyl ethylene glycol, di (meth) acrylic acid-2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 4, 5, 5, 6, 6, 7, 7, 8, 8, 8-pentadecafluorooctane Diethylene glycol, di (meth) acrylic acid-3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,8-tridecylfluorooctyl ethylene glycol, di (methyl) Base) acrylic acid-2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,9-heptadecafluorononyl glycol, bis (methyl Based) Acrylic acid-2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,10-Undecylfluorodecyl glycol Bis (meth) acrylic acid-3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,10-heptadecafluorodecyl glycol , 2-trifluoromethyl-3,3,3-trifluoropropyl ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 3-trifluoromethyl-4,4,4-tri (di) methacrylate Fluorobutyl glycol, bis (methyl ) Acrylic acid-1-methyl-2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl ethylene glycol, di (meth) acrylic acid-1-methyl-2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 4 When used, 4-heptafluorobutyl glycol and the like can be used alone or as a mixture. When preparing such a di (meth) acrylate, it can be manufactured by a well-known method as listed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-306326. In this disclosure, diacrylic acid-2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,9-heptafluoro Nonyl glycol.

於本揭示中,作為聚合性不飽和基為(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基的化合物,可為於一分子中具有多個(全)氟烷基或(全)氟聚醚基的化合物。In the present disclosure, the compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group as a (meth) acrylfluorenyloxy group may be a compound having a plurality of (per) fluoroalkyl groups or (per) fluoropolyether groups in one molecule.

本揭示中的含氟防污劑可為單體、寡聚物或聚合物的任一者。 含氟防污劑較佳為進而具有有助於硬塗層覆膜中的鍵形成或相容性的取代基。所述取代基可相同亦可不同,較佳為具有多個。作為較佳的取代基的例子,可列舉:丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、乙烯基、稀丙基、桂皮醯基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、羥基、聚氧伸烷基、羧基、胺基等。 含氟防污劑可為與不含氟原子的化合物的聚合物,亦可為寡聚物。The fluorine-containing antifouling agent in the present disclosure may be any one of a monomer, an oligomer, or a polymer. The fluorine-containing antifouling agent preferably further has a substituent that facilitates bond formation or compatibility in the hard coat film. The substituents may be the same or different, and preferably have multiple substituents. Examples of preferred substituents include acrylfluorenyl, methacrylfluorenyl, vinyl, dipropyl, cinnamyl, epoxy, oxetanyl, hydroxy, polyoxyalkylene , Carboxyl, amine and so on. The fluorine-containing antifouling agent may be a polymer with a compound containing no fluorine atom, or may be an oligomer.

另外,含氟化合物可於分子中含有矽原子,亦可含有矽氧烷結構,亦可具有矽氧烷結構以外的結構。其中,於具有聚合性不飽和基的含氟化合物含有矽氧烷結構的情況下,重量平均分子量未滿15000。In addition, the fluorine-containing compound may contain a silicon atom in the molecule, may contain a siloxane structure, and may have a structure other than a siloxane structure. However, when the fluorine-containing compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group contains a siloxane structure, the weight average molecular weight is less than 15,000.

於含氟化合物含有矽氧烷結構的情況下,含氟化合物較佳為由下述式(F-6)表示。When the fluorine-containing compound contains a siloxane structure, the fluorine-containing compound is preferably represented by the following formula (F-6).

式(F-6): Ra Rf b RA c SiO(4-a-b-c)/2 (式中,R為氫原子、甲基、乙基、丙基或苯基,Rf 為含有氟原子的有機基,RA 為含有聚合性不飽和基的有機基,0<a,0<b,0<c,a+b+c<4)Formula (F-6): R a R f b R A c SiO (4-abc) / 2 (where R is a hydrogen atom, methyl, ethyl, propyl or phenyl, and R f is a fluorine atom Organic group, R A is an organic group containing a polymerizable unsaturated group, 0 <a, 0 <b, 0 <c, a + b + c <4)

a較佳為1~1.75,更佳為1~1.5,a若為1以上,則於工業上容易進行化合物的合成,若為1.75以下,則容易兼具硬化性、防污性。A is preferably 1 to 1.75, more preferably 1 to 1.5. If a is 1 or more, it is easy to synthesize compounds industrially, and if it is 1.75 or less, it is easy to have both hardenability and antifouling properties.

作為RA 中的聚合性不飽和基,可列舉與式(F)中的RA 相同的聚合性不飽和基,較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基及該些基中的任意的氫原子被取代為氟原子的基。Polymerizable unsaturated group R A as a polymerizable unsaturated group, include the same as those in the formula (F.) R A, preferably (meth) Bing Xixi group, (meth) yloxy Bing Xixi In addition, any of these groups is substituted with a fluorine atom.

於含氟化合物含有矽氧烷結構的情況下,作為矽氧烷結構的較佳例,可列舉於包含多個二甲基矽烷基氧基單元作為重複單元的化合物鏈的末端及/或側鏈中具有取代基的結構。於包含二甲基矽烷基氧基作為重複單元的化合物鏈中亦可包含二甲基矽烷基氧基以外的結構單元。取代基可相同亦可不同,較佳為具有多個。作為較佳的取代基的例子,可列舉包含(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基、乙烯基、烯丙基、桂皮醯基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、羥基、氟烷基、聚氧伸烷基、羧基、胺基等的基,尤其就抑制防污劑的滲出的觀點而言,較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基。另外,作為取代基數量,就提高防污劑的偏向存在性與抑制防污劑的滲出的觀點而言,較佳為以官能基等量計為1500 g・mol-1 ~20000 g・mol-1In the case where the fluorine-containing compound contains a siloxane structure, as a preferable example of the siloxane structure, a terminal and / or a side chain of a compound chain including a plurality of dimethylsilyloxy units as repeating units can be cited. Structure with substituents. The compound chain containing dimethylsilyloxy as a repeating unit may also contain structural units other than dimethylsilyloxy. The substituents may be the same or different, and preferably have a plurality of substituents. Examples of preferred substituents include (meth) acrylfluorenyl, (meth) acrylfluorenyloxy, vinyl, allyl, cinnamyl, epoxy, and oxetanyl A group such as hydroxy, fluoroalkyl, polyoxyalkylene, carboxyl, or amine is particularly preferably a (meth) acrylfluorenyloxy group from the viewpoint of suppressing bleeding of the antifouling agent. The number of substituents is preferably 1500 g ・ mol -1 to 20,000 g ・ mol -in terms of functional group equivalents, from the viewpoints of improving the biased existence of the antifouling agent and suppressing the bleeding of the antifouling agent. 1 .

Rf 為含有氟原子的有機基,較佳為由Cx F2x+1 (CH2 )p -(式中,x為1~8的整數,p為2~10的整數)所表示的基或經全氟聚醚取代的烷基。b較佳為0.2~0.4,更佳為0.2~0.25,b若為0.2以上,則防污性提高,若為0.4以下,則硬化性提高。Rf 較佳為碳數8的全氟烷基。R f is an organic group containing a fluorine atom, and is preferably a group represented by C x F 2x + 1 (CH 2 ) p- (wherein x is an integer of 1 to 8 and p is an integer of 2 to 10) Or an alkyl substituted with a perfluoropolyether. b is preferably 0.2 to 0.4, more preferably 0.2 to 0.25. If b is 0.2 or more, the antifouling property is improved, and if it is 0.4 or less, the hardenability is improved. R f is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 8 carbon atoms.

RA 為含有(甲基)丙烯酸基的有機基,就工業上的合成的容易性而言,與Si原子的鍵更佳為Si-O-C鍵。c較佳為0.4~0.8,更佳為0.6~0.8,c若為0.4以上,則硬化性提高,若為0.8以下,則防污性提高。R A is an organic group containing a (meth) acrylic group, and in terms of ease of industrial synthesis, a bond with a Si atom is more preferably a Si-OC bond. c is preferably 0.4 to 0.8, and more preferably 0.6 to 0.8. When c is 0.4 or more, the hardenability is improved, and when it is 0.8 or less, the antifouling property is improved.

另外,a+b+c較佳為2~2.7,更佳為2~2.5,a+b+c若小於2,則難以引起朝表面的偏向存在化,若大於2.7,則無法兼具硬化性、防污性。In addition, a + b + c is preferably 2 to 2.7, and more preferably 2 to 2.5. If a + b + c is less than 2, it is difficult to cause the surface deviation to exist, and if it is greater than 2.7, it is not possible to have both hardenability. Antifouling.

於含氟化合物含有矽氧烷結構的情況下,含氟化合物較佳為於一分子中含有3個以上F原子及3個以上Si原子,較佳為含有3個~17個F原子及3個~8個Si原子。若具有3個以上F原子,則防污性充分,若具有3個以上Si原子,則可促進朝表面的偏向存在化,防污性充分。In the case where the fluorine-containing compound contains a siloxane structure, the fluorine-containing compound preferably contains 3 or more F atoms and 3 or more Si atoms in one molecule, and preferably contains 3 to 17 F atoms and 3 ~ 8 Si atoms. If it has 3 or more F atoms, the antifouling property is sufficient, and if it has 3 or more Si atoms, the deviation toward the surface can be promoted, and the antifouling property is sufficient.

於含氟化合物含有矽氧烷結構的情況下,含氟化合物可使用日本專利特開2007-145884號公報中所列舉的公知的方法等來製造。When the fluorine-containing compound contains a siloxane structure, the fluorine-containing compound can be produced by using a known method and the like listed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-145884.

於含氟化合物含有矽氧烷結構的情況下,作為矽氧烷結構,可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀的任一者,該些中,尤其具有分支狀或環狀的結構的化合物因與後述的具有不飽和雙鍵的化合物等的相容性良好、無收縮、容易引起朝表面的偏向存在化而較佳。When the fluorine-containing compound contains a siloxane structure, the siloxane structure may be any of a linear, branched, and cyclic structure, and among these, a compound having a branched or cyclic structure is particularly preferred. It is preferable because it has good compatibility with a compound having an unsaturated double bond to be described later, has no shrinkage, and is liable to cause a deviation toward the surface.

此處,作為矽氧烷結構為分支狀的化合物,較佳為由下述式(F-7)所表示的化合物。 式(F-7): Rf SiRk 〔OSiRm (ORA )3-m3-k (式中,R、Rf 、RA 與上述相同,m=0、1或2,尤其m=2,k=0或1)Here, as the compound having a branched siloxane structure, a compound represented by the following formula (F-7) is preferred. Formula (F-7): R f SiR k [OSiR m (OR A ) 3-m ] 3-k (where R, R f and R A are the same as above, m = 0, 1 or 2, especially m = 2, k = 0 or 1)

另外,作為矽氧烷結構為環狀結構的化合物,下述式(F-8)中較佳為化合物。 式(F-8): (Rf RSiO)(RA RSiO)n (式中,R、Rf 、RA 與上述相同,n≧2,尤其3≦n≦5)The compound having a siloxane structure having a cyclic structure is preferably a compound in the following formula (F-8). Formula (F-8): (R f RSiO) (R A RSiO) n (where R, R f and R A are the same as above, n ≧ 2, especially 3 ≦ n ≦ 5)

作為此種含氟聚矽氧烷化合物的具體例,可列舉以下化合物等。Specific examples of such a fluorine-containing polysiloxane compound include the following compounds.

[化11]

Figure TW201800263AD00011
[Chemical 11]
Figure TW201800263AD00011

含氟防污劑的重量平均分子量(Mw)可使用分子排阻層析法、例如凝膠滲透層析法(Gel Permeation Chromatography,GPC)等來測定。本揭示的硬塗層中可使用的含氟防污劑的Mw較佳為400以上且未滿5000,更佳為1000以上且未滿5000,進而更佳為1000以上且未滿3500。若Mw為400以上,則防污劑的表面移動性變高,因此較佳。另外,若Mw未滿5000,則自塗佈至硬化步驟期間,含氟防污劑的表面移動性不受妨礙,容易於硬塗層表面均勻地配向,因此防污性及膜硬度提高,故而較佳。 其中,於含氟化合物含有矽氧烷結構的情況下,Mw未滿15000,較佳為1000以上且未滿5000,更佳為1000以上且未滿3500。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the fluorine-containing antifouling agent can be measured using molecular exclusion chromatography, for example, Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC). The Mw of the fluorine-containing antifouling agent that can be used in the hard coat layer of the present disclosure is preferably 400 or more and less than 5,000, more preferably 1,000 or more and less than 5,000, and even more preferably 1,000 or more and less than 3500. When Mw is 400 or more, the surface mobility of the antifouling agent becomes high, which is preferable. In addition, if Mw is less than 5000, the surface mobility of the fluorine-containing antifouling agent is not hindered from coating to the hardening step, and it is easy to align uniformly on the surface of the hard coating layer. Therefore, the antifouling property and film hardness are improved. Better. In the case where the fluorine-containing compound contains a siloxane structure, Mw is less than 15,000, preferably 1,000 or more and less than 5,000, and more preferably 1,000 or more and less than 3500.

相對於硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物中的總固體成分,含氟防污劑的添加量較佳為1質量%~20質量%,更佳為1質量%~15質量%,進而更佳為1質量%~10質量%。若相對於硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物中的總固體成分而言含氟防污劑的添加量為1質量%以上,則具有撥水撥油性的防污劑的比例適度,可獲得充分的防污性。另外,若相對於硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物中的總固體成分而言含氟防污劑的添加量為20質量%以下,則無法與樹脂成分混合的防污劑不會析出至表面,不會發生膜白化或於表面產生白粉的情況,故而較佳。The addition amount of the fluorine-containing antifouling agent is preferably 1% to 20% by mass, and more preferably 1% to 15% by mass based on the total solid content in the hard coat layer or the composition for forming the hard coat layer. More preferably, it is 1 to 10 mass%. When the amount of the fluorine-containing antifouling agent is 1% by mass or more relative to the total solid content in the hard coat layer or the composition for forming the hard coat layer, the proportion of the antifouling agent having water and oil repellency is moderate, and Obtain sufficient antifouling properties. In addition, if the amount of the fluorine-containing antifouling agent is 20% by mass or less based on the total solid content in the hard coat layer or the composition for forming a hard coat layer, the antifouling agent that cannot be mixed with the resin component will not precipitate It is preferable that the film does not whiten or produce white powder on the surface.

含氟防污劑的氟原子含量並無特別限制,較佳為20質量%以上,特佳為30質量%~70質量%,最佳為40質量%~70質量%。The fluorine atom content of the fluorine-containing antifouling agent is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 20% by mass or more, particularly preferably 30% to 70% by mass, and most preferably 40% to 70% by mass.

作為較佳的含氟防污劑的例子,可列舉大金(Daikin)化學工業(股份)製造的R-2020、M-2020、R-3833、M-3833、奧普茨(Optool)DAC(以上為商品名),迪愛生(DIC)公司製造的美佳法(Megafac)(註冊商標)F-171、F-172、F-179A、迪分薩(Defensa)MCF-300、MCF-323(以上為商品名)等,但並不限定於該些例子。As examples of preferred fluorine-containing antifouling agents, R-2020, M-2020, R-3833, M-3833, and Optool DAC (manufactured by Daikin) The above are trade names), Megafac (registered trademark) F-171, F-172, F-179A, Defensa MCF-300, MCF-323 (above) Is a product name), but is not limited to these examples.

[具有聚合性不飽和基的重量平均分子量為15000以上的聚矽氧烷化合物] 其次,對可用作g)成分的、具有聚合性不飽和基的重量平均分子量為15000以上的聚矽氧烷化合物進行說明。再者,以下將分子量為15000以上的聚矽氧烷化合物稱為「聚矽氧烷防污劑」。[Polysiloxane compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group having a weight average molecular weight of 15,000 or more] Next, a polysiloxane having a polymerizable unsaturated group having a weight average molecular weight of 15,000 or more that can be used as a component g) The compounds are explained. The polysiloxane compound having a molecular weight of 15,000 or more is hereinafter referred to as a "polysiloxane antifouling agent".

聚矽氧烷防污劑的較佳例的一態樣為由所述式(F-6)所表示的化合物。One aspect of a preferable example of the polysiloxane antifouling agent is a compound represented by the formula (F-6).

作為聚矽氧烷防污劑的較佳例,可列舉於包含多個二甲基矽烷基氧基單元作為重複單元的化合物鏈的末端及/或側鏈中具有取代基的化合物。 於包含二甲基矽烷基氧基作為重複單元的化合物鏈中亦可包含二甲基矽烷基氧基以外的結構單元。取代基可相同亦可不同,較佳為具有多個。作為較佳的取代基的例子,可列舉包含(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基、乙烯基、烯丙基、桂皮醯基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、羥基、氟烷基、聚氧伸烷基、羧基、胺基等的基,尤其就抑制防污劑的滲出的觀點而言,較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基。另外,作為取代基數量,就提高防污劑的偏向存在性與抑制防污劑的滲出的觀點而言,較佳為以官能基當量計為1500 g・mol-1 ~20000 g・mol-1As a preferable example of a polysiloxane antifouling | staining agent, the compound which has a substituent in the terminal and / or side chain of the compound chain which contains several dimethylsilyloxy unit as a repeating unit is mentioned. The compound chain containing dimethylsilyloxy as a repeating unit may also contain structural units other than dimethylsilyloxy. The substituents may be the same or different, and preferably have a plurality of substituents. Examples of preferred substituents include (meth) acrylfluorenyl, (meth) acrylfluorenyloxy, vinyl, allyl, cinnamyl, epoxy, and oxetanyl A group such as hydroxy, fluoroalkyl, polyoxyalkylene, carboxyl, or amine is particularly preferably a (meth) acrylfluorenyloxy group from the viewpoint of suppressing bleeding of the antifouling agent. The number of substituents is preferably from 1500 g ・ mol -1 to 20000 g ・ mol -1 in terms of functional group equivalents from the viewpoint of improving the biased existence of the antifouling agent and suppressing the bleeding of the antifouling agent. .

聚矽氧烷防污劑較佳為於一分子中含有3個以上F原子及3個以上Si原子、較佳為含有3個~17個F原子及3個~8個Si原子的化合物。若具有3個以上F原子,則防污性充分,若具有3個以上Si原子,則可促進朝表面的偏向存在化,防污性充分。The polysiloxane antifouling agent is preferably a compound containing 3 or more F atoms and 3 or more Si atoms in one molecule, and more preferably 3 to 17 F atoms and 3 to 8 Si atoms. If it has 3 or more F atoms, the antifouling property is sufficient, and if it has 3 or more Si atoms, the deviation toward the surface can be promoted, and the antifouling property is sufficient.

聚矽氧烷防污劑可使用日本專利特開2007-145884號公報中所列舉的公知的方法等來製造。 作為具有聚矽氧烷結構的添加劑,添加含反應性基的聚矽氧烷{例如「KF-100T」、「X-22-169AS」、「KF-102」、「X-22-3701IE」、「X-22-164C」、「X-22-5002」、「X-22-173B」、「X-22-174D」、「X-22-167B」、「X-22-161AS」(商品名),以上為信越化學工業(股份)製造;「AK-5」、「AK-30」、「AK-32」(商品名),以上為東亞合成(股份)製造;「塞拉普雷(Silaplane)FM0725」、「塞拉普雷(Silaplane)FM0721」(商品名),以上為智索(Chisso)(股份)製造;「DMS-U22」、「RMS-033」、「UMS-182」(商品名),以上為蓋勒斯特(Gelest)製造等}亦較佳。另外,亦可較佳地使用日本專利特開2003-112383號公報的表2或表3中所記載的矽酮系化合物。The polysiloxane antifouling agent can be produced using known methods and the like listed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-145884. As an additive having a polysiloxane structure, polysiloxane containing reactive groups such as "KF-100T", "X-22-169AS", "KF-102", "X-22-3701IE", "X-22-164C", "X-22-5002", "X-22-173B", "X-22-174D", "X-22-167B", "X-22-161AS" (brand name ), The above is manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry (Stock); "AK-5", "AK-30", "AK-32" (trade name), the above is manufactured by East Asia Synthetic (Stock); "Silaplane ) FM0725 "," Silaplane FM0721 "(trade name), the above are manufactured by Chisso (shares);" DMS-U22 "," RMS-033 "," UMS-182 "(commodity Name), the above are made by Gelest, etc. are also better. In addition, the silicone compounds described in Table 2 or Table 3 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-112383 can also be preferably used.

作為聚矽氧烷防污劑中所含的矽氧烷結構,可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀的任一者,該些中,尤其具有分支狀或環狀的結構的化合物因與後述的具有不飽和雙鍵的化合物等的相容性良好、無收縮、容易引起朝表面的偏向存在化而較佳。The siloxane structure contained in the polysiloxane antifouling agent may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic. Among these, compounds having a branched or cyclic structure are particularly The compounds and the like having unsaturated double bonds described later are excellent in compatibility, non-shrinkage, and tend to cause a deviation toward the surface, which is preferable.

聚矽氧烷防污劑的重量平均分子量為15000以上,較佳為15000以上、50000以下,更佳為18000以上、30000以下。若聚矽氧烷防污劑的重量平均分子量未滿15000,則因聚矽氧烷的表面偏向存在性降低而導致防污性的劣化以及硬度的降低,就此觀點而言欠佳。然而,於具有聚合性不飽和基的含氟化合物具有聚矽氧烷結構時不會引起所述問題。 聚矽氧烷防污劑的重量平均分子量可使用分子排阻層析法、例如凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)等來測定。The weight average molecular weight of the polysiloxane antifouling agent is 15,000 or more, preferably 15,000 or more and 50,000 or less, and more preferably 18,000 or more and 30,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight of the polysiloxane antifouling agent is less than 15,000, deterioration of antifouling properties and reduction in hardness due to a decrease in the existence of the surface deviation of the polysiloxane will be unfavorable from this viewpoint. However, the problem is not caused when the fluorine-containing compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group has a polysiloxane structure. The weight average molecular weight of the polysiloxane antifouling agent can be measured using molecular exclusion chromatography, for example, gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

相對於硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物中的總固體成分,聚矽氧烷防污劑的添加量較佳為1質量%以上且未滿25質量%,更佳為1質量%以上且未滿20質量%,進而更佳為1質量%以上且未滿15質量%,最佳為1質量%以上且未滿10質量%。若相對於硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物中的總固體成分而言聚矽氧烷防污劑的添加量為1質量%以上,則具有撥水撥油性的防污劑的比例適度,可獲得充分的防污性。另外,若相對於硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物中的總固體成分而言聚矽氧烷防污劑的添加量未滿25質量%,則無法與樹脂成分混合的防污劑不會析出至表面,不會發生膜白化或於表面產生白粉的情況,故而較佳。The addition amount of the polysiloxane antifouling agent is preferably 1% by mass or more and less than 25% by mass, and more preferably 1% by mass or more, based on the total solid content in the hard coat layer or the composition for forming the hard coat layer. It is less than 20% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass or more and less than 15% by mass, and most preferably 1% by mass or more and less than 10% by mass. When the polysiloxane antifouling agent is added in an amount of 1% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content in the hard coat layer or the composition for forming a hard coat layer, the proportion of the antifouling agent having water and oil repellency is moderate. To obtain sufficient antifouling properties. In addition, if the amount of the polysiloxane antifouling agent is less than 25% by mass based on the total solid content in the hard coat layer or the composition for forming the hard coat layer, the antifouling agent that cannot be mixed with the resin component will not be mixed. It will be deposited on the surface, and it will not cause whitening of the film or white powder on the surface, so it is preferable.

當將X設為硬塗層的表面附近中的氟量或矽酮量、將Y設為硬塗層整體中的氟量或矽酮量時,硬塗層內的防污劑在膜厚方向上的分佈狀態較佳為滿足51%<X/Y<100%。於X/Y大於51%的情況下,防污劑不會分佈至硬塗層的膜內部,就防污性、膜硬度的方面而言較佳。再者,所謂表面附近,是指距硬塗層的表面未滿1 μm的深度的區域,可藉由利用飛行時間二次離子質量分析(time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry,TOF-SIMS)而測定的F- 碎片(fragment)或Si2 C5 H15 O+ 碎片的比率進行測定。When X is the amount of fluorine or silicone in the vicinity of the surface of the hard coat layer, and Y is the amount of fluorine or silicone in the entire hard coat layer, the antifouling agent in the hard coat layer is in the film thickness direction. The distribution state on the surface is preferably such that 51% <X / Y <100%. In the case where X / Y is more than 51%, the antifouling agent is not distributed to the inside of the film of the hard coat layer, and it is preferable in terms of antifouling property and film hardness. The term “near the surface” refers to a region with a depth of less than 1 μm from the surface of the hard coat layer. It can be analyzed by using time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (TOF-SIMS). The F - fragment or Si 2 C 5 H 15 O + fragment ratio was measured.

g)防污劑較佳為於20℃下溶解於液體或溶媒中的防污劑。作為溶媒,可根據化合物的極性適當選擇,較佳為與碳酸二甲酯混合的有機溶媒,可列舉脂肪族或報告族的醇、酮、酯、醚系溶媒。若溶解於碳酸二甲酯則特佳。 關於g)防污劑的表面張力,就防污性的觀點而言,表面張力較佳為25.0 mN/m以下,更佳為23.0 mN/m以下,進而更佳為16.0 mN/m以下。 防污劑的表面張力為單膜中的表面張力,能夠以如下方式來測定。g) The antifouling agent is preferably an antifouling agent dissolved in a liquid or a solvent at 20 ° C. The solvent may be appropriately selected depending on the polarity of the compound, and an organic solvent mixed with dimethyl carbonate is preferred. Examples of the solvent include aliphatic or reporter alcohol, ketone, ester, and ether solvents. It is particularly preferred if it is dissolved in dimethyl carbonate. Regarding the surface tension of the antifouling agent, from the viewpoint of antifouling properties, the surface tension is preferably 25.0 mN / m or less, more preferably 23.0 mN / m or less, and even more preferably 16.0 mN / m or less. The surface tension of the antifouling agent is the surface tension in a single film, and can be measured as follows.

(防污劑的表面張力的測定方法) 將防污劑旋塗於石英基板上,於含有溶媒的情況下進行乾燥來製作膜。繼而,使用接觸角計[「CA-X」型接觸角計,協和界面科學(股份)製造],於乾燥狀態(20℃/65%RH)下,使用純水作為液體而於針尖上形成直徑1.0 mm的液滴,使其與所述旋塗膜的表面接觸而於膜上形成液滴。測定膜與液體相接的點中的、相對於液體表面的切線與膜表面所成的角中包含液體的一側的角度作為接觸角。另外,代替水而使用二碘甲烷來測定接觸角,並藉由以下的式子求出表面自由能。 表面自由能(γsv :單位mN/m)是以由γsd 與γsh 的和所表示的值γsv (=γsd +γsh )來定義,所述γsd 與γsh 是以D.K.歐文斯(D.K.Owens):應用聚合物科學雜誌(Journal of Applied Polymer Science,J.Appl.Polym.Sci.,)13,1741(1969)為參考,根據於防反射膜上實驗性地求出的純水H2 O與二碘甲烷CH2 I2 各自的接觸角θH2O 、θCH2I2 ,藉由以下的聯立方程式a、b來求出。 a.1+cosθH2O =2√γsd (√γH2O dH2O v )+2√γsh (√γH2O hH2O v ) b.1+cosθCH2I2 =2√γsd (√γCH2I2 dCH2I2 v )+2√γsh (√γCH2I2 hCH2I2 v ) γH2O d =21.8、γH2O h =51.0、γH2O v =72.8、 γCH2I2 d =49.5、γCH2I2 h =1.3、γCH2I2 v =50.8(Method for measuring surface tension of antifouling agent) The antifouling agent was spin-coated on a quartz substrate and dried with a solvent to produce a film. Then, using a contact angle meter ["CA-X" type contact angle meter, manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science (Stock)], in a dry state (20 ° C / 65% RH), using pure water as a liquid to form a diameter on the needle tip A 1.0 mm droplet was brought into contact with the surface of the spin-coated film to form a droplet on the film. Of the points where the film is in contact with the liquid, the angle of the side containing the liquid among the angles formed by the tangent to the liquid surface and the surface of the film was measured as the contact angle. In addition, instead of water, diiodomethane was used to measure the contact angle, and the surface free energy was determined by the following formula. Surface free energy: the value γs v (= γs d + γs h) (γs v units of mN / m) and is made γs d and γs h is defined indicated, the γs d and γs h is DK Owens DKOwens: Journal of Applied Polymer Science (J.Appl.Polym.Sci.) 13,1741 (1969) as a reference, based on experimentally obtained pure water on an antireflection film The contact angles θ H2O and θ CH2I2 of H 2 O and diiodomethane CH 2 I 2 are determined by the following simultaneous equations a and b. a.1 + cosθ H2O = 2√γs d (√γ H2O d / γ H2O v ) + 2√γs h (√γ H2O h / γ H2O v ) b.1 + cosθ CH2I2 = 2√γs d (√γ CH2I2 d / γ CH2I2 v ) + 2√γs h ( √γ CH2I2 h / γ CH2I2 v ) γ H2O d = 21.8, γ H2O h = 51.0, γ H2O v = 72.8, γ CH2I2 d = 49.5, γ CH2I2 h = 1.3, γ CH2I2 v = 50.8

作為以上所說明的g)防污劑,可使用藉由公知的方法合成的化合物,亦可使用市售品。作為市售品,可較佳地使用迪愛生(DIC)公司製造的RS-90、RS-78等。As the antifouling agent g) described above, a compound synthesized by a known method may be used, or a commercially available product may be used. As commercially available products, RS-90, RS-78, etc. manufactured by DIC Corporation can be preferably used.

(溶媒) 硬塗層形成用組成物可含有溶媒。作為溶媒,若以可將各成分溶解或分散;於塗佈步驟、乾燥步驟中容易形成均勻的表面性狀;可確保液保存性;具有適度的飽和蒸氣壓等觀點來選擇,則可使用各種溶劑。 溶媒可混合使用兩種以上的溶媒。尤其就乾燥負荷的觀點而言,較佳為以常壓室溫下的沸點為100℃以下的溶劑為主成分,且為了調整乾燥速度而少量含有沸點超過100℃的溶劑。 於硬塗層形成用組成物中,較佳為含有塗佈組成物的所有溶劑中的30質量%~80質量%的沸點為80℃以下的溶劑,更佳為含有50質量%~70質量%。藉由將沸點為80℃以下的溶劑比設為所述比例,可適度抑制樹脂成分朝聚酯膜中的浸入,另外,藉由乾燥的黏度上昇速度提高,藉此可抑制粒子沈降。(Solvent) The composition for forming a hard coat layer may contain a solvent. As a solvent, various solvents can be used as long as they can dissolve or disperse each component; easily form uniform surface properties in the coating step and drying step; ensure liquid storage; and have a moderate saturation vapor pressure. . The solvent may be used in combination of two or more solvents. In particular, from the viewpoint of a drying load, a solvent having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or lower at normal pressure and room temperature as a main component is preferable, and a solvent having a boiling point exceeding 100 ° C. is contained in a small amount in order to adjust the drying rate. In the composition for forming a hard coat layer, 30% to 80% by mass of all solvents containing the coating composition are preferably solvents having a boiling point of 80 ° C or lower, and more preferably 50% to 70% by mass. . By setting the solvent ratio having a boiling point of 80 ° C. or lower to the above ratio, the infiltration of the resin component into the polyester film can be moderately suppressed, and by increasing the drying viscosity increase rate, particle sedimentation can be suppressed.

以下列舉沸點為100℃以下的溶劑。再者,一併記載的溫度為各溶劑的沸點。 作為沸點為100℃以下的溶劑,例如有:己烷(68.7℃)、庚烷(98.4℃)、環己烷(80.7℃)、苯(80.1℃)等烴類,二氯甲烷(39.8℃)、氯仿(61.2℃)、四氯化碳(76.8℃)、1,2-二氯乙烷(83.5℃)、三氯乙烯(87.2℃)等鹵化烴類,二乙基醚(34.6℃)、二異丙基醚(68.5℃)、二丙基醚(90.5℃)、四氫呋喃(66℃)等醚類,甲酸乙酯(54.2℃)、乙酸甲酯(57.8℃)、乙酸乙酯(77.1℃)、乙酸異丙酯(89℃)等酯類,丙酮(56.1℃)、2-丁酮(甲基乙基酮:以下有時稱為MEK,79.6℃)等酮類,甲醇(64.5℃)、乙醇(78.3℃)、2-丙醇(82.4℃)、1-丙醇(97.2℃)等醇類,乙腈(81.6℃)、丙腈(97.4℃)等氰基化合物,二硫化碳(46.2℃)等。其中,較佳為酮類、酯類,特佳為酮類。於酮類中,特佳為2-丁酮。Examples of solvents having a boiling point of 100 ° C or lower are listed below. It should be noted that the temperature described together is the boiling point of each solvent. Examples of solvents having a boiling point of 100 ° C or lower include hydrocarbons such as hexane (68.7 ° C), heptane (98.4 ° C), cyclohexane (80.7 ° C), benzene (80.1 ° C), and dichloromethane (39.8 ° C) , Halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform (61.2 ℃), carbon tetrachloride (76.8 ℃), 1,2-dichloroethane (83.5 ℃), trichloroethylene (87.2 ℃), diethyl ether (34.6 ℃), Ethers such as diisopropyl ether (68.5 ° C), dipropyl ether (90.5 ° C), tetrahydrofuran (66 ° C), ethyl formate (54.2 ° C), methyl acetate (57.8 ° C), ethyl acetate (77.1 ° C) ), Esters such as isopropyl acetate (89 ° C), ketones such as acetone (56.1 ° C), 2-butanone (methyl ethyl ketone: hereinafter sometimes referred to as MEK, 79.6 ° C), methanol (64.5 ° C) , Alcohols (78.3 ° C), 2-propanol (82.4 ° C), 1-propanol (97.2 ° C), cyano compounds such as acetonitrile (81.6 ° C), propionitrile (97.4 ° C), carbon disulfide (46.2 ° C) Wait. Among them, ketones and esters are preferred, and ketones are particularly preferred. Among the ketones, 2-butanone is particularly preferred.

作為沸點超過100℃的溶劑,例如有辛烷(125.7℃)、甲苯(110.6℃)、二甲苯(138℃)、四氯乙烯(121.2℃)、氯苯(131.7℃)、二噁烷(101.3℃)、二丁基醚(142.4℃)、乙酸異丁酯(118℃)、環己酮(155.7℃)、2-甲基-4-戊酮(甲基異丁基酮:以下有時稱為MIBK,115.9℃)、1-丁醇(117.7℃)、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(153℃)、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(166℃)、二甲基亞碸(189℃)等。較佳為環己酮、2-甲基-4-戊酮。Examples of solvents having a boiling point exceeding 100 ° C include octane (125.7 ° C), toluene (110.6 ° C), xylene (138 ° C), tetrachloroethylene (121.2 ° C), chlorobenzene (131.7 ° C), and dioxane (101.3 ℃), dibutyl ether (142.4 ℃), isobutyl acetate (118 ℃), cyclohexanone (155.7 ℃), 2-methyl-4-pentanone (methyl isobutyl ketone: hereinafter sometimes called MIBK, 115.9 ° C), 1-butanol (117.7 ° C), N, N-dimethylformamide (153 ° C), N, N-dimethylacetamide (166 ° C), dimethylene碸 (189 ° C) and so on. Cyclohexanone and 2-methyl-4-pentanone are preferred.

(界面活性劑) 於硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物中使用各種界面活性劑、風致不均防止劑等(以下,亦合稱為界面活性劑)亦適宜。一般而言,藉由含有界面活性劑或風致不均防止劑,可抑制由乾燥風的局部分佈所造成的乾燥不均而引起的膜厚不均等。(Surfactant) It is also suitable to use various surfactants, wind-induced unevenness prevention agents, and the like (hereinafter, collectively referred to as surfactants) in the hard coat layer or the composition for forming a hard coat layer. In general, by including a surfactant or a wind-induced unevenness preventing agent, uneven film thickness due to uneven drying due to the local distribution of dry wind can be suppressed.

作為界面活性劑,具體而言較佳為含有氟系界面活性劑及矽酮系界面活性劑的至少一者。另外,關於界面活性劑,寡聚物或聚合物優於低分子化合物。As the surfactant, specifically, at least one of a fluorine-based surfactant and a silicone-based surfactant is preferably contained. In addition, with regard to surfactants, oligomers or polymers are superior to low molecular compounds.

作為氟系的界面活性劑的較佳例,例如可列舉含氟脂肪族基的共聚物(以下,有時亦簡記為「氟系聚合物」),關於所述氟系聚合物,有用的是包含相當於下述(i)的單體的重複單元或者包含相當於(i)的單體的重複單元且進而包含相當於下述(ii)的單體的重複單元的丙烯酸樹脂、甲基丙烯酸樹脂、以及與可與它們共聚的乙烯系單體的共聚物。Preferable examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include, for example, a copolymer containing a fluorinated aliphatic group (hereinafter, sometimes referred to simply as a “fluorine-based polymer”), and the above-mentioned fluorine-based polymer is useful Acrylic resin and methacrylic acid containing a repeating unit corresponding to the monomer (i) below or a repeating unit corresponding to the monomer (i) and further including a repeating unit corresponding to the monomer (ii) below Copolymers of resins and vinyl monomers copolymerizable with them.

(i)由下述式(i-1)所表示的含氟脂肪族基的單體 式(i-1)(I) a fluorine-containing aliphatic group monomer represented by the following formula (i-1)

[化12]

Figure TW201800263AD00012
[Chemical 12]
Figure TW201800263AD00012

於式(i-1)中,R11 表示氫原子或甲基,X表示氧原子、硫原子或-N(R12 )-,m表示1以上、6以下的整數,n表示2~4的整數。R12 表示氫原子或碳數1~4的烷基,具體而言為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基,較佳為氫原子或甲基。X較佳為氧原子。In formula (i-1), R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, X represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or -N (R 12 )-, m represents an integer of 1 to 6, and n represents 2 to 4 Integer. R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, specifically a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group, and a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferred. X is preferably an oxygen atom.

(ii)可與所述(i)共聚的由下述式(ii-1)所表示的單體 式(ii-1)(Ii) A monomer represented by the following formula (ii-1) which can be copolymerized with the above (i): Formula (ii-1)

[化13]

Figure TW201800263AD00013
[Chemical 13]
Figure TW201800263AD00013

於式(ii-1)中,R13 表示氫原子或甲基,Y表示氧原子、硫原子或-N(R15 )-,R15 表示氫原子或碳數1~4的烷基,具體而言為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基,較佳為氫原子或甲基。Y較佳為氧原子、-N(H)-及-N(CH3 )-。 R14 表示可具有取代基的碳數4以上、20以下的直鏈、分支或環狀的烷基。作為R14 的烷基的取代基,可列舉羥基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、羧基、烷基醚基、芳基醚基、氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等鹵素原子、硝基、氰基、胺基等,但並不限定於此。作為碳數4以上、20以下的直鏈、分支或環狀的烷基,可適宜地使用直鏈及可分支的丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十一基、十二基、十三基、十四基、十五基、十八基、二十基等,以及環己基、環庚基等單環環烷基及雙環庚基、雙環癸基、三環十一基、四環十二基、金剛烷基、降冰片基、四環癸基等多環環烷基。In formula (ii-1), R 13 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Y represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or -N (R 15 )-, and R 15 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, specifically, A methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferable. Y is preferably an oxygen atom, -N (H) - and -N (CH 3) -. R 14 represents a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 4 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent of the alkyl group of R 14 include a hydroxyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkyl ether group, an aryl ether group, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom, a nitro group, and a cyanide group. Group, amino group, and the like, but are not limited thereto. As the linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, a linear and branchable butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, Undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, fifteen, octadecyl, icosyl, etc., and monocyclic cycloalkyl and bicycloheptyl, bicyclodecyl, etc. such as cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl , Tricyclic undecyl, tetracyclododecyl, adamantyl, norbornyl, tetracyclodecyl and other polycyclic cycloalkyl.

關於氟系聚合物中所使用的該些由式(i-1)所表示的含氟脂肪族基的單體的量,基於所述氟系聚合物的各單體而為10莫耳%以上,較佳為15莫耳%~70莫耳%,更佳為20莫耳%~60莫耳%的範圍。The amount of the fluorine-containing aliphatic group-containing monomer represented by formula (i-1) used in the fluorine-based polymer is 10 mol% or more based on each monomer of the fluorine-based polymer. It is preferably in the range of 15 mol% to 70 mol%, and more preferably in the range of 20 mol% to 60 mol%.

氟系聚合物的較佳質量平均分子量較佳為3000~100,000,更佳為5,000~80,000。進而,相對於塗佈液100質量份,氟系聚合物的較佳添加量為0.001質量份~5質量份的範圍,更佳為0.005質量份~3質量份的範圍,更佳為0.01質量份~1質量份的範圍。氟系聚合物的添加量若為0.001質量份以上,則可充分獲得添加氟系聚合物後的效果,另外,若為5質量份以下,則不會產生以下問題:塗膜的乾燥未充分進行,或者對作為塗膜的性能帶來不良影響。The preferred mass average molecular weight of the fluoropolymer is preferably 3000 to 100,000, and more preferably 5,000 to 80,000. Furthermore, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coating liquid, the preferable addition amount of the fluoropolymer is in the range of 0.001 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.005 to 3 parts by mass, and still more preferably 0.01 part by mass The range is from 1 part by mass. If the addition amount of the fluorine-based polymer is 0.001 parts by mass or more, the effect after the addition of the fluorine-based polymer is sufficiently obtained, and if it is 5 parts by mass or less, the following problem does not occur: drying of the coating film is not sufficiently performed Or adversely affect the performance as a coating film.

作為較佳的矽酮系化合物的例子,可列舉信越化學工業(股份)製造的X-22-174DX、X-22-2426、X22-164C、X-22-176D(以上為商品名);智索(Chisso)(股份)製造的FM-7725、FM-5521、FM-6621(以上為商品名);蓋勒斯特(Gelest)製造的DMS-U22、RMS-033(以上為商品名);東麗·道康寧(Toray·Dow Corning)(股份)製造的SH200、DC11PA、ST80PA、L7604、FZ-2105、L-7604、Y-7006、SS-2801(以上為商品名);日本邁圖高新材料(Momentive·High performance·Materials·Japan)製造的TSF400(商品名)等,但並不限定於該些例子。 於將硬塗層形成用組成物的總固體成分設為100質量%的情況下,較佳為含有0.01質量%~0.5質量%的矽酮系界面活性劑,更佳為0.01質量%~0.3質量%。Examples of preferred silicone compounds include X-22-174DX, X-22-2426, X22-164C, and X-22-176D (the above are trade names) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd .; FM-7725, FM-5521, FM-6621 (above are the trade names) manufactured by Chisso (shares); DMS-U22, RMS-033 (the above are trade names) manufactured by Gelest; SH200, DC11PA, ST80PA, L7604, FZ-2105, L-7604, Y-7006, SS-2801 (above are the trade names) manufactured by Toray Dow Corning (shares); Japan Momentive Advanced Materials (Momentive · High performance · Materials · Japan) and the like are not limited to these examples. When the total solid content of the composition for forming a hard coat layer is 100% by mass, it is preferable to contain 0.01 to 0.5% by mass of a silicone-based surfactant, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.3% by mass. %.

(消光粒子) 於硬塗層或硬塗層形成用組成物中,以賦予內部散射性或賦予表面凹凸為目的,亦可含有平均粒徑為1.0 μm~15.0 μm、較佳為1.5 μm~10.0 μm的消光粒子。另外,為了調整塗佈液的黏度,亦可包含高分子化合物或無機層狀化合物等。亦可使用e)作為消光粒子。(Matting particles) The composition for forming a hard coat layer or a hard coat layer may provide internal scattering properties or surface unevenness, and may also contain an average particle diameter of 1.0 μm to 15.0 μm, preferably 1.5 μm to 10.0. μm matting particles. In addition, in order to adjust the viscosity of the coating liquid, a polymer compound or an inorganic layered compound may be included. It is also possible to use e) as matting particles.

[硬塗層的塗佈方法] 本揭示的裝飾膜中的硬塗層例如可藉由以下方法來形成。 首先,製備硬塗層形成用組成物。接著,將所製備的硬塗層形成用組成物塗佈於基材膜上,並進行加熱乾燥。關於乾燥方法,將於後敘述。 作為組成物於支撐體上的塗佈法,可列舉:浸塗法、氣刀塗佈法、簾幕塗佈法、輥塗法、線棒塗佈法、凹版塗佈法、微型凹版塗佈法、模塗法等。其中,較佳為微型凹版塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、模塗法,更佳為模塗法。關於模塗法的詳情,例如於美國專利2681294號說明書及日本專利特開2006-122889號公報中有詳細記載,可參照該些記載。[Coating method of hard coat layer] The hard coat layer in the decorative film of the present disclosure can be formed by the following method, for example. First, a composition for forming a hard coat layer is prepared. Next, the prepared composition for forming a hard coat layer is coated on a substrate film, and then heated and dried. The drying method will be described later. Examples of the coating method of the composition on the support include a dip coating method, an air knife coating method, a curtain coating method, a roll coating method, a wire rod coating method, a gravure coating method, and a micro gravure coating method. Method, die coating method, etc. Among these, a micro gravure coating method, a wire rod coating method, and a die coating method are preferable, and a die coating method is more preferable. The details of the die coating method are described in detail in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 2,681,294 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-122889, and these references can be referred to.

於將硬塗層形成用組成物塗佈於基材膜上後進行乾燥,藉此將組成物中所含的溶劑去除而使硬塗層形成用組成物硬化以形成硬塗層。例如可藉由對形成有硬塗層形成用組成物層的基材膜進行搬送而使其於經加熱的區域中通過來實施乾燥。 乾燥中所使用的乾燥區域內的溫度較佳為25℃~140℃。乾燥區域內的溫度可未必均勻,較佳為乾燥區域的前半部分為相對較低的溫度,例如為25℃~100℃的範圍,後半部分為相對較高的溫度,例如為60℃~140℃的範圍。 其中,乾燥區域內的溫度較佳為硬塗層形成用組成物層、及形成於支撐體上的硬塗層形成用組成物層以外的層中所含有的溶劑以外的成分進行揮發的溫度以下。更具體而言,例如,於與紫外線硬化樹脂併用的市售的光自由基產生劑等中具有於120℃的溫風中、於數分鐘內其數量的10%左右進行揮發的化合物,另外,單官能丙烯酸酯單體、2官能丙烯酸酯單體等中具有於100℃的溫風中進行揮發的化合物。於將該些在100℃左右的加熱溫度下容易揮發的化合物用於硬塗層形成用組成物的情況下,加熱區域內的溫度較佳為溶劑的揮發溫度以上且為溶劑以外的成分開始揮發的溫度以下。After the composition for forming a hard coat layer is coated on a substrate film and dried, the solvent contained in the composition is removed, and the composition for forming a hard coat layer is hardened to form a hard coat layer. For example, the base film on which the composition layer for forming a hard coat layer is formed is transported and passed through a heated area to be dried. The temperature in the drying area used for drying is preferably 25 ° C to 140 ° C. The temperature in the drying area may not necessarily be uniform. It is preferable that the first half of the drying area is a relatively low temperature, such as a range of 25 ° C to 100 ° C, and the second half is a relatively high temperature, such as 60 ° C to 140 ° C. Range. Among them, the temperature in the dry region is preferably equal to or lower than a temperature at which components other than the solvent contained in the layer other than the composition layer for forming a hard coat layer formed on the support and the layer other than the composition layer for forming a hard coat layer are volatilized. . More specifically, for example, a commercially available photo-radical generator used in combination with an ultraviolet curable resin has a compound that volatilizes in a warm air at 120 ° C in about 10% of its amount within a few minutes, and A monofunctional acrylate monomer, a bifunctional acrylate monomer, and the like have a compound that volatilizes in a warm air at 100 ° C. When these compounds which are easily volatile at a heating temperature of about 100 ° C are used for the composition for forming a hard coat layer, the temperature in the heating region is preferably equal to or higher than the volatilization temperature of the solvent and components other than the solvent start to volatilize. Below the temperature.

於將硬塗層形成用組成物塗佈於基材膜上之後對硬塗層形成用組成物層吹送乾燥風而使其乾燥的情況下,為了防止硬塗層形成用組成物層的乾燥不均,較佳為於硬塗層形成用組成物的固體成分濃度為1質量%~50質量%時,硬塗層形成用組成物的塗膜表面的風速處於0.1 m/秒~2 m/秒的範圍內。 另外,作為乾燥條件的其他較佳例,可列舉以下方法:於將硬塗層形成用組成物層塗佈於基材膜上後,將於乾燥區域內與基材膜的塗佈有組成物的面的相反面接觸的搬送輥的溫度和基材膜的溫度的溫度差調整為0℃~20℃以內。藉由將搬送輥與基材膜的溫度差設為所述範圍,可防止起因於搬送輥上的傳熱不均的硬塗層的乾燥不均,因此較佳。When the composition for forming a hard coat layer is applied to a base film after drying the composition layer for forming a hard coat layer by blowing dry air to dry it, in order to prevent the composition layer for forming a hard coat layer from drying, When the solid content concentration of the composition for forming a hard coat layer is 1% to 50% by mass, the wind speed on the surface of the coating film of the composition for forming a hard coat layer is preferably 0.1 m / sec to 2 m / sec. In the range. In addition, as another preferable example of the drying conditions, the following method may be mentioned: after the composition layer for forming a hard coat layer is coated on a substrate film, the composition is coated with the substrate film in a dry area. The temperature difference between the temperature of the conveying roller and the temperature of the base film which are in contact with the opposite surface of the surface is adjusted to be within 0 ° C to 20 ° C. By setting the temperature difference between the transfer roller and the base film to the above range, uneven drying of the hard coat layer due to uneven heat transfer on the transfer roller can be prevented, which is preferable.

於乾燥區域中,在自硬塗層形成用組成物除去溶劑後,使基材膜上的硬塗層形成用組成物層於藉由離子化放射線照射而使硬塗層硬化的硬化區域中通過,從而可對硬塗層進行硬化。 於硬塗層形成用組成物為紫外線硬化性的組成物的情況下,硬化區域較佳為照射紫外線燈的區域。作為紫外線燈的照射量,較佳為10 mJ/cm2 ~1000 mJ/cm2 的範圍。藉由以已敘述的照射量照射紫外線,可適宜地進行硬塗層的硬化。於進行紫外線照射時,支撐體上的於硬化區域內搬送的支撐體上的硬塗層形成用組成物層的寬度方向上的照射量分佈較佳為相對於中央的最大紫外線照射量,包括兩端在內為50%~100%的分佈,更佳為80%~100%的分佈。 為了抑制由紫外線硬化性的組成物中的氧所造成的硬化阻礙而進一步促進硬塗層的表面硬化,可於硬化區域內利用氮氣等惰性氣體進行吹洗以使氧濃度降低。使氧濃度降低時的氧濃度較佳為0.01%~5%,硬化區域內的氧濃度的寬度方向上的分佈較佳為2%以下。 為了促進紫外線硬化性的組成物的硬化反應,可提高硬化區域內的溫度。就促進硬化反應的觀點而言,較佳為將硬化區域內的溫度設為25℃~100℃,更佳為30℃~80℃,進而更佳為40℃~70℃。In the dry region, after removing the solvent from the composition for forming a hard coat layer, the composition layer for forming a hard coat layer on the substrate film is passed through a hardened region where the hard coat layer is hardened by irradiation with ionized radiation. , So that the hard coating can be hardened. When the composition for forming a hard coat layer is an ultraviolet-curable composition, the hardened region is preferably a region irradiated with an ultraviolet lamp. The irradiation amount of the ultraviolet lamp is preferably in a range of 10 mJ / cm 2 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 . By irradiating ultraviolet rays at the above-mentioned irradiation amount, the hard coat layer can be suitably cured. When the ultraviolet irradiation is performed, the irradiation amount distribution in the width direction of the composition layer for forming a hard coat layer on the support carried in the hardened region on the support is preferably relative to the maximum ultraviolet irradiation amount in the center, including two The distribution at the ends is 50% to 100%, more preferably the distribution is 80% to 100%. In order to suppress the hardening barrier caused by oxygen in the ultraviolet-curable composition and further promote the hardening of the surface of the hard coat layer, an inert gas such as nitrogen may be purged in the hardened area to reduce the oxygen concentration. The oxygen concentration when reducing the oxygen concentration is preferably 0.01% to 5%, and the distribution in the width direction of the oxygen concentration in the hardened region is preferably 2% or less. In order to accelerate the curing reaction of the ultraviolet-curable composition, the temperature in the curing region can be increased. From the viewpoint of accelerating the hardening reaction, the temperature in the hardened region is preferably set to 25 ° C to 100 ° C, more preferably 30 ° C to 80 ° C, and even more preferably 40 ° C to 70 ° C.

於形成硬塗層時,可視需要設置其他功能層。當形成硬塗層時,於除硬塗層以外亦積層其他功能層的情況下,可進行同時塗佈多個層的多層塗佈,亦可進行依次形成的逐次塗佈。任意形成的其他功能層的形成可依據已敘述的硬塗層的製造方法來進行。作為於形成硬塗層時可設置的其他功能層,可列舉易接著層、折射率調整層、紫外線吸收層等。When forming a hard coat layer, other functional layers may be provided as needed. When the hard coat layer is formed, in the case where other functional layers are laminated in addition to the hard coat layer, multi-layer coating in which a plurality of layers are simultaneously applied may be performed, and sequential coating may be performed. The formation of any other functional layer can be performed in accordance with the manufacturing method of the hard coat layer described above. Examples of other functional layers that can be provided when forming the hard coat layer include an easy-adhesion layer, a refractive index adjustment layer, and an ultraviolet absorbing layer.

[裝飾層] 本揭示的裝飾膜具有裝飾層。關於裝飾層,相對於裝飾膜的俯視時的整個區域而於至少一部分具有裝飾層。 裝飾層可設置於基材的整個面,亦可設置於一部分。 裝飾層對裝飾膜賦予各種設計性。 作為裝飾層,例如可列舉於用作圖像顯示面板時的圖像顯示部的周圍視認到的文字或圖形,或者以邊框狀設置於圖像顯示部的黑色鑲邊狀的裝飾層等。 圖3為表示本揭示的裝飾膜10的一態樣的平面圖。 其中,裝飾膜10的裝飾層14如圖3所示,較佳為於圖像顯示部中設置於裝飾膜10的俯視時的周緣邊部。即,較佳為如下態樣:於包括透明的聚酯膜的基材的背面即安裝裝飾膜的構件側,作為黑色的框狀遮光層而設置於周緣部以隱藏內部的配線等,並改善平板終端等的外觀。[Decorative layer] The decorative film of the present disclosure has a decorative layer. The decorative layer has a decorative layer in at least a part of the entire area of the decorative film in a plan view. The decoration layer may be provided on the entire surface of the substrate or a part thereof. The decorative layer imparts various design properties to the decorative film. Examples of the decoration layer include characters or graphics that are visually recognized around the image display portion when used as an image display panel, or a black fringe-shaped decoration layer provided in a frame shape on the image display portion. FIG. 3 is a plan view showing an aspect of the decorative film 10 of the present disclosure. Among them, as shown in FIG. 3, the decoration layer 14 of the decoration film 10 is preferably provided in the image display portion on a peripheral edge portion of the decoration film 10 in a plan view. That is, it is preferable to provide a black frame-shaped light-shielding layer on the back side of the base material including the transparent polyester film, that is, the side where the decorative film is mounted, to hide the internal wiring, etc., and improve it. Appearance of tablet terminals and the like.

裝飾層可形成為包含相應於目的的著色劑的樹脂層。裝飾層中所含的著色劑可根據使用目的而自各種著色劑中適當選擇。一般而言,於裝飾層用作遮光層的情況下,使用黑色顏料等遮光性的著色劑,於裝飾層作為背景色而設置於裝飾膜的整個面的情況下,使用白色顏料。 作為裝飾層中所含的黑色顏料,例如可列舉碳黑、鈦黑等,該些的遮光性均良好,於用作遮光層的情況下較佳。作為白色顏料,可列舉氧化鈦、氧化鋅等。The decorative layer may be formed as a resin layer containing a colorant corresponding to a purpose. The coloring agent contained in the decorative layer can be appropriately selected from various coloring agents according to the purpose of use. In general, when the decorative layer is used as a light-shielding layer, a light-shielding coloring agent such as a black pigment is used, and when the decorative layer is provided as a background color on the entire surface of the decorative film, a white pigment is used. Examples of the black pigment contained in the decorative layer include carbon black, titanium black, and the like, all of which have good light-shielding properties, and are preferably used as light-shielding layers. Examples of the white pigment include titanium oxide and zinc oxide.

關於裝飾層,可將包含著色劑與黏合劑樹脂的裝飾層形成用組成物例如藉由印刷法應用於包括硬塗層或聚酯膜的基材的表面而設置為圖案狀,亦可藉由轉印法來設置。另外,亦可藉由在包括硬塗層或聚酯膜的基材的表面形成正型或負型的裝飾層形成用組成物並進行圖案化來設置。作為正型裝飾層形成用組成物,可列舉包含著色劑、黏合劑樹脂以及光酸產生劑等提高黏合劑樹脂的可溶性的化合物的組成物。作為負型裝飾層形成用組成物,可列舉包含著色劑、具有乙烯性不飽和基的聚合性化合物以及聚合起始劑的組成物。As for the decorative layer, the composition for forming a decorative layer containing a colorant and a binder resin can be provided in a pattern by applying a printing method to the surface of a substrate including a hard coat layer or a polyester film, for example. Transfer method to set. In addition, it may be provided by forming and patterning a composition for forming a positive or negative decorative layer on the surface of a substrate including a hard coat layer or a polyester film. Examples of the composition for forming a positive decorative layer include a composition containing a compound that improves the solubility of the binder resin, such as a colorant, a binder resin, and a photoacid generator. Examples of the composition for forming a negative decorative layer include a composition containing a colorant, a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, and a polymerization initiator.

作為設置裝飾層的方法,可為印刷法、轉印法的任一種。 作為裝飾層的形成材料,例如可列舉用於樹脂基材上而可形成著色膜的、包含著色劑的印刷油墨。 就簡易的觀點而言,於裝飾層的形成中,使用包含已敘述的著色劑的印刷油墨並藉由印刷法而形成亦為較佳的態樣。 作為印刷法,例如可列舉:絲網印刷法、網版印刷法、噴墨印刷法、凹版印刷法、熱轉印印刷法等。其中,就可印刷出隱藏性良好的裝飾層的觀點而言,較佳為絲網印刷法、網版印刷法、熱轉印印刷法。藉由印刷法,可於整個面或所期望的區域以圖案狀簡易地設置裝飾層。As a method of providing a decorative layer, any of a printing method and a transfer method can be used. Examples of the material for forming the decorative layer include printing inks containing a colorant that can be used to form a colored film on a resin substrate. From the viewpoint of simplicity, it is also preferable to use a printing ink containing a coloring agent as described in the formation of the decorative layer by a printing method. Examples of the printing method include a screen printing method, a screen printing method, an inkjet printing method, a gravure printing method, and a thermal transfer printing method. Among these, a screen printing method, a screen printing method, and a thermal transfer printing method are preferred from the viewpoint that a decorative layer with good concealment can be printed. By the printing method, a decorative layer can be easily provided in a pattern on the entire surface or a desired area.

作為藉由絲網印刷方式或網版印刷方式形成裝飾層時所使用的印刷油墨,可使用對膜的印刷中所使用的各種油墨,可使用溶劑系或UV硬化系。尤其溶劑系油墨是僅利用乾燥爐來使溶媒乾燥,因此不需要UV照射裝置等裝置而可廉價地進行印刷,故可適宜地使用。 作為熱轉印方式中所使用的油墨,可使用樹脂型或蠟型。其中,樹脂型因耐候性優異而可適宜地使用。As the printing ink used when the decorative layer is formed by the screen printing method or the screen printing method, various inks used for printing on a film can be used, and a solvent-based or UV-curable system can be used. In particular, the solvent-based ink uses a drying oven to dry the solvent. Therefore, a device such as a UV irradiation device is not required and printing can be performed at low cost. Therefore, it can be used suitably. As the ink used in the thermal transfer method, a resin type or a wax type can be used. Among them, the resin type is suitably used because of its excellent weather resistance.

另外,亦可將已敘述的可形成圖案的正型或負型的裝飾層形成用組成物利用塗佈法、轉印法等應用於包括聚酯膜的基材的至少一個面而形成裝飾層形成用組成物層,並藉由介隔遮罩進行曝光的圖案曝光及顯影來形成圖案狀的裝飾層。藉由利用曝光的圖案化,可形成解析度高的所期望的圖案。The decorative layer for forming a patterned positive or negative decorative layer may be applied to at least one surface of a substrate including a polyester film by a coating method, a transfer method, or the like to form a decorative layer. The composition layer is formed, and a pattern-like decorative layer is formed by pattern exposure and development in which exposure is performed through a mask. By patterning by exposure, a desired pattern with high resolution can be formed.

作為裝飾層的厚度,較佳為40 μm以下,更佳為1 μm~25 μm,特佳為2 μm~20 μm。藉由將裝飾層的厚度設為已敘述的範圍,不易產生脫色或印刷不良,容易獲得適宜的設計性。The thickness of the decorative layer is preferably 40 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm to 25 μm, and particularly preferably 2 μm to 20 μm. By setting the thickness of the decorative layer to the range described above, it is difficult to cause discoloration or poor printing, and it is easy to obtain suitable designability.

將本揭示的裝飾膜的較佳的層構成的例子示於以下,但並不限定於該些層構成。以下的層構成是自具備裝飾膜的構件側起依序記載。 ·裝飾層/包括聚酯膜的基材/硬塗層 ·包括聚酯膜的基材/硬塗層/裝飾層 ·包括聚酯膜的基材/裝飾層/硬塗層 其中,就設計性及耐擦傷性的觀點而言,較佳為裝飾層配置於聚酯膜的其中一個面,硬塗層配置於聚酯膜的與配置有裝飾層的面為相反側的面。 即,較佳為與設置有本揭示的裝飾膜的構件靠近地具有裝飾層,且依序具有作為基材的聚酯膜、最表面的硬塗層。Examples of preferred layer configurations of the decorative film of the present disclosure are shown below, but are not limited to these layer configurations. The following layer configurations are described in order from the member side provided with the decorative film. · Decorative layer / Substrate including polyester film / Hard coating · Substrate including polyester film / Hard coating / Decorative layer · Substrate including polyester film / Decorative layer / Hard coating From the viewpoint of scratch resistance, it is preferable that the decorative layer is disposed on one surface of the polyester film, and the hard coat layer is disposed on the surface of the polyester film opposite to the surface on which the decorative layer is disposed. That is, it is preferable to have a decorative layer in close proximity to a member provided with the decorative film of the present disclosure, and to sequentially have a polyester film as a base material and an outermost hard coat layer in this order.

圖3為表示在裝飾膜10中裝飾層14的形成區域的一實施形態的平面圖。圖3中,裝飾層14設置於裝飾膜10的周緣部。於裝飾層14的非形成區域,藉由俯視可視認到聚酯膜與硬塗層。FIG. 3 is a plan view showing an embodiment of a formation region of the decoration layer 14 in the decoration film 10. In FIG. 3, the decorative layer 14 is provided on a peripheral edge portion of the decorative film 10. In the non-formed region of the decoration layer 14, the polyester film and the hard coat layer can be seen from a top view.

圖4A、圖4B及圖4C為表示裝飾層/包括聚酯膜的基材/硬塗層的積層結構的變形例的概略側視圖。圖4A所示的裝飾膜10具有自配置有裝飾膜10的構件側即圖4A的下方起依序積層有裝飾層14、包括聚酯膜的基材16及硬塗層18的態樣。圖4B所示的裝飾膜20具有自配置有裝飾膜20的構件側起依序積層有包括聚酯膜的基材16、硬塗層18及裝飾層14的態樣。圖4C所示的裝飾膜22具有自配置有裝飾膜22的構件側起依序積層有包括聚酯膜的基材16、裝飾層14及硬塗層18的態樣。 本揭示的裝飾膜可具有已敘述的任一積層結構。裝飾膜視需要亦可具有除包括聚酯膜的基材16、硬塗層18及裝飾層14以外的任意的層。4A, 4B, and 4C are schematic side views showing modified examples of a multilayer structure of a decorative layer / a substrate including a polyester film / a hard coat layer. The decorative film 10 shown in FIG. 4A has a state in which a decorative layer 14, a base material 16 including a polyester film, and a hard coat layer 18 are laminated in this order from the member side on which the decorative film 10 is arranged, that is, the lower portion of FIG. 4A. The decorative film 20 shown in FIG. 4B has a state in which a substrate 16 including a polyester film, a hard coat layer 18 and a decorative layer 14 are laminated in this order from the member side on which the decorative film 20 is arranged. The decorative film 22 shown in FIG. 4C has a state in which a base material 16 including a polyester film, a decorative layer 14 and a hard coat layer 18 are laminated in this order from the member side where the decorative film 22 is disposed. The decorative film of the present disclosure may have any of the laminated structures described above. The decorative film may have any layer other than the base material 16, the hard-coat layer 18, and the decorative layer 14 including a polyester film as needed.

圖5A及圖5B表示圖4A所示的裝飾膜10的A-A線上的概略剖面圖的變形例。 圖4A所示的裝飾膜22顯示出與圖4C所示的側視圖相同的積層結構,於配置有裝飾膜之側具有包括聚酯膜的基材16,於包括聚酯膜的基材16表面的單側周緣部具有俯視時為如圖3所示的形狀的圖案狀的裝飾層14,且於包括聚酯膜的基材16的具備裝飾層14之側具有硬塗層18。 圖5B所示的裝飾膜10中,於作為包括聚酯膜的基材16的其中一個面的、配置有裝飾膜10的構件側的面的周緣部,具有俯視時為如圖3所示的形狀的圖案狀的裝飾層14。於包括聚酯膜的基材16的與具有裝飾層14的面為相反側的面具備硬塗層18。 再者,裝飾層的層構成並不限定於已敘述的例子,可採用各種變形例。5A and 5B show a modified example of a schematic cross-sectional view on the A-A line of the decorative film 10 shown in FIG. 4A. The decorative film 22 shown in FIG. 4A shows the same laminated structure as the side view shown in FIG. 4C, and has a substrate 16 including a polyester film on the side where the decoration film is disposed, and a surface of the substrate 16 including the polyester film. The one-sided peripheral portion has a patterned decorative layer 14 having a shape as shown in FIG. 3 in plan view, and a hard coat layer 18 on a side of the base material 16 including the polyester film provided with the decorative layer 14. In the decorative film 10 shown in FIG. 5B, the peripheral edge portion of the surface on the member-side where the decorative film 10 is arranged as one side of the base material 16 including the polyester film has a structure shown in FIG. 3 in a plan view. Shaped decorative layer 14. A hard coat layer 18 is provided on a surface of the base material 16 including the polyester film on the side opposite to the surface having the decorative layer 14. In addition, the layer configuration of the decorative layer is not limited to the examples described above, and various modifications can be adopted.

本揭示的裝飾膜除所述聚酯膜、裝飾層及硬塗層以外,亦可包括其他層(任意的層)。作為任意的層,例如可列舉易接著層、防反射層(一層以上的高折射率層與一層以上的低折射率層的積層膜)、防眩層、低折射率層等折射率調整層、防靜電層、紫外線吸收層等,但並不限定於該些層。關於任意的層,例如可參照日本專利第5048304號公報的段落0069~段落0091等的記載。The decorative film of the present disclosure may include other layers (arbitrary layers) in addition to the polyester film, the decorative layer, and the hard coat layer. Examples of arbitrary layers include refractive index adjustment layers such as an easy-adhesion layer, an anti-reflection layer (a laminated film of one or more high refractive index layers and one or more low refractive index layers), an anti-glare layer, and a low refractive index layer, The antistatic layer, the ultraviolet absorbing layer, and the like are not limited to these layers. Regarding the arbitrary layer, for example, the descriptions in paragraphs 0069 to 0091 of Japanese Patent No. 5048304 can be referred to.

(低折射率層) 本揭示的裝飾膜中,以賦予反射率降低效果為目的,亦可於硬塗層上形成低折射率層。低折射率層為具有較硬塗層低的折射率的層。於在硬塗層的面上設置低折射率層的情況下的低折射率層的厚度較佳為50 nm~200 nm,更佳為70 nm~150 nm,進而更佳為80 nm~120 nm。(Low-refractive index layer) In the decorative film of the present disclosure, a low-refractive index layer may be formed on the hard coat layer for the purpose of imparting a reflectance-reducing effect. The low refractive index layer is a layer having a lower refractive index than the hard coat layer. When a low refractive index layer is provided on the surface of the hard coat layer, the thickness of the low refractive index layer is preferably 50 nm to 200 nm, more preferably 70 nm to 150 nm, and even more preferably 80 nm to 120 nm. .

低折射率層的折射率較佳為較正下方的層的折射率低。低折射率層的折射率較佳為1.20~1.55,更佳為1.25~1.46,進而更佳為1.30~1.40。 於設置低折射率層的情況下的低折射率層的厚度較佳為50 nm~200 nm,更佳為70 nm~100 nm。 低折射率層較佳為使低折射率層形成用的硬化性組成物硬化而獲得。 作為較佳的低折射率層形成用的硬化性組成物的態樣,可列舉: (1)含有具有交聯性的官能基或聚合性的官能基的含氟化合物的組成物, (2)將含氟的有機矽烷材料的水解縮合物作為主成分的組成物, (3)含有具有2個以上乙烯性不飽和基的單體與無機粒子(尤其較佳為具有中空結構的無機粒子)的組成物,此處,作為無機粒子,較佳為具有中空結構的無機粒子)等。 所述(1)及(2)的各低折射率層形成用組成物亦較佳為含有無機粒子,作為無機粒子,若使用較實心的無機粒子折射率更低的具有中空結構的無機粒子,則就低折射率化或調整無機粒子添加量與折射率等觀點而言特佳。The refractive index of the low refractive index layer is preferably lower than the refractive index of the layer immediately below. The refractive index of the low refractive index layer is preferably 1.20 to 1.55, more preferably 1.25 to 1.46, and even more preferably 1.30 to 1.40. When the low refractive index layer is provided, the thickness of the low refractive index layer is preferably 50 nm to 200 nm, and more preferably 70 nm to 100 nm. The low refractive index layer is preferably obtained by curing a curable composition for forming a low refractive index layer. Preferred aspects of the curable composition for forming a low-refractive index layer include: (1) a composition containing a fluorine-containing compound having a crosslinkable functional group or a polymerizable functional group, (2) A composition containing a hydrolyzed condensate of a fluorine-containing organosilane material as a main component, and (3) a monomer containing two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups and inorganic particles (particularly, inorganic particles having a hollow structure) The composition here is preferably an inorganic particle having a hollow structure as the inorganic particle). It is also preferable that the composition for forming each of the low refractive index layers in (1) and (2) contains inorganic particles. As the inorganic particles, if inorganic particles having a hollow structure having a lower refractive index than solid inorganic particles are used, From the viewpoint of lowering the refractive index or adjusting the addition amount and refractive index of the inorganic particles, it is particularly preferable.

(1)含有具有交聯性或聚合性的官能基的含氟化合物的組成物 作為具有交聯性或聚合性的官能基的含氟化合物,可列舉作為含氟單體與具有交聯性或聚合性的官能基的單體的共聚物的含氟聚合物。該些含氟聚合物的具體例記載於日本專利特開2003-222702號公報、日本專利特開2003-183322號公報等中。(1) Composition containing a fluorinated compound having a crosslinkable or polymerizable functional group As the fluorinated compound having a crosslinkable or polymerizable functional group, examples of the fluorinated compound having a crosslinkable or polymerizable functional group include A fluorinated polymer of a copolymer of a polymerizable functional group monomer. Specific examples of these fluoropolymers are described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-222702, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-183322, and the like.

另外,於將所述含氟聚合物用於低折射率層的形成的情況下,亦可如日本專利特開2000-17028號公報中所記載般適當地與具有聚合性不飽和基的硬化劑併用。另外,如日本專利特開2002-145952號公報中所記載般併用含氟聚合物與含氟的具有多官能的聚合性不飽和基的化合物亦較佳。作為具有多官能的聚合性不飽和基的化合物的例子,可列舉所述作為低折射率層的硬化性樹脂而說明的具有2個以上乙烯性不飽和基的單體。另外,作為用於形成低折射率層的化合物,亦較佳為日本專利特開2004-170901號公報中所記載的有機矽烷的水解縮合物,尤其較佳為含有(甲基)丙烯醯基的有機矽烷的水解縮合物。尤其當使用在聚合物本體中具有聚合性不飽和基的化合物時,該些化合物相對於改良耐擦傷性而言的併用效果大而較佳。When the fluoropolymer is used for the formation of a low refractive index layer, it may be appropriately combined with a polymerizable unsaturated group hardener as described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-17028. And use. Further, as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-145952, a compound having a polyfunctional polymerizable unsaturated group and a fluorine-containing polymer in combination with a fluorine-containing polymer is also preferred. Examples of the compound having a polyfunctional polymerizable unsaturated group include the monomer having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups described as the curable resin of the low refractive index layer. In addition, as a compound for forming a low refractive index layer, a hydrolyzed condensate of an organosilane described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-170901 is also preferable, and a (meth) acrylfluorenyl group-containing one is particularly preferable. Hydrolyzed condensates of organosilanes. In particular, when a compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group in a polymer body is used, these compounds have a large combined effect with respect to improvement of scratch resistance and are preferred.

於聚合物本身單獨不具有充分的硬化性的情況下,可藉由調配交聯性化合物來對低折射率層形成用組成物賦予必需的硬化性。 例如,於聚合物本體中含有羥基的情況下,較佳為使用各種胺基化合物作為硬化劑。可用作交聯性化合物的胺基化合物例如可列舉合計含有2個以上羥基烷基胺基及烷氧基烷基胺基的任一者或兩者的化合物。作為用作交聯性化合物的胺基化合物,具體而言,例如可列舉三聚氰胺系化合物、脲系化合物、苯并胍胺系化合物、乙炔脲系化合物等。於該些化合物的硬化中,較佳為使用有機酸或其鹽。When the polymer itself does not have sufficient hardenability, it is possible to impart necessary hardenability to the composition for forming a low refractive index layer by blending a crosslinkable compound. For example, when a hydroxyl group is contained in a polymer body, it is preferable to use various amine compounds as a hardener. Examples of the amine-based compound that can be used as the crosslinkable compound include compounds containing one or both of two or more hydroxyalkylamino groups and alkoxyalkylamino groups in total. Specific examples of the amine-based compound used as the crosslinkable compound include melamine-based compounds, urea-based compounds, benzoguanamine-based compounds, and acetylene urea-based compounds. In curing these compounds, an organic acid or a salt thereof is preferably used.

(2)將含氟的有機矽烷材料的水解縮合物作為主成分的組成物 將含氟的有機矽烷化合物的水解縮合物作為主成分的組成物的折射率低、塗膜表面的硬度高而亦較佳。作為含氟的有機矽烷材料,較佳為相對於氟化烷基而於單末端或兩末端含有水解性的矽烷醇的化合物與四烷氧基矽烷的縮合物。具體的組成物記載於日本專利特開2002-265866號公報、日本專利317152號公報中。(2) A composition containing a hydrolyzed condensate of a fluorine-containing organosilane material as a main component A composition having a hydrolyzed condensate of a fluorine-containing organosilane compound as a main component has a low refractive index and high hardness on the surface of the coating film. Better. As the fluorine-containing organosilane material, a condensate of a compound containing a hydrolyzable silanol at one or both ends with respect to a fluorinated alkyl group and a tetraalkoxysilane is preferred. Specific compositions are described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-265866 and Japanese Patent No. 317152.

(3)含有具有2個以上乙烯性不飽和基的單體與具有中空結構的無機粒子的組成物 進而,作為低折射率層的另一較佳態樣,可列舉含有低折射率的粒子與樹脂的低折射率層。低折射率層中所含的低折射率粒子可為有機粒子亦可為無機粒子,較佳為於內部具有空孔的中空粒子。中空粒子的具體例可列舉日本專利特開2002-79616號公報中所記載的二氧化矽系粒子等。 低折射率層中所使用的粒子的折射率較佳為1.15~1.40,更佳為1.20~1.30。 作為低折射率層中所使用的樹脂,可列舉於所述防眩層一項中敘述的源自具有兩個以上乙烯性不飽和基的單體的樹脂。(3) A composition containing a monomer having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups and inorganic particles having a hollow structure. Further, as another preferable aspect of the low refractive index layer, particles containing low refractive index and Low refractive index layer of resin. The low-refractive index particles contained in the low-refractive index layer may be organic particles or inorganic particles, and are preferably hollow particles having pores inside. Specific examples of the hollow particles include silicon dioxide-based particles described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-79616. The refractive index of the particles used in the low refractive index layer is preferably 1.15 to 1.40, and more preferably 1.20 to 1.30. Examples of the resin used in the low-refractive index layer include resins derived from a monomer having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups described in the item of the anti-glare layer.

於低折射率層形成用的組成物中,較佳為添加光自由基聚合起始劑或熱自由基聚合起始劑。於低折射率層形成用的組成物含有自由基聚合性化合物的情況下,相對於自由基聚合性化合物100質量份,可使用1質量份~10質量份、較佳為1質量份~5質量份的聚合起始劑。In the composition for forming a low-refractive-index layer, it is preferable to add a photo radical polymerization initiator or a thermal radical polymerization initiator. When the composition for forming a low-refractive-index layer contains a radically polymerizable compound, 1 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass, can be used with respect to 100 parts by mass of the radically polymerizable compound. Parts of polymerization initiator.

於低折射率層中可併用無機粒子。藉由併用無機粒子,可對低折射率層賦予耐擦傷性。為了對低折射率層賦予耐擦傷性,可使用具有低折射率層的厚度的15%~150%、較佳為30%~100%、更佳為45%~60%的粒徑的無機粒子。In the low refractive index layer, inorganic particles may be used in combination. By using inorganic particles in combination, scratch resistance can be imparted to the low refractive index layer. In order to impart scratch resistance to the low refractive index layer, inorganic particles having a particle size of 15% to 150%, preferably 30% to 100%, and more preferably 45% to 60% of the thickness of the low refractive index layer can be used. .

於低折射率層中,以賦予防污性、耐水性、耐化學品性、光滑性等特性為目的,可適當添加公知的聚矽氧烷系的防污劑、氟系的防污劑、光滑劑等。For the purpose of imparting properties such as antifouling properties, water resistance, chemical resistance, and smoothness to the low refractive index layer, known polysiloxane-based antifouling agents, fluorine-based antifouling agents, Smoothing agent and so on.

作為具有聚矽氧烷結構的添加劑,添加含反應性基的聚矽氧烷{例如KF-100T、X-22-169AS、KF-102、X-22-37-01IE、X-22-164B、X-22-5002、X-22-173B、X-22-174D、X-22-167B、X-22-161AS(商品名),以上為信越化學工業(股份)製造;AK-5、AK-30、AK-32(商品名),以上為東亞合成(股份)製造;「塞拉普雷(Silaplane)FM0725」、「塞拉普雷(Silaplane)FM0721」(商品名),以上為JNC(股份)製造等}亦較佳。另外,亦可較佳地使用日本專利特開2003-112383號公報的表2、表3中所記載的矽酮系化合物。As an additive having a polysiloxane structure, reactive polysiloxane containing reactive groups such as KF-100T, X-22-169AS, KF-102, X-22-37-01IE, X-22-164B, X-22-5002, X-22-173B, X-22-174D, X-22-167B, X-22-161AS (trade names), the above are manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry (stock); AK-5, AK- 30. AK-32 (brand name), the above are manufactured by East Asia Synthetic (stock); "Silaplane FM0725", "Silaplane FM0721" (trade name), and the above are JNC (shares ) Manufacturing is also better. In addition, the silicone compounds described in Tables 2 and 3 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-112383 can also be preferably used.

作為氟系化合物,較佳為具有氟烷基的化合物。所述氟烷基的碳數較佳為1~20,更佳為1~10,可為直鏈(例如-CF2 CF3 、-CH2 (CF2 )4 H、-CH2 (CF2 )8 CF3 、-CH2 CH2 (CF2 )4 H等),亦可為分支結構(例如CH(CF3 )2 、CH2 CF(CF3 )2 、CH(CH3 )CF2 CF3 、CH(CH3 )(CF2 )5 CF2 H等),亦可為脂環式結構(較佳為5員環或6員環,例如全氟環己基、全氟環戊基或經該些取代的烷基等),亦可具有醚鍵(例如CH2 OCH2 CF2 CF3 、CH2 CH2 OCH2 C4 F8 H、CH2 CH2 OCH2 CH2 C8 F17 、CH2 CH2 OCF2 CF2 OCF2 CF2 H等)。可於同一分子中包含多個所述氟烷基。The fluorine-based compound is preferably a compound having a fluoroalkyl group. The carbon number of the fluoroalkyl group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and may be a straight chain (for example, -CF 2 CF 3 , -CH 2 (CF 2 ) 4 H, -CH 2 (CF 2 ) 8 CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 (CF 2 ) 4 H, etc.), or branch structures (such as CH (CF 3 ) 2 , CH 2 CF (CF 3 ) 2 , CH (CH 3 ) CF 2 CF 3 , CH (CH 3 ) (CF 2 ) 5 CF 2 H, etc.), can also be alicyclic structure (preferably 5-membered ring or 6-membered ring, such as perfluorocyclohexyl, perfluorocyclopentyl or These substituted alkyl groups, etc.) may also have ether bonds (for example, CH 2 OCH 2 CF 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 C 4 F 8 H, CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 C 8 F 17 , CH 2 CH 2 OCF 2 CF 2 OCF 2 CF 2 H, etc.). A plurality of the fluoroalkyl groups may be contained in the same molecule.

氟系化合物較佳為進而具有有助於與低折射率層覆膜形成鍵或相容性的取代基。氟系化合物較佳為具有多個所述取代基。於氟系化合物具有多個所述取代基的情況下,所述取代基可相同亦可不同。作為所述取代基的較佳例,可列舉:丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、乙烯基、稀丙基、桂皮醯基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、羥基、聚氧伸烷基、羧基、胺基等。 氟化合物的分子量並無特別限制。氟系化合物可為具有不含氟原子的部分結構的聚合物,亦可為寡聚物。 氟系化合物中的氟原子含量並無特別限制,較佳為20質量%以上,特佳為30質量%~70質量%,最佳為40質量%~70質量%。 作為較佳的氟系化合物的例子,可列舉大金(Daikin)化學工業(股份)製造的R-2020、M-2020、R-3833、M-3833、奧普茨(Optool)DAC(以上為商品名),迪愛生(DIC)公司製造的美佳法(Megafac)(註冊商標)F-171、F-172、F-179A、迪分薩(Defensa)MCF-300、MCF-323(以上為商品名)等,但並不限定於該些例子。 該些聚矽氧烷氟系化合物或具有聚矽氧烷結構的化合物較佳為於低折射率層總固體成分的0.1質量%~10質量%的範圍內添加,特佳為1質量%~5質量%的情況。The fluorine-based compound preferably further has a substituent that facilitates formation of a bond or compatibility with the low-refractive-index layer coating. The fluorine-based compound preferably has a plurality of the substituents. When the fluorine-based compound has a plurality of the substituents, the substituents may be the same or different. Preferable examples of the substituent include acrylfluorenyl, methacrylfluorenyl, vinyl, dipropyl, cinnamyl, epoxy, oxetanyl, hydroxyl, and polyoxyalkylene Group, carboxyl group, amine group, etc. The molecular weight of the fluorine compound is not particularly limited. The fluorine-based compound may be a polymer having a partial structure not containing a fluorine atom, or may be an oligomer. The fluorine atom content in the fluorine-based compound is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 20% by mass or more, particularly preferably 30% to 70% by mass, and most preferably 40% to 70% by mass. Examples of preferred fluorine-based compounds include R-2020, M-2020, R-3833, M-3833, and Optool DACs (above: (Trade name), Megafac (registered trademark) F-171, F-172, F-179A, Defensa MCF-300, MCF-323 (the above are products) Name), etc., but not limited to these examples. It is preferable that these polysiloxane fluorinated compounds or compounds having a polysiloxane structure are added in a range of 0.1% to 10% by mass of the total solid content of the low refractive index layer, particularly preferably 1% to 5%. Case of mass%.

[裝飾膜的用途] 本揭示的裝飾膜的用途並無特別限定,若為要求耐擦傷性、具有施加設計的要求的用途,則可無特別限制地適宜地使用。尤其於在構件上的安裝需要進行衝壓加工等的用途,例如圖像顯示裝置、觸控面板等的用途中,加工時的裝飾層的剝離、裂縫、碎裂的產生得到抑制,因此可謂效果顯著。[Application of Decorative Film] The application of the decorative film of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and can be suitably used without particular limitation as long as it is an application that requires scratch resistance and has a requirement for design. In particular, in applications where mounting on components requires press processing, for example, in applications such as image display devices and touch panels, the occurrence of peeling, cracks, and chipping of the decorative layer during processing is suppressed, so it can be said that the effect is significant .

[裝飾膜的製造方法] 本揭示的裝飾膜的製造方法包括:聚酯膜形成步驟;裝飾層形成步驟,於聚酯膜的其中一個面上的至少一部分形成裝飾層;以及硬塗層形成步驟,於聚酯膜的至少一個面上形成硬塗層,所述聚酯膜形成步驟包括:橫向延伸步驟,使用具備分別沿著設置於膜搬送道路的兩側的一對軌道移動的多個夾具的拉幅機式延伸裝置,於利用夾具夾持未延伸的聚酯膜的狀態下,在相對於膜搬送道路而正交的方向上進行延伸;熱固定步驟,藉由對橫向延伸後的聚酯膜進行加熱而進行熱固定;以及熱緩和步驟,對熱固定步驟後的聚酯膜進行加熱,且縮小聚酯膜的膜搬送方向及相對於膜搬送方向而正交的方向的長度,且於熱緩和步驟中,將熱固定步驟後的聚酯膜的相對於膜搬送方向而正交的方向的長度所縮小的比例、即相對於膜搬送方向而正交的方向上的緩和率設為0.1%~7%,且將經熱固定的聚酯膜的膜搬送方向上的緩和率設為0.1%~7%,以形成膜搬送方向及相對於膜搬送方向而正交的方向上的在賦予溫度150℃、30分鐘的熱歷程時的熱收縮率均為3.0%以下的聚酯膜。[Manufacturing Method of Decorative Film] The manufacturing method of the decorative film of the present disclosure includes: a polyester film forming step; a decorative layer forming step, forming a decorative layer on at least a part of one surface of the polyester film; and a hard coat layer forming step Forming a hard coat layer on at least one side of the polyester film, the polyester film forming step includes a lateral extension step using a plurality of jigs provided with a pair of rails that are respectively moved along two sides of the film conveying road The tenter-type stretching device stretches the unstretched polyester film in a direction orthogonal to the film conveying road while holding the unstretched polyester film with a clamp; the heat fixing step is performed by The ester film is heated for heat fixing; and a heat relaxation step for heating the polyester film after the heat fixing step, and reducing the length of the polyester film film transport direction and the direction orthogonal to the film transport direction, and In the heat relaxation step, the ratio of the length of the polyester film after the heat-fixing step to a direction orthogonal to the film transport direction is reduced, that is, a square orthogonal to the film transport direction. The relaxation rate on the film is set to 0.1% to 7%, and the relaxation rate in the film transport direction of the heat-fixed polyester film is set to 0.1% to 7% to form a film transport direction and be positive with respect to the film transport direction. A polyester film having a thermal shrinkage in the direction of intersection of 150 ° C. and a thermal history of 30 minutes was 3.0% or less.

聚酯膜形成步驟如於聚酯膜一欄中所詳細說明,較佳態樣亦相同。 於裝飾膜的製造方法中,首先,形成作為基材的聚酯膜。其後的步驟即硬塗層形成步驟與裝飾層形成步驟的實施順序為任意的,可根據裝飾膜的構成進行適當選擇來實施。 硬塗層形成步驟及裝飾層形成步驟均可首先進行,另外,於在包括聚酯膜的基材的兩面分別形成硬塗層與裝飾層的情況下,亦可藉由多層塗佈或同時轉印法來同時形成硬塗層與裝飾層。The polyester film formation steps are as described in detail in the column of polyester film, and the preferred embodiment is also the same. In the manufacturing method of a decorative film, first, a polyester film is formed as a base material. The order of implementation of the subsequent steps, that is, the hard coat layer forming step and the decorative layer forming step, is arbitrary, and can be appropriately selected and implemented according to the configuration of the decorative film. Both the hard coating layer forming step and the decorative layer forming step can be performed first. In addition, in the case where the hard coating layer and the decorative layer are separately formed on both sides of the substrate including the polyester film, it can also be performed by multi-layer coating or simultaneous transfer. Printing method to form a hard coat layer and a decoration layer at the same time.

[圖像顯示裝置] 本揭示的圖像顯示裝置包括圖像顯示元件及本揭示的裝飾膜,裝飾膜配置於最表面。 作為本揭示的圖像顯示裝置,可列舉如液晶顯示裝置(液晶顯示器(Liquid Crystal Display;LCD))、電漿顯示器面板、電致發光顯示器、陰極管顯示裝置般的圖像顯示裝置。[Image Display Device] The image display device of the present disclosure includes an image display element and the decorative film of the present disclosure, and the decorative film is disposed on the outermost surface. Examples of the image display device of the present disclosure include image display devices such as a liquid crystal display device (Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)), a plasma display panel, an electroluminescence display, and a cathode tube display device.

作為液晶顯示裝置,可列舉扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)型、超扭轉向列(Super-Twisted Nematic,STN)型、三倍超扭轉向列(Triple Super Twisted Nematic,TSTN)型、多域(multi domain)型、垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA)型、共面切換(In Plane Switching,IPS)型、光學補償彎曲(Optically Compensated Bend,OCB)型等。 圖像顯示裝置尤其較佳為如下的液晶顯示裝置:其包括液晶單元以及配置於液晶單元的至少一個面上的本揭示的偏光板,本揭示的裝飾膜配置於最表面。該情況下,圖像顯示元件為液晶顯示元件。Examples of the liquid crystal display device include a Twisted Nematic (TN) type, a Super-Twisted Nematic (STN) type, a Triple Super Twisted Nematic (TSTN) type, and a multi-domain (Multi domain) type, Vertical Alignment (VA) type, In Plane Switching (IPS) type, Optically Compensated Bend (OCB) type, etc. The image display device is particularly preferably a liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal cell and the polarizing plate of the present disclosure arranged on at least one surface of the liquid crystal cell, and the decorative film of the present disclosure is arranged on the outermost surface. In this case, the image display element is a liquid crystal display element.

本揭示的圖像顯示裝置亦較佳為圖像顯示元件為有機電致發光顯示元件。In the image display device of the present disclosure, the image display element is preferably an organic electroluminescence display element.

[觸控面板] 本揭示的觸控面板包括本揭示的裝飾膜,裝飾膜配置於最表面。[Touch Panel] The touch panel of the present disclosure includes the decorative film of the present disclosure, and the decorative film is disposed on the outermost surface.

可應用本揭示的裝飾膜的觸控面板並無特別限制,可根據目的適當選擇。例如可列舉:表面型靜電電容式觸控面板、投影型靜電電容式觸控面板、電阻膜式觸控面板等。關於詳情,將作為本揭示的電阻膜式觸控面板及本揭示的靜電電容式觸控面板而於後敘述。 再者,所謂觸控面板,包括所謂的觸控感測器及觸控墊。觸控面板中的觸控面板感測器電極部的層構成可為將2片透明電極貼合的貼合方式、於1片基板的兩面具備透明電極的方式、單面跨接或通孔方式、或者單面積層方式的任一者。另外,關於投影型靜電電容式觸控面板,交流(alternating current,AC)驅動優於直流(direct current,DC)驅動,更佳為對電極的電壓施加時間少的驅動方式。The touch panel to which the decorative film of the present disclosure can be applied is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, surface type capacitive touch panels, projection type capacitive touch panels, resistive film touch panels, and the like can be cited. The details will be described later as the resistive film touch panel of the present disclosure and the capacitive touch panel of the present disclosure. Furthermore, the so-called touch panel includes a so-called touch sensor and a touch pad. The layer structure of the touch panel sensor electrode part in the touch panel can be a bonding method in which two transparent electrodes are bonded, a method in which transparent electrodes are provided on both sides of a substrate, a single-sided jumper or a through-hole method. Or any of the single-area layer methods. In addition, with respect to a projection type electrostatic capacitive touch panel, an alternating current (AC) drive is better than a direct current (DC) drive, and a drive method with less time for applying voltage to the electrodes is more preferable.

(電阻膜式觸控面板) 本揭示的電阻膜式觸控面板為包括本揭示的裝飾膜的電阻膜式觸控面板。 電阻膜式觸控面板包含使具有導電性膜的上下一對的基板的導電性膜彼此於對向的位置介隔間隔件配置而成的基本構成。再者,電阻膜式觸控面板的構成為公知的,本揭示中可無任何限制地應用公知技術。(Resistance film type touch panel) The resistance film type touch panel of the present disclosure is a resistance film type touch panel including the decoration film of the present disclosure. The resistive film type touch panel includes a basic configuration in which conductive films of a pair of upper and lower substrates having a conductive film are disposed at positions facing each other with a spacer interposed therebetween. In addition, the configuration of the resistive film touch panel is well known, and the known technology can be applied without any limitation in the present disclosure.

(靜電電容式觸控面板) 本揭示的靜電電容式觸控面板為包括本揭示的裝飾膜的靜電電容式觸控面板。 作為靜電電容式觸控面板的方式,可列舉表面型靜電電容式、投影型靜電電容式等。投影型的靜電電容式觸控面板包含使X軸電極(以下,亦稱為X電極)以及與X電極正交的Y軸電極(以下,亦稱為Y電極)介隔絕緣體配置而成的基本構成。作為具體的態樣,可列舉X電極及Y電極形成於1片基板上的不同的面的態樣、於1片基板上依序形成X電極、絕緣體層、Y電極的態樣、於1片基板上形成X電極並於另一基板上形成Y電極的態樣(於該態樣中,將2片基板貼合而成的構成成為上述基本構成)等。再者,靜電電容式觸控面板的構成為公知的,本揭示中可無任何限制地應用公知技術。 [實施例](Capacitive Touch Panel) The capacitive touch panel of the present disclosure is a capacitive touch panel including the decorative film of the present disclosure. Examples of the method of the electrostatic capacitance type touch panel include a surface type electrostatic capacitance type and a projection type electrostatic capacitance type. A capacitive touch panel of a projection type includes a basic structure in which an X-axis electrode (hereinafter, also referred to as an X electrode) and a Y-axis electrode (hereinafter, also referred to as a Y electrode) orthogonal to the X electrode are arranged to isolate the edge body Make up. As a specific aspect, the X electrode and the Y electrode are formed on different surfaces of one substrate, and the X electrode, the insulator layer, and the Y electrode are sequentially formed on the one substrate. A state where an X electrode is formed on a substrate and a Y electrode is formed on another substrate (in this aspect, a structure in which two substrates are bonded together becomes the basic structure described above), and the like. Moreover, the configuration of the electrostatic capacitance type touch panel is well known, and the known technology can be applied without any limitation in the present disclosure. [Example]

以下列舉實施例與比較例來更具體地對本揭示的裝飾膜等進行說明。只要不脫離本發明的主旨,則以下的實施例中所示的材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理程序等可適當變更。因此,本揭示的範圍不由以下所示的具體例限定性地進行解釋。 再者,只要事先無特別說明,則「份」及「ppm」為質量基準。Examples and comparative examples are given below to more specifically describe the decorative film and the like of the present disclosure. The materials, usage amounts, proportions, processing contents, processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present disclosure is not limitedly interpreted by the specific examples shown below. In addition, unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "ppm" are mass standards.

[實施例1] <原料聚酯的合成> (原料聚酯1) 如以下所示般,使用直接酯化法,並藉由連續聚合裝置來獲得原料聚酯1(Sb觸媒系PET),所述直接酯化法是使對苯二甲酸及乙二醇直接進行反應後將水餾去,進行酯化後,於減壓下進行縮聚。[Example 1] <Synthesis of raw material polyester> (raw material polyester 1) Raw material polyester 1 (Sb catalyst PET) was obtained by a continuous polymerization apparatus using a direct esterification method as shown below. In the direct esterification method, terephthalic acid and ethylene glycol are directly reacted, water is distilled off, and after esterification, polycondensation is performed under reduced pressure.

(1)酯化反應 於第一酯化反應槽中,歷時90分鐘將高純度對苯二甲酸4.7噸與乙二醇1.8噸混合來形成漿料,並以3800 kg/h的流量連續地供給至第一酯化反應槽中。進而,連續地供給三氧化銻的乙二醇溶液,然後於攪拌下,以反應槽內溫度為250℃、平均滯留時間約為4.3小時進行反應。於反應中,以Sb添加量按元素換算值計變成150 ppm的量連續地添加三氧化銻。(1) Esterification reaction In the first esterification reaction tank, 4.7 tons of high-purity terephthalic acid and 1.8 tons of ethylene glycol were mixed for 90 minutes to form a slurry, and continuously supplied at a flow rate of 3800 kg / h Into the first esterification reaction tank. Further, an ethylene glycol solution of antimony trioxide was continuously supplied, and then the reaction was performed with stirring at a temperature in the reaction tank of 250 ° C. and an average residence time of about 4.3 hours. In the reaction, antimony trioxide was continuously added in an amount that the Sb addition amount became 150 ppm in terms of element conversion.

將所獲得的反應物移送至第二酯化反應槽中,於攪拌下,以反應槽內溫度為250℃、平均滯留時間為1.2小時進行反應。以Mg添加量及P添加量按元素換算值計分別變成65 ppm、35 ppm的量,將乙酸鎂的乙二醇溶液、及磷酸三甲酯的乙二醇溶液連續地供給至第二酯化反應槽中。The obtained reactant was transferred to a second esterification reaction tank, and the reaction was performed with stirring at a temperature in the reaction tank of 250 ° C. and an average residence time of 1.2 hours. The amounts of Mg and P added were 65 ppm and 35 ppm, respectively, in terms of element conversion values. The ethylene glycol solution of magnesium acetate and the ethylene glycol solution of trimethyl phosphate were continuously supplied to the second esterification. Reaction tank.

(2)縮聚反應 將以上所獲得的酯化反應產物連續地供給至第一縮聚反應槽中,於攪拌下,以反應溫度為270℃、反應槽內壓力為20 torr(2.67×10-3 MPa)、平均滯留時間約為1.8小時進行縮聚。(2) Polycondensation reaction The esterification reaction product obtained above is continuously supplied to the first polycondensation reaction tank, and the reaction temperature is 270 ° C and the pressure in the reaction tank is 20 torr (2.67 × 10 -3 MPa) under stirring. ), The average residence time is about 1.8 hours for polycondensation.

進而,移送至第二縮聚反應槽中,於第二縮聚的反應槽中,於攪拌下,以反應槽內溫度為276℃、反應槽內壓力為5 torr(6.67×10-4 MPa)、滯留時間約為1.2小時的條件進行反應(縮聚)。Further, it was transferred to a second polycondensation reaction tank, and in the second polycondensation reaction tank, under agitation, the temperature in the reaction tank was 276 ° C, the pressure in the reaction tank was 5 torr (6.67 × 10 -4 MPa), and it was retained. The reaction (polycondensation) was performed under conditions of about 1.2 hours.

繼而,進而移送至第三縮聚反應槽中,於第三縮聚反應槽中,以反應槽內溫度為278℃、反應槽內壓力為1.5 torr(2.0×10-4 MPa)、滯留時間為1.5小時的條件進行反應(縮聚),而獲得反應物(聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯;PET)。Then, it was transferred to the third polycondensation reaction tank. In the third polycondensation reaction tank, the temperature in the reaction tank was 278 ° C, the pressure in the reaction tank was 1.5 torr (2.0 × 10 -4 MPa), and the residence time was 1.5 hours. The reaction (polycondensation) was carried out under the conditions described above to obtain a reactant (polyethylene terephthalate; PET).

接著,將所獲得的反應物呈股線狀噴出至冷水中,立即進行切割(cutting)來製作聚酯的顆粒「剖面:長徑約為4 mm,短徑:約2 mm,長度:約3 mm」。Next, the obtained reactant was sprayed into cold water in a strand shape, and immediately cut to produce particles of polyester. "Section: major diameter: about 4 mm, minor diameter: about 2 mm, length: about 3" mm ".

所獲得的聚酯為IV=0.63。將所獲得的聚酯作為原料聚酯1。The obtained polyester was IV = 0.63. The obtained polyester was used as a raw material polyester 1.

<聚酯膜的製造> -膜成形步驟- 將原料聚酯1乾燥至含水率為20 ppm以下後,投入至直徑為50 mm的單軸混煉擠出機1的料斗1中。將原料聚酯1熔融至300℃,藉由下述擠出條件,經由齒輪泵、過濾器(孔徑為20 μm)而自模具中擠出。 熔融樹脂的擠出條件是將壓力變動設為1%,將熔融樹脂的溫度分佈設為2%,並自模具中擠出熔融樹脂。具體而言,相對於擠出機的桶內平均壓力施加1%的背壓,並以使擠出機的配管溫度成為相對於擠出機的桶內平均溫度高2%的溫度的方式進行加熱。 將自模具中擠出的熔融樹脂擠出至將溫度設定成25℃的冷卻澆鑄滾筒上,並利用靜電施加法來使其密接於冷卻澆鑄滾筒。使用與冷卻澆鑄滾筒對向配置的剝取輥進行剝離,而獲得未延伸聚酯膜1。<Production of Polyester Film> -Film forming step- After drying the raw polyester 1 to a moisture content of 20 ppm or less, it is put into the hopper 1 of a uniaxial kneading extruder 1 having a diameter of 50 mm. The raw polyester 1 was melted to 300 ° C., and extruded from a mold through a gear pump and a filter (pore diameter: 20 μm) under the following extrusion conditions. The extrusion conditions of the molten resin were such that the pressure fluctuation was 1%, the temperature distribution of the molten resin was 2%, and the molten resin was extruded from the die. Specifically, a back pressure of 1% is applied to the average pressure in the barrel of the extruder, and the piping temperature of the extruder is heated to a temperature that is 2% higher than the average temperature in the barrel of the extruder. . The molten resin extruded from the mold was extruded onto a cooling casting drum set at a temperature of 25 ° C., and was brought into close contact with the cooling casting drum by an electrostatic application method. The peeling roll arrange | positioned opposite to the cooling casting drum was peeled, and the unstretched polyester film 1 was obtained.

-易接著層的形成- 以下述比率將下述化合物混合而製作易接著層形成用的塗佈液H1。—Formation of Easy Adhesive Layer— The following compounds were mixed at the following ratios to prepare a coating liquid H1 for easy adhesive layer formation.

(易接著層形成用的塗佈液H1) 聚酯樹脂:(IC) 60質量份 丙烯酸樹脂:(II) 25質量份 三聚氰胺化合物:(VIB) 10質量份 粒子:(VII) 5質量份 以下示出易接著層的形成中所使用的化合物的詳情。(Coating Solution H1 for Easy Adhesive Layer Formation) Polyester resin: (IC) 60 parts by mass of acrylic resin: (II) 25 parts by mass of melamine compound: (VIB) 10 parts by mass of particles: (VII) 5 parts by mass of the following are shown Details of the compound used in the formation of the easy-adhesion layer are given.

-聚酯樹脂:(IC)- 由下述組成的單體進行共聚合而成的聚酯樹脂的磺酸系水分散體 單體組成:(酸成分)對苯二甲酸/間苯二甲酸/間苯二甲酸-5-磺酸鈉//(二醇成分)乙二醇/1,4-丁二醇/二乙二醇=56/40/4//70/20/10(莫耳%)-Polyester resin: (IC)-A sulfonic acid-based water dispersion monomer of a polyester resin obtained by copolymerizing monomers having the following composition: (acid component) terephthalic acid / isophthalic acid / Sodium isophthalate-5-sulfonate // (diol component) ethylene glycol / 1,4-butanediol / diethylene glycol = 56/40/4 // 70/20/10 (mole% )

-丙烯酸樹脂:(II)- 由下述組成的單體進行聚合而成的丙烯酸樹脂的水分散體 丙烯酸乙酯/丙烯酸正丁酯/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺/丙烯酸=65/21/10/2/2(質量%)的乳化聚合物(乳化劑:陰離子系界面活性劑)-Acrylic resin: (II)-Aqueous dispersion of acrylic resin obtained by polymerizing monomers having the following composition: ethyl acrylate / n-butyl acrylate / methyl methacrylate / N-hydroxymethacrylamide / Emulsion polymer of acrylic acid = 65/21/10/2/2 (mass%) (emulsifier: anionic surfactant)

-三聚氰胺化合物:(VIB)- 六甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺 -粒子:(VII)- 平均粒徑150 nm的矽膠(平均粒徑是指一次平均粒徑,即一次粒徑的平均值;於下述表中記載為粒子大小)。-Melamine compound: (VIB)-Hexamethoxymethyl melamine-Particles: (VII)-Silicone gel with an average particle diameter of 150 nm (The average particle diameter refers to the primary average particle diameter, that is, the average of the primary particle diameter; as described below The particle size is shown in the table).

-易接著層向聚酯膜的兩面的塗佈- 藉由使用線棒的棒塗法,於未延伸聚酯膜1的單側,將易接著層形成用的塗佈液H1一面調整為延伸後的塗佈膜厚成為50 nm的量,一面使用線棒塗佈進行塗佈。-Coating of the easy-adhesive layer to both sides of the polyester film- The coating liquid H1 for forming the easy-adhesive layer was adjusted to be extended on one side of the unstretched polyester film 1 by a bar coating method using a wire rod. The subsequent coating film thickness was an amount of 50 nm, and coating was performed using wire rod coating.

-橫向延伸步驟- 將未延伸聚酯膜1導入至拉幅機(橫向延伸機)中,一面利用夾具夾持膜的端部,一面以下述的方法、條件進行橫向延伸。-Horizontal Stretching Step- The unstretched polyester film 1 is introduced into a tenter (horizontal stretching machine), and while the end portion of the film is held by a jig, it is stretched horizontally in the following method and conditions.

(預熱部) 以延伸開始點的表面溫度成為89℃的方式藉由熱風進行加熱。 再者,延伸開始點的表面溫度是於開始延伸的點中,藉由放射溫度計(林電工製造,型號:RT61-2,以0.95的放射率來使用)對膜寬度方向的中央部的位置進行測定而得。(Preheating section) Heating is performed by hot air so that the surface temperature at the extension start point becomes 89 ° C. In addition, the surface temperature at the extension start point is the position at the center of the film width direction with a radiation thermometer (manufactured by Lin Dian, model: RT61-2, used at an emissivity of 0.95) at the point where the extension started. Measured.

(延伸部) 一面藉由熱風對經預熱的未延伸聚酯膜1進行加熱,一面於寬度方向(TD)上以下述的條件使用拉幅機進行橫向延伸。 再者,各延伸倍率時間點的表面溫度是於各延伸倍率時間點中,藉由放射溫度計(林電工製造,型號:RT61-2,以0.95的放射率來使用)對膜寬度方向的中央部的位置進行測定而得。(Extended portion) While the preheated unstretched polyester film 1 is heated by hot air, it is laterally stretched in the width direction (TD) using a tenter under the following conditions. In addition, the surface temperature at each extension magnification time point is measured at the central portion in the width direction of the film by a radiation thermometer (manufactured by Lin Dian, model: RT61-2, used at an emissivity of 0.95) at each extension magnification time point. The position is determined by measurement.

<條件> ·橫向延伸倍率:4.1倍 ·2倍延伸時間點的表面溫度:90℃ ·3倍延伸時間點的表面溫度:94℃ ·延伸結束時間點的表面溫度:95℃<Conditions> · Horizontal extension magnification: 4.1 times · Surface temperature at 2 times extension time: 90 ° C · Surface temperature at 3 times extension time: 94 ° C · Surface temperature at extension end time: 95 ° C

(熱固定步驟) 繼而,自熱風吹出噴嘴,將來自相對於膜為上下方向的熱風吹至膜上,一面將聚酯膜的表面溫度控制成下述範圍,一面進行熱固定。 <條件> ·最高到達表面溫度(熱固定溫度):168℃(Heat Fixing Step) Then, the hot air is blown out of the nozzle, and hot air from the film is blown up and down on the film, and the surface temperature of the polyester film is controlled to the following range, and heat fixing is performed. <Conditions> · Maximum reached surface temperature (heat-fixed temperature): 168 ° C

(熱緩和步驟) 熱緩和步驟中,藉由下述表1或表2中所示的方法進行利用拉幅機延伸裝置的緩和、對搬送速度及搬送時的夾具間隔進行調整的緩和,設為下述表1或表2中所示的緩和率。 將熱緩和步驟中的緩和搬送張力、熱緩和時的聚酯膜膜面溫度(表1及表2中記載為「緩和膜面溫度」)、熱緩和時的處理時間(表1及表2中記載為「緩和處理時間」)、熱緩和後的冷卻時膜面溫度為70℃±20℃的範圍時的冷卻速度(表1及表2中記載為「緩和冷卻速度」)分別示於表1或表2中。(Heat easing step) In the heat easing step, easing by the tenter stretcher and easing of adjusting the transfer speed and the gripper interval during the transfer are performed by the method shown in Table 1 or Table 2 below. The relaxation rate shown in the following Table 1 or Table 2. The relaxation conveying tension in the heat relaxation step, the polyester film film surface temperature at the time of heat relaxation (referred to as "relaxation film surface temperature" in Tables 1 and 2), and the processing time at the time of heat relaxation (in Tables 1 and 2) It is described as "relaxation processing time"), and the cooling rate when the film surface temperature in the range of 70 ° C ± 20 ° C during cooling after thermal relaxation (described as "relaxation cooling rate" in Tables 1 and 2) is shown in Table 1 respectively. Or in Table 2.

(冷卻部) 接著,藉由自冷風吹出噴嘴,將來自相對於膜為上下方向的冷風吹至膜上來進行冷卻。以使膜自拉幅機的夾具放開時的表面溫度成為40℃的方式進行冷卻。 再者,膜面溫度是藉由放射溫度計(林電工製造,型號:RT61-2,以0.95的放射率來使用)對膜寬度方向的中央部的位置進行測定而得。(Cooling Section) Next, the cooling air is blown onto the film by blowing out the nozzle from the cold air, and cooling is performed on the film. Cooling was performed so that the surface temperature when the clamp of the film self-tenter was released became 40 ° C. The film surface temperature was obtained by measuring the position of the central portion in the width direction of the film with a radiation thermometer (manufactured by Lin Dian, model: RT61-2, used at an emissivity of 0.95).

(膜的回收) 於冷卻及自夾具中放開膜後,對聚酯膜的兩端各進行20 cm修整。修整後的膜寬度為2 m。其後,以寬度為10 mm對兩端進行擠出加工(滾紋)後,以18 kg/m的張力,將長度為10000 m的膜捲取成卷形態。 如以上般製造以卷形態捲繞的厚度為150 μm的實施例1的、用於裝飾膜的製造的聚酯膜1。(Recycling of the film) After cooling and releasing the film from the jig, trim both ends of the polyester film by 20 cm. The trimmed film width was 2 m. After that, both ends were extruded (rolled) with a width of 10 mm, and then a film with a length of 10,000 m was wound into a roll shape with a tension of 18 kg / m. As described above, the polyester film 1 of Example 1 having a thickness of 150 μm wound in a roll form and used for the production of a decorative film was produced.

[膜測定結果] 對所獲得的聚酯膜1測定下述物性。將測定結果示於下述表1或表2中。[Film Measurement Results] The obtained polyester film 1 was measured for the following physical properties. The measurement results are shown in Table 1 or Table 2 below.

<厚度> 所獲得的聚酯膜1的厚度以如下方式求出。 針對各實施例及比較例的聚酯膜,使用接觸式膜厚測定計(安立(Anritsu)公司製造),於進行了縱向延伸的方向(長度方向)上橫跨0.5 m而等間隔地採樣50處,進而於膜寬度方向(與長度方向正交的方向)上橫跨膜整個寬度而等間隔(於寬度方向上50等分)地採樣50處後,測定所述100處的厚度。求出所述100處的平均的厚度,並設為聚酯膜的厚度。<Thickness> The thickness of the obtained polyester film 1 was calculated | required as follows. For the polyester films of each of the Examples and Comparative Examples, a contact-type film thickness meter (manufactured by Anritsu) was used, and samples were sampled at equal intervals across a length of 0.5 m in the longitudinally extending direction (lengthwise direction) 50. After 50 samples were taken across the entire width of the film in the film width direction (direction orthogonal to the length direction) at equal intervals (50 equal divisions in the width direction), the thickness at the 100 points was measured. The average thickness at the 100 points was determined and set as the thickness of the polyester film.

<Re、Rth、Re/Rth比率> 藉由前述方法對各實施例、比較例中所獲得的膜求出Re、Rth。根據所獲得的Re及Rth來計算Re/Rth比率。<Re, Rth, Re / Rth ratio> Re and Rth were calculated | required by the method mentioned above about the film obtained by each Example and the comparative example. The Re / Rth ratio was calculated from the obtained Re and Rth.

<熱收縮率> 關於聚酯膜,分別針對MD方向及TD方向裁剪成寬度30 mm、長度120 mm而獲得聚酯膜的試樣片M,並事先於長度方向上以變成100 mm的間隔的方式切入2條基準線。 於無張力下將試樣片M在150℃的加熱烘箱中放置30分鐘後,進行將試樣片M冷卻至室溫為止的處理,並測定2條基準線的間隔。將所測定的熱處理後的間隔設為A[mm],將根據處理前的間隔100 mm與處理後的間隔A mm,並使用「100×(100-A)/100」的式子所算出的數值[%]設為試樣片M的熱收縮率(150℃、30分鐘)。 測定是於各方向上對3片試樣片分別在3個部位進行測定,將共計9處的測定結果的算術平均設為測定值。將結果示於表1或表2中。<Thermal shrinkage rate> The polyester film was cut into a width of 30 mm and a length of 120 mm for the MD direction and the TD direction to obtain a sample piece M of the polyester film, and the thickness of the polyester film was 100 mm in the longitudinal direction. Way into 2 baselines. After leaving the sample piece M in a heating oven at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes under no tension, the sample piece M was cooled to room temperature, and the interval between the two reference lines was measured. The measured heat treatment interval is set to A [mm], and is calculated from the 100 mm interval before the treatment and the A mm interval after the treatment using the formula "100 × (100-A) / 100" The value [%] is set to the thermal shrinkage rate of the sample piece M (150 ° C, 30 minutes). In the measurement, three specimens were measured at three locations in each direction, and the arithmetic average of the measurement results at a total of nine locations was set as the measurement value. The results are shown in Table 1 or Table 2.

[硬塗層的形成] 製備下述組成的硬塗層形成用組成物1。 (硬塗層形成用組成物1的組成) ·3,4-環氧環己基丙烯酸甲酯[a)成分] 40質量份 ·DPHA:卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA(日本化藥(股份)製造)[b)成分] 55.4質量份 ·豔佳固(Irgacure)127:烷基苯酮系光聚合起始劑(巴斯夫(BASF)(製))[c)成分] 2.0質量份 ·豔佳固(Irgacure)290:鋶鹽系陽離子聚合起始劑(巴斯夫(BASF)(製))[d)成分] 2.0質量份 ·FP-1:下述結構的氟化合物[風致不均防止劑] 0.10質量份 ·溶媒:甲基乙基酮(MEK) 200質量份 ·溶媒:甲基異丁基酮(MIBK) 100質量份[Formation of Hard Coating Layer] A hard coating layer forming composition 1 having the following composition was prepared. (Composition of composition 1 for hard coat layer formation) · 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl methyl acrylate [a] component] 40 parts by mass · DPHA: KAYARAD DPHA (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) (Manufacturing) [b] Ingredients] 55.4 parts by mass · Irgacure 127: Alkyl phenone-based photopolymerization initiator (BASF (manufactured)) [c] Ingredients] 2.0 parts by mass · Yanacure (Irgacure) 290: phosphonium salt-based cationic polymerization initiator (BASF (manufactured)) [d] Component] 2.0 parts by mass · FP-1: Fluorine compound of the following structure [Anti-wind unevenness agent] 0.10 mass Parts · Solvent: 200 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) · Solvent: 100 parts by mass of methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK)

[化14]

Figure TW201800263AD00014
[Chemical 14]
Figure TW201800263AD00014

藉由以下方法進行硬塗層形成用塗佈液的塗佈。 將捲取成卷形態的實施例1中使用的單軸延伸聚酯膜捲出,作為後續步驟,藉由以下的方法來進行已敘述的硬塗層形成用塗佈液的塗佈。 對於硬塗層而言,於膜的單面設置易接著層,於形成有易接著層之側,藉由日本專利特開2006-122889號公報實施例1記載的使用狹縫模的模塗法,以搬送速度30 m/分的條件塗佈硬塗層形成用塗佈液,並於乾燥區域內於溫度60℃下進行150秒乾燥。其後,搬送至硬化區域以對硬塗層形成用組成物進行硬化。於硬化區域內,於氮氣吹洗下使氧濃度成為約0.1%,使用160 W/cm的空冷金屬鹵化物燈(艾古非(Eyegraphics)(股份)製造),照射照度400 mW/cm2 、照射量500 mJ/cm2 的紫外線而使硬塗層硬化,並對在膜上形成有硬塗層的積層體進行捲取。 再者,於其他實施例及比較例中,亦使用表1及表2中所記載的基材膜,以相同的方式形成硬塗層。於未設置易接著層的情況下,於作為基材的膜的任意單面上形成硬塗層。The application of the coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer was performed by the following method. The uniaxially stretched polyester film used in Example 1 which was wound into a roll form was rolled out, and as a subsequent step, the coating solution for forming a hard coat layer described above was applied by the following method. For the hard coat layer, an easy-adhesion layer is provided on one side of the film, and the side where the easy-adhesion layer is formed is subjected to a die coating method using a slit die as described in Example 1 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-122889. The coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer was applied at a conveying speed of 30 m / min, and dried in a drying area at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 150 seconds. After that, it is conveyed to a hardening area to harden the composition for hard-coat layer formation. In the hardened area, the oxygen concentration was adjusted to about 0.1% under a nitrogen purge. An air-cooled metal halide lamp (manufactured by Eyegraphics (Stock)) was used at 160 W / cm, and the illumination intensity was 400 mW / cm 2 . The hard coat layer was hardened by irradiating 500 mJ / cm 2 of ultraviolet rays, and the laminated body having the hard coat layer formed on the film was taken up. In addition, in other Examples and Comparative Examples, the base film described in Tables 1 and 2 was used to form a hard coat layer in the same manner. When an easy-adhesion layer is not provided, a hard-coat layer is formed on any one surface of the film | membrane which is a base material.

<硬塗層的膜厚> 硬塗層的膜厚是藉由接觸式的膜厚計來測定所製作的硬塗層的膜厚,並自其中減去以相同的方式測定的聚酯膜的厚度而算出。將結果示於表1或表2中。<Film thickness of the hard coat layer> The film thickness of the hard coat layer is measured by a contact-type film thickness meter, and the polyester film measured in the same manner is subtracted from the film thickness of the produced hard coat layer. Thickness. The results are shown in Table 1 or Table 2.

[裝飾層的形成] (1.裝飾層形成用轉印膜的製造) <裝飾層形成用組成物的製備> 以以下順序來獲得裝飾層形成用組成物1(著色組成物)。 (裝飾層形成用組成物1的組成) ·下述K顏料分散劑(下述組成) 137.4質量份 ·二季戊四醇(五/六)丙烯酸酯[聚合性化合物](日本化藥(股份),卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA) 19.5質量份 ·三環癸烷二醇二甲醇二丙烯酸酯[聚合性化合物](新中村化學工業(股份),A-DCP) 6.5質量份 ·甲基丙烯酸環己酯(a)/甲基丙烯酸甲酯(b)/甲基丙烯酸共聚物(c)的甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯加成物(d)、a/b/c/d=46/1/10/43,重量平均分子量:36000)的1-甲氧基丙醇甲基乙基酮溶液(固體成分:45質量%)[黏合劑] 81.2質量份 ·1,2-辛二酮-1-[4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)][聚合起始劑](商品名:豔佳固(IRGACURE)OXE-01,巴斯夫(BASF)製造) 9.2質量份 ·啡噻嗪[聚合抑制劑] 0.3質量份 ·下述結構物1[界面活性劑] 0.4質量份 ·1-甲氧基-2-丙基乙酸酯[溶劑] 238.7質量份 ·甲基乙基酮(MEK)[溶劑] 321.3質量份[Formation of decorative layer] (1. Production of decorative film for forming decorative layer) <Preparation of composition for forming decorative layer> A composition for forming a decorative layer 1 (colored composition) was obtained in the following procedure. (Composition of composition 1 for forming a decorative layer) • The following K pigment dispersant (the following composition) 137.4 parts by mass • Dipentaerythritol (penta / hexa) acrylate [polymerizable compound] (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., Card KAYARAD (DPHA) 19.5 parts by mass · tricyclodecanediol dimethanol diacrylate [Polymerizable compound] (Shinakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., A-DCP) 6.5 parts by mass · Cyclomethacrylate Glycidyl methacrylate adduct (a) / methyl methacrylate (b) / methacrylic acid copolymer (c) (d), a / b / c / d = 46/1/10 / 43, weight-average molecular weight: 36000) 1-methoxypropanol methyl ethyl ketone solution (solid content: 45% by mass) [binder] 81.2 parts by mass · 1,2-octanedione-1- [4 -(Phenylthio) -2- (O-benzylideneoxime)] [Polymerization initiator] (Trade name: IRGACURE OXE-01, manufactured by BASF) 9.2 parts by mass of brown Thiazine [polymerization inhibitor] 0.3 parts by mass · The following structure 1 [ Surface active agent] 0.4 parts by mass 1-Methoxy-2-propyl acetate [solvent] 238.7 parts by mass Methyl ethyl ketone (of MEK) [Solvent] 321.3 parts by mass

[化15]

Figure TW201800263AD00015
[Chemical 15]
Figure TW201800263AD00015

(K顏料分散物1) ·依據日本專利5320625號公報<0036>~<0042>而製作的樹脂被覆碳黑 13.1質量% ·下述分散劑1 0.65質量% ·聚合物 6.72質量% (甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸=72/28莫耳比的無規共聚物,重量平均分子量3.7萬) ·丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 79.53質量%(K pigment dispersion 1) · Resin-coated carbon black prepared according to Japanese Patent No. 5320625 <0036> to <0042> 13.1% by mass · The following dispersant 1 0.65% by mass · Polymer 6.72% by mass (methacrylic acid Random copolymer of benzyl ester / methacrylic acid = 72/28 mole ratio, weight average molecular weight 37,000) · Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 79.53% by mass

[化16]

Figure TW201800263AD00016
[Chemical 16]
Figure TW201800263AD00016

首先,秤取所述裝飾層形成用組成物1的組成中所記載的量的K顏料分散物1,於溫度24℃(±2℃)下混合,以150轉/分鐘(Round Per Minutes,RPM)進行10分鐘攪拌而獲得溶液1。接著,秤取甲基乙基酮、1-甲氧基-2-丙基乙酸酯、黏合劑、啡噻嗪、聚合性化合物、聚合起始劑、界面活性劑,於溫度25℃(±2℃)下以所述記載順序添加於上述中所獲得的溶液1,於溫度24℃(±2℃)的條件下,以150 RPM進行30分鐘攪拌。First, the K pigment dispersion 1 in an amount described in the composition of the decorative layer-forming composition 1 was weighed out, mixed at a temperature of 24 ° C. (± 2 ° C.), and subjected to 150 revolutions per minute (Round Per Minutes, RPM). ) Stir for 10 minutes to obtain solution 1. Next, weigh out methyl ethyl ketone, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, adhesive, phenothiazine, polymerizable compound, polymerization initiator, and surfactant at a temperature of 25 ° C (± 2 ° C) was added to the solution 1 obtained above in the order described, and the mixture was stirred at 150 RPM for 30 minutes at a temperature of 24 ° C (± 2 ° C).

<轉印膜的製作> 於厚度75 μm的聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜臨時支撐體上,使用狹縫狀噴嘴塗佈包含下述配方H1的熱塑性樹脂層用塗佈液並使其乾燥。接著,塗佈包含下述配方P1的中間層用塗佈液並使其乾燥。其後,塗佈前述的裝飾層形成用組成物1並使其乾燥。以所述方式於臨時支撐體上設置乾燥膜厚為15.1 μm的熱塑性樹脂層、乾燥膜厚為1.6 μm的中間層以及乾燥膜厚為2.0 μm的黑色裝飾層形成用組成物層,最後,壓接保護膜(厚度12 μm的聚丙烯膜)。如此,製作臨時支撐體與熱塑性樹脂層、中間層(阻氧膜)、黑色(K)的裝飾層形成用組成物層以及保護膜成為一體的轉印膜。<Preparation of Transfer Film> A coating liquid for a thermoplastic resin layer containing the following formula H1 was applied to a 75 μm-thick polyethylene terephthalate film temporary support and dried using a slit nozzle. . Next, a coating liquid for an intermediate layer containing the following formula P1 is applied and dried. After that, the aforementioned decorative layer-forming composition 1 is applied and dried. A thermoplastic resin layer having a dry film thickness of 15.1 μm, an intermediate layer having a dry film thickness of 1.6 μm, and a composition layer for forming a black decorative layer having a dry film thickness of 2.0 μm were provided on the temporary support in the manner described above. Protective film (12 μm thick polypropylene film). In this way, a transfer film in which the temporary support, the thermoplastic resin layer, the intermediate layer (oxygen blocking film), the composition layer for forming a black (K) decorative layer, and the protective film are integrated is prepared.

(熱塑性樹脂層用塗佈液:配方H1) ·甲醇 11.1質量份 ·丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 6.36質量份 ·甲基乙基酮 52.4質量份 ·甲基丙烯酸甲酯/丙烯酸-2-乙基己基酯/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物(共聚合組成比(莫耳比)=55/11.7/4.5/28.8,分子量=10萬,Tg≒70℃) 5.83質量份 ·苯乙烯/丙烯酸共聚物(共聚合組成比(莫耳比)=63/37,重量平均分子量=1萬,Tg≒100℃) 13.6質量份 ·2,2-雙[4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基聚乙氧基)苯基]丙烷(新中村化學工業(股份)製造) 9.1質量份 ·氟系聚合物 0.54質量份 (40份的C6 F13 CH2 CH2 OCOCH=CH2 與55份的H(OCH(CH3 )CH2 )7OCOCH=CH2 以及5份的H(OCH2 CH2 )7 OCOCH=CH2 的共聚物,重量平均分子量3萬,甲基乙基酮30質量%溶液,迪愛生(DIC)製造,商品名:美佳法(Megafac)F780F)(Coating solution for thermoplastic resin layer: Formulation H1) · 11.1 parts by mass of methanol · 6.36 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate · 52.4 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone · Methyl methacrylate / acrylic acid-2-ethyl Hexyl ester / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (molar ratio) = 55 / 11.7 / 4.5 / 28.8, molecular weight = 100,000, Tg ≒ 70 ° C) 5.83 parts by mass · styrene / Acrylic copolymer (composition ratio (mole ratio) = 63/37, weight average molecular weight = 10,000, Tg ≒ 100 ° C) 13.6 parts by mass · 2,2-bis [4- (methacrylic acid 醯 oxypoly Ethoxy) phenyl] propane (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 9.1 parts by mass · 0.54 parts by mass of a fluoropolymer (40 parts of C 6 F 13 CH 2 CH 2 OCOCH = CH 2 and 55 parts of H (OCH (CH 3 ) CH 2 ) 7OCOCH = CH 2 and 5 parts of H (OCH 2 CH 2 ) 7 OCOCH = CH 2 copolymer, weight average molecular weight 30,000, methyl ethyl ketone 30% by mass solution, Di (Manufactured by DIC, trade name: Megafac F780F)

(中間層用塗佈液:配方P1) ·PVA205 32.2質量份 (聚乙烯基醇,可樂麗(Kuraray)(股份)製造,皂化度=88%,聚合度550) ·聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮 14.9質量份 (日本ISP公司製造,K-30) ·蒸餾水 524質量份 ·甲醇 429質量份(Coating solution for intermediate layer: Formula P1) · 32.2 parts by mass of PVA205 (manufactured by polyvinyl alcohol, Kuraray (shares), degree of saponification = 88%, degree of polymerization 550) · polyvinylpyrrolidone 14.9 Parts by mass (manufactured by Japan ISP, K-30) • 524 parts by mass of distilled water • 429 parts by mass of methanol

(2.利用轉印與圖案化的裝飾層的形成) <轉印> 於具有易接著層的聚酯膜1的未形成硬塗層之側的面上,自所獲得的轉印膜上去除保護膜,並以除去後露出的黑色裝飾層形成用組成物層的表面與聚酯膜1的表面相接的朝向重疊,使用層壓機(日立工業股份有限公司製造(拉米克(Lamic)II型)),以橡膠輥溫度130℃、線壓100 N/cm、搬送速度2.2 m/分進行層壓。繼而,將聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯的臨時支撐體在與熱塑性樹脂層的界面處剝離而去除臨時支撐體。(2. Formation of Decorative Layer by Transferring and Patterning) <Transferring> On the surface of the polyester film 1 having the easy-adhesion layer on the side where the hard coat layer is not formed, it is removed from the obtained transfer film The protective film was superimposed in a direction in which the surface of the black decorative layer-forming composition layer and the surface of the polyester film 1 that were exposed after removal were overlapped, and a laminator (manufactured by Hitachi Industries, Ltd. (Lamic) Type II)). Laminating was performed at a rubber roller temperature of 130 ° C, a linear pressure of 100 N / cm, and a conveying speed of 2.2 m / min. Then, the temporary support of polyethylene terephthalate was peeled off at the interface with the thermoplastic resin layer to remove the temporary support.

<裝飾層的圖案化> 於剝離臨時支撐體後,利用具有超高壓水銀燈的接近(proximity)型曝光機(日立高新技術電子工程(Hitachi High-Tech Electronics Engineering)股份有限公司製造),於使基板與遮罩(具有僅使聚酯膜的周緣部殘存的圖像圖案的石英曝光遮罩)垂直豎立的狀態下,將曝光遮罩面與黑色的裝飾層形成用組成物層之間的距離設定為200 μm,並以曝光量70 mJ/cm2 進行圖案曝光。 接著,對三乙醇胺系顯影液(含有30質量%三乙醇胺,以純水將商品名:T-PD2(富士軟片(股份)製造)稀釋為12倍(以1份T-PD2與11份純水的比例混合)而成的液體)於30℃下,以扁平噴嘴壓力0.1 MPa進行20秒噴淋顯影,將熱塑性樹脂層與中間層去除。接著,對聚酯膜1的上表面吹送空氣以進行排液後,藉由噴淋吹送純水10秒以進行純水噴淋清洗,並吹送空氣以減少基板上的積液。<Patternization of decorative layer> After peeling off the temporary support, a proximity exposure machine (made by Hitachi High-Tech Electronics Engineering Co., Ltd.) with an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp was used to make the substrate Set the distance between the exposure mask surface and the black composition layer-forming composition layer in a state of standing upright to the mask (a quartz exposure mask having an image pattern remaining only on the peripheral edge portion of the polyester film) It was 200 μm, and pattern exposure was performed at an exposure amount of 70 mJ / cm 2 . Next, the triethanolamine-based developer (containing 30% by mass of triethanolamine, and the product name: T-PD2 (manufactured by Fujifilm) was diluted 12 times with pure water (with 1 part of T-PD2 and 11 parts of pure water). The liquid was mixed at a ratio of 5%) at 30 ° C, and was subjected to spray development at a flat nozzle pressure of 0.1 MPa for 20 seconds to remove the thermoplastic resin layer and the intermediate layer. Next, air is blown onto the upper surface of the polyester film 1 to perform liquid drainage, and then pure water is sprayed and sprayed for 10 seconds to perform pure water spray cleaning, and air is blown to reduce liquid accumulation on the substrate.

其後,使用碳酸鈉/碳酸氫鈉系顯影液(以純水將商品名:T-CD1(富士軟片(股份)製造)稀釋為5倍(以1份T-CD1與4份純水的比例混合)而成的液體),於30℃下將噴淋壓設定為0.1 MPa而對裝飾層形成用組成物層進行30秒顯影,並利用純水進行清洗。Thereafter, a sodium carbonate / sodium bicarbonate-based developer solution (brand name: T-CD1 (manufactured by Fujifilm Corporation) was diluted to 5 times with pure water (at a ratio of 1 part of T-CD1 to 4 parts of pure water). A liquid obtained by mixing), the spray pressure was set to 0.1 MPa at 30 ° C., and the composition layer for forming a decorative layer was developed for 30 seconds and washed with pure water.

接著,使用含界面活性劑的清洗液(以純水將商品名:T-SD3(富士軟片(股份)製造)稀釋為10倍而成的液體),於33℃下,以錐型噴嘴壓力0.1 MPa利用噴淋進行20秒吹送,以對裝飾層形成用組成物層進行清洗。進而,利用超高壓清洗噴嘴以9.8 MPa的壓力噴射超純水而進行殘渣去除。 如此,獲得於未形成硬塗層之側的面上的周緣部形成有裝飾層形成用組成物層的實施例1的裝飾膜。Next, a surfactant-containing cleaning solution (a liquid obtained by diluting the trade name: T-SD3 (manufactured by Fujifilm) with pure water 10 times with pure water) was used, and the cone nozzle pressure was 0.1 at 33 ° C. The MPa was blown by spraying for 20 seconds to wash the composition layer for forming a decorative layer. Furthermore, the ultra-high pressure cleaning nozzle was used to spray ultrapure water at a pressure of 9.8 MPa to remove the residue. In this way, the decorative film of Example 1 in which the composition layer for forming a decorative layer was formed on the peripheral edge portion of the surface on the side where the hard coat layer was not formed was obtained.

[評價] 對實施例1中所獲得的裝飾膜進行下述評價。將評價結果示於下述表1或表2中。[Evaluation] The following evaluation was performed on the decorative film obtained in Example 1. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1 or Table 2 below.

<捲曲值> 將裝飾膜切出長度50 mm、寬度50 mm以製作作為試驗用樣片的裝飾膜片。放入溫度150℃的加熱爐中30分鐘,其後,取出裝飾膜片並冷卻至室溫為止,靜置於平坦處,並測定平坦處的表面與裝飾膜片中的測定對象部位之間的距離、即裝飾膜片的翹曲量以作為捲曲值(H)。測定對象部位設為正方形的試驗片的4處角部以及4處正方形的一邊的中央部,共計8處。捲曲值設為已敘述的8處測定對象部位中所測定的捲曲值的平均值,進而,算出對5個試驗片所測定的捲曲值的平均值以作為表1或表2中所示的捲曲值。 於裝飾膜片在加熱後相對於平坦處而捲曲為凸狀的情況下,使裝飾膜片翻轉而配置為凹狀以進行捲曲值的測定。將結果示於下述表1或表2中。<Curl value> The decorative film was cut into a length of 50 mm and a width of 50 mm to produce a decorative film sheet as a test piece. Put it into a heating furnace at a temperature of 150 ° C for 30 minutes. After that, remove the decorative film and cool it to room temperature, place it on a flat surface, and measure the distance between the flat surface and the measurement target part in the decorative film. The distance, that is, the amount of warpage of the decorative film is taken as the curl value (H). A total of 8 corners were formed at the four corners of the test piece whose measurement target site was a square, and the central part of one side of the four squares. The curl value is the average value of the curl values measured at the eight measurement target sites described above, and the average value of the curl values measured for the five test pieces is calculated as the curl shown in Table 1 or Table 2. value. When the decorative film is curled into a convex shape with respect to a flat place after heating, the decorative film is inverted and arranged in a concave shape to measure the curl value. The results are shown in Table 1 or Table 2 below.

<衝壓評價> 對裝飾膜進行10次衝壓加工,以下述基準對衝壓端面的硬塗層的碎裂、裝飾層與基材的剝落狀態以及基材與硬塗層的剝落狀態進行評價。 A:完全無碎裂/剝落 B:發生了1次碎裂/剝落 C:發生了2次碎裂/剝落 D:發生了3次以上碎裂/剝落<Stamp Evaluation> The decorative film was subjected to 10 punching processes, and chipping of the hard coating layer on the punched end surface, peeling state of the decorative layer and base material, and peeling state of the base material and hard coating layer were evaluated based on the following criteria. A: No chipping / peeling at all B: One chipping / peeling occurred C: Two chipping / peeling D: Three chipping / peeling

<表面耐擦傷性評價> 依據JIS K-5600 5-4中所記載的方法測定裝飾膜表面(具有硬塗層之側)的鉛筆硬度。鉛筆硬度若為H以上,則評價為具有實用上充分的表面耐擦傷性。 A:鉛筆硬度為5H以上 B:鉛筆硬度為3H~4H C:鉛筆硬度為H~2H D:鉛筆硬度未滿H<Surface Abrasion Resistance Evaluation> The pencil hardness of the surface of the decorative film (the side having the hard coat layer) was measured according to the method described in JIS K-5600 5-4. When the pencil hardness is H or more, it is evaluated that it has practically sufficient surface abrasion resistance. A: Pencil hardness is 5H or more B: Pencil hardness is 3H ~ 4H C: Pencil hardness is H ~ 2H D: Pencil hardness is less than H

<視認性評價> 於設置於正交尼科爾的偏光板之間,以硬塗膜的配向角相對於偏光板的吸收軸傾斜45°的方式夾入硬塗膜,自後方照射LED背光,並以下述基準評價視認性。 A:完全未看到彩虹狀不均勻 B:幾乎未看到彩虹狀不均勻 C:稍看到彩虹狀不均勻,但為可容許的程度 D:明顯看到彩虹狀不均勻<Evaluation of visibility> The hard coating film is sandwiched between polarizing plates provided at the cross-Nicols so that the alignment angle of the hard coating film is inclined by 45 ° with respect to the absorption axis of the polarizing plate, and the LED backlight is illuminated from the rear. The visibility was evaluated by the following criteria. A: No rainbow-like unevenness is seen at all B: Rainbow-like unevenness is hardly seen C: Rainbow-like unevenness is slightly seen, but tolerable D: Rainbow-like unevenness is clearly seen

[實施例2~實施例16、比較例1~比較例6] 於實施例1中,分別如下述表1或表2中所記載般變更基材中使用的聚酯膜的厚度、延伸步驟的條件、易接著層的有無、硬塗層的有無、硬塗層的組成,除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式製造各實施例及比較例的裝飾膜。另外,於實施例16中,代替單軸延伸聚酯膜而使用在下述條件下製造的雙軸延伸聚酯膜作為基材,於比較例1~比較例4中,代替聚酯膜而使用以下所示的樹脂基材。[Example 2 to Example 16, Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 6] In Example 1, the thickness of the polyester film used in the substrate, and the length of the stretching step were changed as described in Table 1 or Table 2 below, respectively. Except for the conditions, the presence or absence of an easy-to-adhere layer, the presence or absence of a hard coat layer, and the composition of the hard coat layer, the decorative films of Examples and Comparative Examples were produced in the same manner as in Example 1. In Example 16, instead of the uniaxially stretched polyester film, a biaxially stretched polyester film manufactured under the following conditions was used as a substrate. In Comparative Examples 1 to 4, the following was used instead of the polyester film. Shown resin substrate.

實施例16、比較例1~比較例4中使用的基材膜的詳情如下所述。 -雙軸延伸PET- 於實施例1中使用的聚酯膜中,獲得除TD方向的延伸以外亦於MD方向上以延伸倍率:3.2倍進行了延伸的雙軸延伸聚酯膜來作為基材膜。 -PC- 聚碳酸酯(PC)膜:住化丙烯酸銷售(股份),泰克諾羅(Technolloy)C1000(商品名),厚度150 μm -PMMA- 聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯(PMMA)膜:住化丙烯酸銷售(股份),泰克諾羅(Technolloy)S1000(商品名),厚度150 μm -PMMA/PC/PMMA- 以PMMA/PC/PMMA的順序積層而成的膜,住化丙烯酸銷售(股份),泰克諾羅(Technolloy)C-101(商品名),厚度300 μmThe details of the base film used in Example 16 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 are as follows. -Biaxially stretched PET- In the polyester film used in Example 1, a biaxially stretched polyester film stretched in the MD direction in addition to the stretch in the TD direction at a magnification of 3.2 times was obtained as a base material. membrane. -PC- Polycarbonate (PC) film: Sumika Acrylic Sales (stock), Technolloy C1000 (trade name), thickness 150 μm -PMMA- Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) film: Sumika Acrylic acid sales (shares), Technolloy S1000 (trade name), thickness 150 μm -PMMA / PC / PMMA- film laminated in the order of PMMA / PC / PMMA, Sumika acrylic acid sales (shares), Technolloy C-101 (trade name), thickness 300 μm

實施例15~實施例17中使用的硬塗層形成用組成物2的配方如下所述。 (硬塗層形成用組成物2的組成:用於實施例15) ·3,4-環氧環己基丙烯酸甲酯[a)成分] 39質量份 ·DPHA:卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA(日本化藥(股份)製造)[b)成分] 55.4質量份 ·豔佳固(Irgacure)127:烷基苯酮系光聚合起始劑(巴斯夫(BASF)(製))[c)成分] 2.5質量份 ·豔佳固(Irgacure)290:鋶鹽系陽離子聚合起始劑(巴斯夫(BASF)(製))[d)成分] 2.0質量份 ·FP-1[風致不均防止劑] 0.10質量份 ·RS-90:(商品名,迪愛生(DIC)(股份))[防污劑] 1.0質量份 ·溶媒:MEK 200質量份 ·溶媒:MIBK 100質量份The formulation of the hard coat layer-forming composition 2 used in Examples 15 to 17 is as follows. (Composition of composition 2 for forming a hard coat layer: used in Example 15) · 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl methyl acrylate [a] component] 39 parts by mass · DPHA: KAYARAD DPHA ( (Manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) [b] Ingredients] 55.4 parts by mass · Irgacure 127: Alkyl phenone-based photopolymerization initiator (BASF (manufactured)) [c] Ingredients] 2.5 Parts by mass · Irgacure 290: phosphonium salt-based cationic polymerization initiator (BASF (manufactured)) [d] Ingredient] 2.0 parts by mass · FP-1 [Wind-induced unevenness preventive agent] 0.10 parts by mass · RS-90: (Brand name, DIC (shares)) [Antifouling agent] 1.0 parts by mass · Solvent: MEK 200 parts by mass · Solvent: MIBK 100 parts by mass

(硬塗層形成用組成物3的組成:用於實施例16~實施例17) ·3,4-環氧環己基丙烯酸甲酯[a)成分] 12.0質量份 ·DPHA:卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA(日本化藥(股份)製造)[b)成分] 83.0質量份 ·豔佳固(Irgacure)127:烷基苯酮系光聚合起始劑(巴斯夫(BASF)(製))[c)成分] 3.7質量份 ·豔佳固(Irgacure)290:鋶鹽系陽離子聚合起始劑(巴斯夫(BASF)(製))[d)成分] 1.2質量份 ·FP-1[風致不均防止劑] 0.10質量份 ·溶媒:MEK 200質量份 ·溶媒:MIBK 100質量份(Composition of composition 3 for hard coat layer formation: used in Examples 16 to 17) · 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl methyl acrylate [a] component] 12.0 parts by mass · DPHA: Kayalade ( KAYARAD) DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) [b] Ingredients] 83.0 parts by mass · Irgacure 127: alkyl phenone-based photopolymerization initiator (BASF (manufactured)) [c Ingredients] 3.7 parts by mass · Irgacure 290: phosphonium salt-based cationic polymerization initiator (BASF (manufactured)) [d] Ingredients] 1.2 parts by mass · FP-1 [Wind-induced unevenness prevention agent ] 0.10 parts by mass · Solvent: 200 parts by mass of MEK · Solvent: 100 parts by mass of MIBK

[表1]

Figure TW201800263AD00017
[Table 1]
Figure TW201800263AD00017

[表2]

Figure TW201800263AD00018
[Table 2]
Figure TW201800263AD00018

根據表1及表2中所記載的評價結果可知,與比較例的裝飾膜相比,150℃、30分鐘的熱歷程後的捲曲值為5 mm以下的實施例的裝飾膜、以及將熱收縮率(150℃、30分鐘)為3.0%以下的聚酯膜用作基材的實施例的裝飾膜的耐擦傷性均良好,且衝壓加工時的裂縫、碎裂及各層間的剝落的產生均得到抑制。 其中,藉由將單軸延伸聚酯膜作為基材,除本發明的效果以外,進而裝飾膜的視認性亦進一步提高。From the evaluation results described in Tables 1 and 2, it can be seen that compared with the decorative film of the comparative example, the decorative film of the example having a curl value of 5 mm or less after a thermal history at 150 ° C and 30 minutes, and a heat shrinkage The decorative film of the example in which the polyester film with a rate (150 ° C, 30 minutes) of 3.0% or less was used as the base material had good abrasion resistance, and cracks, chippings, and peeling between layers during stamping were all generated. Get suppressed. Among these, by using a uniaxially stretched polyester film as a substrate, in addition to the effects of the present invention, the visibility of the decorative film is further improved.

10‧‧‧裝飾膜片(裝飾膜)
12‧‧‧平坦處
13‧‧‧夾具(夾持構件)
14‧‧‧裝飾層
16‧‧‧包括聚酯膜的基材
18‧‧‧硬塗層
20‧‧‧裝飾膜
22‧‧‧裝飾膜
H‧‧‧箭頭
10‧‧‧Decorative film (decorative film)
12‧‧‧ flat
13‧‧‧Jig (holding member)
14‧‧‧Decorative layer
16‧‧‧ Substrate including polyester film
18‧‧‧hard coating
20‧‧‧ decorative film
22‧‧‧decorative film
H‧‧‧ Arrow

圖1A為表示裝飾膜的捲曲值測定方法的詳情的概略圖,且為捲曲值測定用裝飾膜片的平面圖。 圖1B為表示裝飾膜的捲曲值測定方法的詳情的概略圖,且為表示捲曲值測定中的裝飾膜片的狀態的概略側視圖。 圖1C為表示裝飾膜的捲曲值測定方法的詳情的概略圖,且為表示需要翻轉的捲曲後的裝飾膜的狀態的概略側視圖。 圖2為表示橫向延伸步驟中使用的拉幅機延伸裝置的構成的一例的部分概略圖。 圖3為表示裝飾膜的一實施形態的平面圖。 圖4A為表示裝飾膜的層構成的變形例的一例的概略側視圖。 圖4B為表示裝飾膜的層構成的變形例的一例的概略側視圖。 圖4C為表示裝飾膜的層構成的變形例的一例的概略側視圖。 圖5A為表示裝飾膜的層構成的變形例的一例的概略剖面圖。 圖5B為表示裝飾膜的層構成的變形例的一例的概略剖面圖。FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram showing details of a curl value measurement method of a decorative film, and is a plan view of a curl film value measurement decorative film sheet. FIG. 1B is a schematic view showing the details of the curl value measurement method of the decorative film, and is a schematic side view showing the state of the decorative film sheet during the curl value measurement. FIG. 1C is a schematic view showing the details of the curl value measurement method of the decorative film, and is a schematic side view showing a state of the rolled decorative film that needs to be reversed. FIG. 2 is a partial schematic view showing an example of a configuration of a tenter stretching device used in a lateral stretching step. FIG. 3 is a plan view showing an embodiment of the decorative film. FIG. 4A is a schematic side view showing an example of a modification of the layer configuration of the decorative film. FIG. 4B is a schematic side view showing an example of a modification of the layer configuration of the decorative film. 4C is a schematic side view showing an example of a modification of the layer configuration of the decorative film. 5A is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a modification example of the layer configuration of the decorative film. 5B is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a modification of the layer configuration of the decorative film.

no

Claims (20)

一種裝飾膜,其具有聚酯膜、裝飾層及硬塗層, 在對所述裝飾膜的長度50 mm、寬度50 mm的膜片賦予溫度150℃、30分鐘的熱歷程時所產生的所述裝飾膜的捲曲值為5 mm以下。A decorative film comprising a polyester film, a decorative layer, and a hard coat layer, which is generated when a 50 mm length and 50 mm width film is given a thermal history at a temperature of 150 ° C for 30 minutes to a film of the decoration film. The curl value of the decorative film is 5 mm or less. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的裝飾膜,其中相對於所述裝飾膜的俯視時的整個區域而於至少一部分具有所述裝飾層。The decorative film according to item 1 of the patent application scope, wherein the decorative layer has the decorative layer in at least a part of the entire area of the decorative film in a plan view. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的裝飾膜,其中所述聚酯膜於測定波長589 nm下的面內延遲Re處於3000 nm~50000 nm的範圍內。The decorative film according to item 1 or item 2 of the patent application range, wherein the in-plane retardation Re of the polyester film at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm is in a range of 3000 nm to 50000 nm. 一種裝飾膜,其具有聚酯膜、裝飾層及硬塗層, 在對所述聚酯膜賦予溫度150℃、30分鐘的熱歷程時,聚酯膜的面內的一方向以及與所述一方向在面內正交的方向中的熱收縮率均為3.0%以下。A decorative film comprising a polyester film, a decorative layer, and a hard coat layer. When the polyester film is given a thermal history of 150 ° C. and 30 minutes, a direction in the plane of the polyester film and the same The thermal contraction rate in the directions orthogonal to each other in the plane was 3.0% or less. 如申請專利範圍第4項所述的裝飾膜,其中所述聚酯膜為單軸配向聚酯膜。The decorative film according to item 4 of the scope of patent application, wherein the polyester film is a uniaxially oriented polyester film. 如申請專利範圍第4項或第5項所述的裝飾膜,其中所述裝飾層配置於所述聚酯膜的其中一個面,所述硬塗層配置於所述聚酯膜的與配置有所述裝飾層的面為相反側的面。The decorative film according to item 4 or 5 of the scope of application for a patent, wherein the decorative layer is disposed on one side of the polyester film, and the hard coating layer is disposed on the polyester film. The surface of the decorative layer is a surface on the opposite side. 如申請專利範圍第4項或第5項所述的裝飾膜,其中相對於所述裝飾膜的俯視時的整個區域而於至少一部分具有所述裝飾層。The decorative film according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the decorative film has the decorative layer in at least a part of the entire area of the decorative film in a plan view. 如申請專利範圍第4項或第5項所述的裝飾膜,其中所述聚酯膜的厚度為40 μm~500 μm。The decorative film according to item 4 or item 5 of the scope of patent application, wherein the thickness of the polyester film is 40 μm to 500 μm. 如申請專利範圍第4項或第5項所述的裝飾膜,其中所述聚酯膜於測定波長589 nm下的面內延遲Re處於3000 nm~50000 nm的範圍內。The decorative film according to item 4 or item 5 of the patent application scope, wherein the in-plane retardation Re of the polyester film at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm is in a range of 3000 nm to 50000 nm. 如申請專利範圍第4項或第5項所述的裝飾膜,其中所述聚酯膜於測定波長589 nm下的面內延遲Re相對於所述聚酯膜於測定波長589 nm下的厚度方向的延遲Rth的比處於0.6~1.2的範圍內。The decorative film according to item 4 or item 5 of the patent application scope, wherein the in-plane retardation Re of the polyester film at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm is relative to the thickness direction of the polyester film at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm The ratio of the retardation Rth is in the range of 0.6 to 1.2. 如申請專利範圍第4項或第5項所述的裝飾膜,其於所述聚酯膜的至少單面上具有易接著層。The decorative film according to item 4 or item 5 of the scope of patent application, which has an easy-adhesion layer on at least one side of the polyester film. 如申請專利範圍第4項或第5項所述的裝飾膜,其中所述硬塗層的鉛筆硬度為H以上。The decorative film according to item 4 or item 5 of the scope of patent application, wherein the pencil hardness of the hard coating layer is H or more. 如申請專利範圍第4項或第5項所述的裝飾膜,其中所述硬塗層的厚度為5 μm以上。The decorative film according to item 4 or item 5 of the scope of patent application, wherein the thickness of the hard coating layer is 5 μm or more. 如申請專利範圍第4項或第5項所述的裝飾膜,其中所述硬塗層至少包含源自下述a)的結構、源自下述b)的結構、下述c)及下述d),且 相對於所述硬塗層的總固體成分,包含15質量%~70質量%的源自下述a)的結構、25質量%~80質量%的源自下述b)的結構、0.1質量%~10質量%的下述c)、0.1質量%~10質量%的下述d); a)於分子內具有一個脂環式環氧基與一個包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基,且分子量為300以下的化合物 b)於分子內具有三個以上包含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基的化合物 c)自由基聚合起始劑 d)陽離子聚合起始劑。The decorative film according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the hard coating layer includes at least a structure derived from a) below, a structure derived from b) below, c) below, and d) and a structure derived from the following a) and a structure derived from the following b) of 15% to 70% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the hard coat layer 0.1 to 10% by mass of the following c), 0.1 to 10% by mass of the following d); a) having an alicyclic epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the molecule A compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less, b) a compound having three or more groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the molecule, c) a radical polymerization initiator, and d) a cationic polymerization initiator. 一種圖像顯示裝置,其包括圖像顯示元件及如申請專利範圍第1項至第14項中任一項所述的裝飾膜,且於最表面具備所述裝飾膜。An image display device includes an image display element and the decorative film according to any one of claims 1 to 14 of the scope of patent application, and the decorative film is provided on the outermost surface. 一種觸控面板,其包括如申請專利範圍第1項至第14項中任一項所述的裝飾膜,且於最表面具備所述裝飾膜。A touch panel includes the decorative film according to any one of items 1 to 14 of the scope of patent application, and is provided with the decorative film on the outermost surface. 一種裝飾膜的製造方法,其包括: 聚酯膜形成步驟; 裝飾層形成步驟,於所述聚酯膜的單面上的至少一部分形成裝飾層;以及 硬塗層形成步驟,於所述聚酯膜的至少單面上形成硬塗層, 所述聚酯膜形成步驟包括: 橫向延伸步驟,使用具備分別沿著設置於膜搬送道路的兩側的一對軌道移動的多個夾具的拉幅機式延伸裝置,於利用所述夾具夾持未延伸的聚酯膜的狀態下,在相對於所述膜搬送道路而正交的方向上進行延伸; 熱固定步驟,藉由對所述橫向延伸後的聚酯膜進行加熱而進行熱固定;以及熱緩和步驟,對所述熱固定步驟後的聚酯膜進行加熱,且縮小所述聚酯膜的膜搬送方向及相對於膜搬送方向而正交的方向的長度,且 於所述熱緩和步驟中,將所述熱固定步驟後的聚酯膜的膜搬送方向上的緩和率設為0.1%~7%,且將相對於膜搬送方向而正交的方向上的緩和率設為0.1%~7%,以形成膜搬送方向及相對於膜搬送方向而正交的方向上的在賦予溫度150℃、30分鐘的熱歷程時的熱收縮率均為3.0%以下的聚酯膜。A method for manufacturing a decorative film, comprising: a polyester film forming step; a decorative layer forming step for forming a decorative layer on at least a part of one side of the polyester film; and a hard coat layer forming step for the polyester A hard coat layer is formed on at least one side of the film, and the polyester film forming step includes a lateral stretching step using a tenter having a plurality of clamps that move along a pair of rails provided on both sides of the film conveying road, respectively. A type stretching device, in a state in which an unstretched polyester film is held by the jig, the stretching is performed in a direction orthogonal to the film conveying road; the heat fixing step is performed after Heating the polyester film for heat fixing; and a heat relaxation step for heating the polyester film after the heat fixing step, and reducing the film conveying direction of the polyester film and orthogonal to the film conveying direction Length of the direction, and in the heat relaxation step, the relaxation rate in the film conveying direction of the polyester film after the heat fixing step is set to 0.1% to 7%, and is positive relative to the film conveying direction. Pay party The upward relaxation rate is set to 0.1% to 7%, and the thermal contraction rate at the time of forming a film transport direction and a direction orthogonal to the film transport direction at a temperature of 150 ° C for 30 minutes is 3.0%. The following polyester film. 如申請專利範圍第17項所述的裝飾膜的製造方法,其中,所述熱緩和步驟中的縮小聚酯膜的相對於膜搬送方向而正交的方向的長度包括縮小設置於所述膜搬送道路的兩側的一對軌道的間隔, 所述熱緩和步驟中的縮小聚酯膜的膜搬送方向的長度包括縮小所述移動的多個夾具的間隔。The method for manufacturing a decorative film according to item 17 of the scope of patent application, wherein the length of the polyester film in the thermal relaxation step in a direction orthogonal to the film transport direction includes reducing the length of the polyester film provided in the film transport. The distance between a pair of tracks on both sides of the road, and the shrinking the length of the film transport direction of the polyester film in the thermal relaxation step includes reducing the interval between the plurality of moving clamps. 如申請專利範圍第17項或第18項所述的裝飾膜的製造方法,其中所述熱緩和步驟中的縮小聚酯膜的膜搬送方向的長度包括在聚酯膜的膜搬送方向上施加張力而於加溫條件下一面進行搬送一面縮小長度。The method for manufacturing a decorative film according to claim 17 or claim 18, wherein the reducing the length of the film conveying direction of the polyester film in the heat relaxation step includes applying tension in the film conveying direction of the polyester film And under heating conditions, the length is reduced while being conveyed. 如申請專利範圍第17項或第18項所述的裝飾膜的製造方法,其中所述熱緩和步驟中的聚酯膜的搬送張力為10 N/m寬度~80 N/m寬度, 聚酯膜的加熱時的膜面溫度為110℃~190℃,且熱處理時間為10秒~600秒, 於縮小了所述聚酯膜的長度後的冷卻時,所述聚酯膜的膜面溫度為70℃±20℃的範圍時的冷卻速度為100℃/min~2000℃/min。The method for manufacturing a decorative film according to item 17 or 18 of the scope of application for a patent, wherein the conveying tension of the polyester film in the heat relaxation step is 10 N / m width to 80 N / m width, and the polyester film The film surface temperature during heating is 110 ° C to 190 ° C, and the heat treatment time is 10 seconds to 600 seconds. When the length of the polyester film is reduced after cooling, the film surface temperature of the polyester film is 70. The cooling rate in the range of ℃ ± 20 ° C is 100 ° C / min to 2000 ° C / min.
TW106105195A 2016-02-18 2017-02-17 Decorative film, image displaydevice, touch panel, and method of producing decorative film TWI746514B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016029017 2016-02-18
JP2016-029017 2016-02-18

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201800263A true TW201800263A (en) 2018-01-01
TWI746514B TWI746514B (en) 2021-11-21

Family

ID=59625187

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106105195A TWI746514B (en) 2016-02-18 2017-02-17 Decorative film, image displaydevice, touch panel, and method of producing decorative film

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6563110B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102149589B1 (en)
CN (1) CN108367560B (en)
TW (1) TWI746514B (en)
WO (1) WO2017142035A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI777184B (en) * 2019-10-07 2022-09-11 日商日東電工股份有限公司 Thin-film laminate with printed layer, optical laminate including the thin-film laminate with printed layer, and image display device using the same

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019176340A1 (en) * 2018-03-13 2019-09-19 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Touch sensor
KR102280262B1 (en) * 2018-05-18 2021-07-21 주식회사 엘지화학 Anti-reflective film, polarizing plate, and display apparatus
US20200348450A1 (en) * 2018-10-17 2020-11-05 Lg Chem, Ltd. Anti-reflective film, polarizing plate, and display apparatus
KR102308471B1 (en) * 2019-05-08 2021-10-05 에스케이씨 주식회사 Polyester film and flexible display apparatus comprising same
JP6816237B1 (en) * 2019-10-07 2021-01-20 日東電工株式会社 Manufacturing method of film laminate with print layer

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4121540B2 (en) * 2004-02-20 2008-07-23 日本写真印刷株式会社 Electronic equipment with a protective panel on the display window
EP1717781B1 (en) * 2004-02-20 2015-04-01 Nissha Printing Co., Ltd. Protection panel for electronic apparatus display window and production method for protection panel
US8017211B2 (en) * 2004-12-03 2011-09-13 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Composition, cured product and article
JP2013210976A (en) * 2012-03-30 2013-10-10 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Protective body and touch panel module
JP2013254117A (en) * 2012-06-07 2013-12-19 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Optical laminate, and polarizing plate using the same
JP6361913B2 (en) * 2013-06-14 2018-07-25 Dic株式会社 Hard coat film, decorative film, protective film and image display device
WO2014208519A1 (en) * 2013-06-28 2014-12-31 東レ株式会社 Biaxially oriented polyester film
JP2015197487A (en) * 2014-03-31 2015-11-09 大日本印刷株式会社 hard coat film
JP2015222364A (en) * 2014-05-23 2015-12-10 大日本印刷株式会社 Hard coat film and manufacturing method thereof
US9829606B2 (en) * 2014-06-26 2017-11-28 Fujifilm Corporation Method of manufacturing hard coat film, hard coat film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP6314228B2 (en) * 2014-07-18 2018-04-18 富士フイルム株式会社 Uniaxially oriented polyester film, hard coat film, sensor film for touch panel, anti-scattering film, antireflection film, touch panel and method for producing uniaxially oriented polyester film

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI777184B (en) * 2019-10-07 2022-09-11 日商日東電工股份有限公司 Thin-film laminate with printed layer, optical laminate including the thin-film laminate with printed layer, and image display device using the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20180086241A (en) 2018-07-30
KR102149589B1 (en) 2020-08-28
JP6563110B2 (en) 2019-08-21
WO2017142035A1 (en) 2017-08-24
JPWO2017142035A1 (en) 2018-08-16
CN108367560B (en) 2021-02-19
CN108367560A (en) 2018-08-03
TWI746514B (en) 2021-11-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI746514B (en) Decorative film, image displaydevice, touch panel, and method of producing decorative film
TWI498212B (en) Optical laminate and hardcoat film
JP4392626B1 (en) Hard coat film for molding
TWI548898B (en) Method of manufacturing double-sided polarizing plate and double-sided polarizing plate manufactured using the same
JP6121204B2 (en) Touch panel laminate and method for manufacturing touch panel laminate
JP5428830B2 (en) Hard coat film for molding
JP2011148301A (en) Mat hard coat film for molding
KR101717614B1 (en) Multilayer film and process for producing the same
TWI769147B (en) Polyester film and method of producing the same, hard coat film and method of producing the same, image display device and touch panel
TW201914813A (en) Layered product, polarizing plate, and image display device
CN112339378A (en) Laminated body
JP2011126164A (en) Antistatic hard coat film for molding
JP2011148964A (en) Hardcoat film for molding
KR20190138688A (en) Transparent composite material film and flexible display devices including same
JP2011131403A (en) Hard coat film for molding
JP2011131408A (en) Hard coat film for molding
JP5428829B2 (en) Hard coat film for molding
JP5428831B2 (en) Hard coat film for molding
JP2011126161A (en) Hard coat film for molding
TW202409214A (en) laminated film
CN116761717A (en) Laminated film, laminate, polarizing plate, method for producing polarizing plate roll, and display device
JP2011131405A (en) Hard coat film for molding
JP2009214331A (en) Release film